Initial Environmental Examination · Initial Environmental Examination. August 2012 . PAK: Punjab...

Initial Environmental Examination August 2012

PAK: Punjab Irrigated Agriculture Investment Program, Tranche 3 — Pakpattan Canal and Suleimanki Barrage Improvement Project Prepared by Punjab Irrigation Department, Government of Pakistan for the Asian Development Bank.

Initial Environmental Examination

PAKPATTAN CANAL

INITIAL ENVIRONMENTAL EXAMINATION (IEE) REPORT

July 2012

Rehabilitation and Upgrading of Pakpattan Canal IEE Report

PUNJAB IRRIGATED AGRICULTURE INVESTMENT PROGRAM INITIAL ENVIRONMENTAL EXAMINATION

Pakpattan Canal

TABLE OF CONTENTS EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

1. INTRODUCTION ........................................................................................................ 1-1 1.1 GENERAL ............................................................................................................ 1-1 1.2 PROJECT DETAILS ............................................................................................. 1-1 1.3 BACKGROUND ................................................................................................... 1-1 1.4 PROJECT OBJECTIVES ..................................................................................... 1-2 1.5 PROJECT LOCATION ......................................................................................... 1-2 1.6 PROJECT CATEGORIZATION ............................................................................ 1-3 1.7 OBJECTIVES OF THE REPORT ......................................................................... 1-5 1.8 STRUCTURE OF THE REPORT ......................................................................... 1-5 1.9 METHDOLOGY OF PERFORMING THE STUDY ................................................ 1-5 1.10 AREA OF RESPONSIBILITIES ........................................................................ 1-6

2. LEGAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE FRAMEWORK POLICY ......................................... 2-1 2.1 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS IN PAKISTAN ................................................ 2-1 2.2 NATIONAL CONSERVATION STRATEGY .......................................................... 2-1 2.3 NATIONAL ENVIRONMENT POLICY .................................................................. 2-1 2.4 GUIDELINES FOR ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT ...................................... 2-2

2.4.1 Guidelines for the Preparation and Review of Environmental Reports, Pakistan Environmental Protection Agency, 1997 ..................................................................... 2-2 2.4.2 Guidelines of Public Consultation, Pakistan Environmental Protection Agency, May, 1997 ................................................................................................................... 2-2

2.5 ENVIRONMENTAL INSTITUTIONS AND THEIR RESPONSIBILITIES ................ 2-2 2.5.1 Provincial EPA ............................................................................................... 2-2 2.5.2 Provincial Departments of Forestry and Wildlife ............................................. 2-2 2.5.3 Local Government and Municipalities ............................................................. 2-2 2.5.4 Social & Environmental Management Unit (SEMU) ........................................ 2-3 2.5.5 Environment-Related Statutes ........................................................................ 2-3

2.6 ASIAN DEVELOPMENT BANK GUIDELINES ...................................................... 2-4 2.7 NATIONAL ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY STANDARDS (NEQS) 2000 ............... 2-5 2.8 INTERNATIONAL CONVENTIONS ...................................................................... 2-7

3. THE PROJECT .......................................................................................................... 3-1 3.1 GENERAL ............................................................................................................ 3-1 3.2 CULTIVATED COMMAND AREA (CCA) .............................................................. 3-1 3.3 PAKPATTAN MAIN CANAL ................................................................................. 3-1 3.4 NEED OF THE PROJECT .................................................................................... 3-2 3.5 DESCRIPTION OF PROJECT ............................................................................. 3-2

3.5.1 Proposal for Rehabilitation & Up-grading Works ............................................. 3-2 3.6 WORK BASE AREA ............................................................................................. 3-6 3.7 BORROW AREA .................................................................................................. 3-6 3.8 MATERIAL REQUIREMENT / SOURCE .............................................................. 3-6

4. ENVIORNMENTAL BASE LINE CONDITION ............................................................ 4-1 4.1 GENERAL ............................................................................................................ 4-1 4.2 PROJECT AREA OF INFLUENCE (AOI) ............................................................. 4-1 4.3 PHYSICAL ENVIRONMENT ................................................................................ 4-3

4.3.1 Physiography and Soil .................................................................................... 4-3 4.3.2 Soil Types ...................................................................................................... 4-4


4.3.3 Surface Salinity .............................................................................................. 4-4 4.3.4 Seismicity Data .............................................................................................. 4-5

4.4 HYDROLOGY ...................................................................................................... 4-6 4.4.1 Surface Water ................................................................................................ 4-6 4.4.2 Flood Record ................................................................................................. 4-8 4.4.3 Groundwater ................................................................................................ 4-10

4.5 BIOLOGICAL ENVIRONMENT .......................................................................... 4-14 4.5.1 Flora ............................................................................................................. 4-14 4.5.2 Fauna ........................................................................................................... 4-15

4.6 SOCIO ECONOMIC CONDITION ...................................................................... 4-19 4.7 SOCIAL CHARACTERISTICS ........................................................................... 4-21 4.8 GENDER ISSUES AND ANALYSIS ................................................................... 4-31

5. STUDY OF PROJECT ALTERNATIVES .................................................................... 5-1 5.1 NO PROJECT OPTION (WORST CASE SCENARIO OPTION) ........................... 5-1 5.2 CONSTRUCTING NEW CANAL .......................................................................... 5-2 5.3 REHABILITATION OF EXISTING CANAL SYSTEM (SELECTED OPTION FOR DETAIL DESIGN) ........................................................................................................... 5-2 5.4 CONCLUSION ..................................................................................................... 5-2

6. PUBLIC CONSULTATION ......................................................................................... 6-1 6.1 GENERAL ............................................................................................................ 6-1 6.2 CONSULTATION METHODOLOGY .................................................................... 6-1

6.2.1 Stakeholder Identification ............................................................................... 6-1 6.2.2 Consultation Process and Technology ........................................................... 6-2

6.3 OBJECTIVES ACHIEVED WITH THE PUBLIC CONSULTATION ....................... 6-4 6.4 CONSULTATION AND DISCUSSION DURING IMPLEMENTATION................... 6-2

6.4.1 Public Hearing ................................................................................................ 6-2 6.5 INSTITUTIONAL ARRANGEMENT ...................................................................... 6-4

6.5.1 Management Responsibilities ......................................................................... 6-4 6.6 SOCIAL COMPLAINTS REGISTER ..................................................................... 6-7

7. IMPACT ASSESSMENT, MITIGATION AND ENHANCEMENT MEASURES ............ 7-8 7.1 POTENTIAL IMPACT SOURCES ........................................................................ 7-8 7.2 IMPACTS AND MITIGATION MEASURES DURING DESIGN PHASE .............. 7-11

7.2.1 Weed in Canal Water ................................................................................... 7-11 7.2.2 Damage to Canal Banks .............................................................................. 7-11

7.3 IMPACTS AND MITIGATION MEASURES DURING CONSTRUCTION PHASE ... 7-12

7.3.1 Physical Environment ................................................................................... 7-12 7.4 BIOLOGICAL ENVIRONMENT .......................................................................... 7-21

7.4.1 Damage to Biological Resources and Disturbance of Wildlife ....................... 7-21 7.5 SOCIO-ECONOMIC IMPACTS .......................................................................... 7-22

7.5.1 Impacts of Land Acquisition.......................................................................... 7-22 7.5.2 Impacts on Local Population due to Migrating Labour from other Parts of the Country 7-23 7.5.3 HIV/AIDS and other Communicable Diseases .............................................. 7-23 7.5.4 Existing Services & Employment (Positive Social Impacts) .......................... 7-24

7.6 OPERATIONAL AND MANAGEMENT (O&M) PHASE ....................................... 7-24 8. ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN ............................................................... 8-1

8.1 MITIGATION PLAN .............................................................................................. 8-1 8.2 MITIGATION OF ADVERSE IMPACTS AT DESIGN PHASE ............................... 8-1 8.3 MITIGATION OF ADVERSE IMPACT AT CONSTRUCTION PHASE .................. 8-2 8.4 MONITORING PLAN ............................................................................................ 8-2 8.5 INSTITUTIONAL ARRANGEMENT ...................................................................... 8-3

8.5.1 Management Responsibilities ......................................................................... 8-3 8.6 COMMUNICATION AND DOCUMENTATION ...................................................... 8-7

8.6.1 Data Recording and Maintenance .................................................................. 8-7


8.6.2 Storage of Information .................................................................................... 8-8 8.6.3 Meetings ........................................................................................................ 8-8 8.6.4 Reports .......................................................................................................... 8-8 8.6.5 Photographic Record of the Project Area ..................................................... 8-10 8.6.6 Record Register ........................................................................................... 8-10

8.7 WASTE DISPOSAL PLAN ................................................................................. 8-11 8.7.1 Domestic Waste ........................................................................................... 8-11

8.8 Construction Waste ............................................................................................ 8-11 8.9 TRAFFIC MANAGEMENT PLAN ....................................................................... 8-13 8.10 Closure of Roads ............................................................................................ 8-13 8.11 Strengthening Embankments Works ............................................................... 8-14 8.12 Diversion Channels ......................................................................................... 8-14 8.13 OUTLINE OF EMERGENCY RESPONSE AND CONTINGENCY PLAN ........ 8-14 8.14 HEALTH, SAFETY & ENVIRONMENT (HSE) PLAN ...................................... 8-15 8.15 TREE PLANTATION PLAN............................................................................. 8-16 8.16 BORROW AREAS RESTORATION PLAN ..................................................... 8-18 8.17 LAND ACQUISITION PROCEDURE .............................................................. 8-18 8.18 RISK MANAGEMENT PLAN ........................................................................... 8-18 8.19 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT COST .................................................... 8-20


LIST OF TABLES Table 2.1: Effluent Discharge Standards Applicable to the Works Table 2.2: Gaseous Emission Levels Table 2.3: Noise Emission Levels Table 3.1: Source of Raw Material Table 4.1: Percentage Surface Salinity Statistics Table 4.2: Water Quality Parameters (WAPDA STANDARD) Table 4.3: Peak Discharge of Prominent Years in River Sutlej at Suleimanki Barrage Table 4.4: Shallow Groundwater Quality Table 4.5: Respondent‟s Family Members Table 4.6: Respondents‟ Age Group Table 4.7: Housing Characteristic of the Respondent Table 4.8: Access to Education Facilities Table 4.9: Social Amenities Table 4.10: Profession/Business Table 4.11: Household Income Table 4.12 Household Expenditures Table 4.13 Average Land Holding Size of the Family Table 4.14 Cultivator Status Table 4.15 Respondent‟s age group Table 4.16 Respondent‟s language Table 4.17 Marital Status Table 4.18 Respondent‟s Educational Level Table 4.19 Source of Water for Domestic Use Table 6.1 List of Officials Contacted Table 6.2 Grievance Resolution Process

Table 7.1 Evaluation of Environmental & Social Impacts Table 8.1 Environment & Management Cost


LIST OF FIGURES Figure 1.1: Pakpattan Canal Command Area Location Map Figure 4.1: Overall Environmental Study Area Map Figure 4.2: Physiography of Canal Command Area Figure 4.3: Seismic Zones of Pakistan Figure 4.4: Flood Inundated Area near the Canal Head Regulator Figure 6.1: Cities and Towns along the Pakpattan Canal LIST OF PLATES Plate 4.1: Existing Livestock Pond along the Canal Plate 4.2: Livestock Damage the Canal Banks Plate 4.3: Occasional Finding of Fruit Trees (above is Mango Tree) Plate 4.4: Fishing Contractor Catching Fish in Upper Pakpattan Canal Plate 4.5: Meeting with the Officials of NGO in Vehari Plate 4.6: A View of meeting with the cotton pickers Plate 5.1: Public Consultation along Khadir Branch (near town Sahka) Plate 5.2: Stakeholder Consultation at Water Management Office, Vehari Plate 6.1: Public Consultation along Khadir Baranch (near town Sahka) Plate 6.2: Stakeholder Consultation at Water Management Office Vehari

LIST OF APPENDICES Appendix 4.1: Environmental Test Results Appendix 7.1: ABD‟s Rapid Environmental Assessment (REA) Checklist


vii

ABBREVIATION

ADB Asian Development Bank

AOI Area of Influence

BOD Biological Oxygen Demand

CCA Cultivable Command Area

CMS Conservation of Migratory Species

COD Chemical Oxygen Demand

COSHH Control of Substances Hazardous to Health

EC Electrical Conductivity

EMMP Environmental Management & Monitoring Plan

EMP Environmental Management Plan

EPA Environmental Protection Agency

EPAs Environmental Protection Agencies

EIA Environmental Impact Assessment

FAO Food and Agriculture Organization

GCA Gross Cultivated Area

GRC Grievance Redress Committee

IEE Initial Environmental Examination

IWT Indus Water Treaty

M&E Monitoring and Evaluation

NCS National Conservation Strategy

NEQS National Environmental Quality Standards

NOC No-Objection Certificate

O&M Operation and Maintenance

PCIP Pakpattan Canal Improvement Project

PEPA Pakistan Environmental Protection Act

PEPC

PHS

Pakistan Environmental Protections Council

Public Health and Safety

PID Punjab Irrigation Department

PMO Project Management Office

PMU Project Management Unit

PPE Personal Protective Equipment

RSC Residual Sodium Carbonate

SAR Sodium Adsorption Ratio

SCARP Salinity Control and Reclamation Project


viii

SEMU Social & Environmental Management Unit

SFA Social Frame Work Agreement

SMO SCARPS Monitoring Organization

SOP Survey of Pakistan

SSOP Soil Survey of Pakistan

TDS Total Dissolved Solids

US-EPA United States Environmental Protection Agency

WAPDA Water and Power Development Authority

WHO World Health Organization

WWF Worldwide Fund for Nature


S- i

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY Introduction For Pakpattan Canal Improvement Project (PCIP) an Environmental Assessment (EA) Report has been prepared to ensure the following objectives:

ADB‟s Environment Safeguards Policy Statement The applicable environmental administrative and legal frame work on the project

Environmental & social base line data of the project area of influence (AOI)

Assessment of potential environmental impacts and determining mitigation measures of expected adverse impacts

A basic Environmental Management Plan (EMP) Framework (inclusive of all major environmental aspects and risk based assessment plan) has been developed and the envisaged EMP implementation cost estimated. The EMP will be revised, upgraded and further details will be provided for each construction contract of the canal rehabilitation and upgrading work.

The base line data was developed and analyzed to identify potential environmental impacts of the project. An Environmental Assessment Checklist methodology was adopted to identify the high risk activities and suggest their mitigation measures. Where possible, eliminating the risk by altering the scope or method of execution of work was preferred rather than minimizing the risk with control measures.

Legal and Administration Framework Policy Pakistan Environmental Protection Act 1997 is the primary legislation which applies to environmental assessment studies in Pakistan. Under section 12 of the Act, a project falling under any category specified in Schedule II (SRO 339(1)/2000) requires the proponent to file an Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) with the concerned Environmental Protection Agency (EPA), which in case of Pakpattan Canal is EPA Punjab.

Pakpattan canal passes through mainly agricultural lands and does not pass through any environmentally sensitive area along the canal in respect of the sensitive habitat, wildlife or cultural heritage. The nature and scope of the construction works and the environmental setting of the Project are such that no permanent adverse environmental impacts are anticipated. According to ADB Environment Policy the project is categorized as category B project. However, because the canal system serves more than 15,000 ha, the EIA (As per section 12 of PEPA 1997) is mandatory for this project. All project activities should be compliant with NEQS and should establish monitoring and evaluation systems.

Description of Project The project envisages mainly the raising and strengthening of banks, rehabilitation of bridges and other hydraulic structures along the canal. This project is not a construction of


S- ii

new canal but a rehabilitation work leading to rehabilitation of Pakpattan Canal ultimately leading to optional and judicious water supply to agricultural fields. Description of the Environment Baseline Conditions of the area of influence (AOI) have been established considering the current and proposed development activities as well as the direct and indirect activities connected with the AOI. The information utilized for the IEE was collected by using GIS technology, collection of primary data (air, water and soil), stakeholder consultation including Wildlife, Fishery, Forestry Departments, field visits carried out by the environment team and review of environmental data of previous projects carried out in the area.

A strip of Punjab Irrigation Department (PID) land is available along both banks of the canal which would be utilized for Contractor‟s facilities (contractor camp, plant & equipment yard, work base area etc). The ambient air quality was analyzed and is found to be reasonably clean and no obvious source of the air pollution is identified during site visits. The climate of the area is arid characterized by long hot summers and short mild winters.

Most of the canal banks length is planted with trees. Kiker (Acacia Nilotica) and Shesham (Dalbergia Sissoo) are the main species of trees found along the canal. The canal command area is famous for producing valuable crops (wheat, cotton etc) and fruits (mango, guava, water melon etc).

The species of birds found in the area include pigeon, dove, egret, quail etc. Common wild mammals of the area include jungle cat, mongoose, jackal, porcupine etc. some species of reptiles and amphibians are found in the area e.g. snakes, variety of lizards, frogs, and toads,

The Socio Economic Survey was conducted with the objectives to assess prevailing socio-economic conditions of the related communities and to predict the effects of the proposed different alternatives of rehabilitation works. The canal command area falls into four districts; Okara, Pakpattan, Vehari and Lodhran. Approximately 80 % of Canal command area falls into two districts; Pakpattan and Vehari. Total of 400 respondents i.e., 200 males for socio-economic survey and 200 females for gender development study, were selected from different project villages. The secondary data was collected from available documents i.e. District Population Census Report 1998 of four districts of the project and maps related to project area prepared by various Organizations / Departments. The occupational / professional status of the respondents of the project area has been classified mainly into two groups such as agricultural household and non-agricultural household. The members of non farm community were generally doing labour work, shop keeping, government / private employee, livestock, rearing business enterprises and receiving some remittances from abroad.


S- iii

The population of project area is totally based on rural setup. Average farm size in the canal command is 2.7 ha (6.8 acres). The villages are formed of permanent settlements. Habitation was classified according to the type of structure into three categories, i.e. Pacca

(concrete or brick structure), Kacha (Mud houses) Semi Pacca (mixed structure). A significant majority of project households have electricity at their homes and only 2 percent community has landline telephone facility. Use of mobile phones has greatly increased as a way of communication. None of respondents was enjoying the facilities of Sui Gas and drainage system in project area. Hand pumps are the major source of water in villages and farmhouses, while the water supply systems are provided in cities.

The average literacy ratio in the project area analyzed from survey findings was 54% and the literacy rate among the male members was higher (59 percent) than the females (41 percent) of the study area.

The PCIP will (i) ensure that the water supply to the distribution system in the entire canal command area is secure; and the project will result in an 8.6% increase in farm income as a result of the proposed intervention. A total of about 189,503 farm families or almost 2 million people will benefit from the PCIP.

Environmental Impacts and Mitigation Measures Most of the adverse environmental and social impacts of the Project will be associated with the construction phase. Except for temporary resettlement during construction no permanent resettlement is needed. Other impacts associated with the construction phase will be temporary, reversible, phased over a period of time, localized and manageable.

Most of the length of canal bank (path along the canal) and access roads in the project area are unpaved and may cause dust pollution during traffic movement. Air quality shall be controlled by regular spraying of water on unpaved paths. All vehicles, machinery, equipment and generators used during construction activities will be kept in good working condition to minimize the exhaust emissions. Cutting & burning trees and shrubs as a fuel shall be prohibited and clean source of energy would be provided at the contractor‟s camp e.g. gas cylinders etc. Noise, air quality and water sources shall be monitored periodically, as specified in IEE report. All the work activities should be restricted within the allowed working hours.

No designated environmentally protected or archaeological site falls within the direct project area of influence or along the canal banks. The Project will not have any significant impact on fish, fishermen communities, wildlife and wildlife habitat. However, monitoring measures have been recommended to ensure that any unforeseen impacts can be identified, compared with baseline and mitigated during the implementation stage. All forest, wildlife and fisheries laws should be fully respected and abided by the contractor and his work force. No fire arms should be carried out by the contractor‟s work force.Tree cutting may require


S- iv

the construction of diversion channels or escape channels. Every tree cut on site for the execution of work shall be replaced with plantation of minimum five new trees. The new plantation would be protected during the contract implementation from animals and daily routine activities. Public parks will be developed along the canal at suitable locations (away from existing settlements, if any). This will raise the aesthetic value of the area and provide a picnic spot to the local community.

During construction, the Contactor‟s work force is expected to be largely available from the local population, which will enhance the economic opportunities for the locals of working age group. Socio-economic conditions of the project area will generally have positive impact due to the project implementation entailing availability of jobs during construction phase.

The Project will also improve some of the social infrastructure as part of the repair and rehabilitation of the irrigation structures and will reduce the exposure of local communities to flooding events and the associated social and economic damages. The livelihoods of farming communities will also improve through increased and equitable canal water availability and improved agricultural productivity through improved agricultural practices and road crossings. The representation of women and other vulnerable groups will be ensured in the Project benefits.

The noticeable adverse impact of the Project will be temporary resettlement of affected communities and relocation of some of the cultural sties that lie within the canal right of way (ROW). Detailed resettlement action plans to mitigate these impacts will be prepared and implemented before commencing the work on site. Resettlement Framework and representative Resettlement Action Plans have been prepared as part of the feasibility study.

It is very important to protect the water sources during the construction phase from accidental spills of diesel or any chemical, as any spill could percolate to the groundwater through the sandy stratum at site. All the solid waste and wastewater generated from the project activities and contractor camp are to be disposed of according to the waste disposal plan, which would be a component of the EMP. If the groundwater is to be used for the water supply in the contractor„s camp then it would be required to abstract water from sufficient depth and confirm that it meets the WHO standards.

The EMP will also ensure reporting of all non-conformances and their rectification within a specified period of time

The proposed project will bring about net-positive benefits in terms of improved water resource management through assured water availability from the Pakpattan Main Canal and will increase agricultural production from the project area.


S- v

Continuous environmental monitoring will be carried out for the entire construction phase, to ensure due diligence of environmental performance.

Conclusion It is anticipated that all environmental and social issues involved during the construction and operational phase of the project are manageable, therefore it is concluded that the project is environmentally friendly, financially viable, economically sustainable, generally neutral and pro-poverty alleviation.


1-1

1. INTRODUCTION

1.1 GENERAL The province of Punjab is only one fourth of the total area of Pakistan, yet its fertile land yields are more than 50% of the total national agricultural produce. One of the reasons for such high agricultural production is the efficient use of water resources through Punjab‟s irrigation network. The Punjab irrigation network comprises 24 canals fed by 14 barrages/headworks and 9 major inter-river link canals, irrigating more than 21 million acres of land. Pakpattan Canal off takes from Sutlej River at Suleimanki Barrage. There are two barrages on Sutlej River; Suleimanki and Islam Barrage. Suleimanki is the first barrage on Sutlej after it enters into Pakistan.

Asian Development Bank (ADB) is providing assistance to improve the management of Punjab Water Resources and increase the agricultural productivity of the province under the Punjab Irrigation Agriculture Investment Program (PIAIP).

1.2 PROJECT DETAILS Punjab Irrigation Department (PID) is the executing agency of the Punjab Irrigated Agriculture Investment Program (PIAIP). Pakpattan Canal Rehabilitation & Up-grading (R&U) will be carried out under PIAIP. The consultancy of the project including feasibility and detailed design work was awarded to a joint venture of NESPAK, AAB and DMC in April 2009.

This report comprises the Initial Environmental Examination (IEE) study of the R&U of Pakpattan Canal System. The IEE study takes into account the natural environment (air, water, land, flora & fauna), human health and safety. This study evaluates the project‟s potential environmental risks and impacts in its areas of influence and outlines planning, designing and implementation by preventing, minimizing, mitigating or compensating for adverse environmental impacts and enhancing positive impacts throughout project implementation.

The Social Assessment (SA) has been conducted to evaluate the project‟s potential positive and adverse effects on the affected people and to examine project alternatives where adverse effects may be significant. The breadth, depth and type of analysis in the social assessment are proportional to the nature of the project and scale of its potential effects, positive or adverse, on the affected people.

1.3 BACKGROUND Pakpattan Canal and distribution network was completed in June 1926. The canal‟s design discharge is 6,594 cusecs at head regulator built on the right flank of Sulemanki Barrage. Pakpattan Canal irrigates land in the districts of Okara, Pakpattan, Vehari, and Lohdran on


1-2

the right side of the river Sutlej. The main Pakpattan Canal is perennial and ceases to operate for annual maintaining requirement during December/January. The total gross command area is about 1.4 million acres.

In 1960, under the Indus Water Treaty, India was given the rights of the eastern rivers water, including Ravi, Sutlej and Beas. Consequently upon the construction of Bhakra/Nangal Dam on river Sutlej and Pandoh & Pong Dam on Beas, discharge in Sutlej was reduced significantly. This entailed a significant work for conveying water from western rivers through link canals to overcome the shortfall in the eastern rivers. Balloki-Suleimanki Link canal (B.S Link) brings about 25,000 cusecs from Balloki barrage to feed the canals off taking from the Suleimanki Barrage.

With the construction of Sidhni Mailsi Bahawal Link (SMB Link) canal Pakpattan main canal was split into two parts i.e. Pakpattan Canal Upper (PC (U)) from RD 0-567 and Pakpattan Canal Lower (PC (L)) from RD 568 to 667. Due to bifurcation, PC (L) now draws its supplies from SMB Link with a new head regulator at RD 195+171/R of SMB Link.

1.4 PROJECT OBJECTIVES The system at present is facing many maintenance problems like deteriorated condition of 80 years old structures with upstream and downstream erosion, bermless reaches with eroded banks and reduced free board. The system cannot take its authorized discharge safely and is being run by adopting a rotational program.

The project aims to upgrade water resources and irrigation infrastructure of Pakpattan Canal System and address the following main problems in this project:

The decks of most of the road bridges on the canal have deteriorated and are risky for present traffic requirements.

Repair of regulation machinery and other hydraulic structure for smooth operation of the canals.

Raising & strengthening of banks.

Improve the efficiency of canal system ensuring fulfillment of water requirement at the tail end area.

1.5 PROJECT LOCATION Pakpattan canal off takes from river Sutlej at right side of Suleimanki Headworks. Its command area lies between 29o51‟ to 30o27‟ latitudes north and 72o12‟ to 73o38‟ longitudes east. The canal command area is bounded by river Sutlej in the south-east, boundary of Lower Bari Doab Canal in the north and river Chenab in the west. Approximately one million acres of the canal command area falls in south-eastern part of Punjab Province as shown in Figure 1.1.


1-3

1.6 PROJECT CATEGORIZATION According to ADB Safeguard Policy Statement 2009 and Environment Policy 2002 guidelines, projects are to be categorized into three environmental categories; A, B, or C. All the anticipated adverse environmental impacts of the project are mitigable, temporary, nature and localized. Also there is no environmentally sensitive or archeological site falling within project area of influence; therefore the project is classified as Category B. This report comprises the Initial Environmental Examination (IEE) of the proposed project to fulfill the requirements according to ADB‟s, Safeguard Policy Statement 2009.


1-4

Figure 1.1: Pakpattan Canal Command Area Location Map


1-5

1.7 OBJECTIVES OF THE REPORT The main objectives of the report are as follows:

The application of environmental administrative and legal frame work on the project Develop Environmental Baseline Data for the project Area of Influence (AOI), derive

land use and environmental maps.

Assessment of potential environmental Impacts and development of mitigation measures to cater for adverse impacts.

Preparation of framework of Environmental Management Plan (EMP) and envisaged EMP implementation cost for this project.

1.8 STRUCTURE OF THE REPORT This report is divided into following chapters:

Chapter 1 Introduction Chapter 2 Legal and Administrative Framework Policy Chapter 3 The Project Chapter 4 Environmental Baseline Conditions Chapter 5 Study of Project Alternatives Chapter 6 Public Consultation Chapter 7 Impact Assessment, Mitigation and Enhancement Measures Chapter 8 Environmental Management Plan Appendices

1.9 METHDOLOGY OF PERFORMING THE STUDY The environmental and social data were collected and analyzed for the overall environmental study area. Data was collected during site visits and stakeholder consultation works. The concerned departments and institutions consulted are Wildlife, Forestry & Fishery Department, Water Management Office, Irrigation, SMO, SEMU and Land Reclamation Directorate of PID etc.

The base line data was developed and analyzed to identify potential environmental impacts of the Project. A risk based methodology was adopted to identify the high risk activities and suggest their mitigation measures. Where possible, eliminating the risk by altering the scope or method of execution of work was preferred rather than minimizing the risk with control measures. Public consultations were also undertaken including a gender study to take into account the public point of view about the project.


1-6

1.10 AREA OF RESPONSIBILITIES The following experts were involved for the preparation of this Initial Environmental Examination Report:

Project Manager Tariq Altaf Deputy Team Leader (Canals) Ehsan Ullah Sardar Sub-Team Leader Mukhtar Ahmad Environmental Specialist Ahsan Bela Rural Sociologist Abdul Hameed


2-1

2. LEGAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE FRAMEWORK POLICY This chapter provides an overview of the policy framework and national legislation that applies to the proposed Project. The Project is expected to comply with all national legislations and Asian Bank Guidelines relating to environmental and social issues, and all the required regulatory clearances will be obtained.

The environmental study includes primarily Pakistan Environmental Protection Act 1997 (PEPA 1997), Pakistan IEE and EIA review regulations (2000) and Asian Development Bank SPS. All other laws and guidelines relevant to the project have also been reviewed. Synopses of relevant laws and guidelines are provided in this chapter.

2.1 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS IN PAKISTAN Under section 12 (with subsequent amendment) of the 1997 Act, a project falling under any category specified in Schedule I (SRO 339(1)/2000), requires the proponent to file an IEE with concerned federal agency (Pak-EPA). Projects falling under any category specified in schedule II require the proponent to file an EIA with the federal agency. Within ten working days of the lodging of IEE or EIA, the federal agency will confirm that the document submitted is complete for the purpose of review.

2.2 NATIONAL CONSERVATION STRATEGY The Pakistan National Conservation Strategy (NCS) was approved by federal cabinet in March 1992 and is the principal policy document on environmental issues in the country. The NCS outlines the country‟s primary approaches towards encouraging sustainable development, conserving natural resources and managing resources. The NCS has 68 specific programs in 14 core areas in which policy intervention is considered crucial for the preservation of Pakistan‟s natural and physical environment. The core areas that are relevant in the context of the proposed Project are pollution prevention and abatement, conserving biodiversity and preservation of cultural heritage.

2.3 NATIONAL ENVIRONMENT POLICY The National Environmental Policy provides an overarching framework for addressing the environmental issues facing Pakistan, particularly pollution of fresh water bodies and coastal waters, air pollution, lack of proper waste management, deforestation, loss of biodiversity, desertification, natural disasters and climate change. It also gives directions for addressing the cross sectoral issues elaborating the underlying causes of environmental degradation and international obligations. The policy provides broad guidelines to the Federal Government, Provincial Government, Federally Administrated Territories and Local Government for addressing environmental concerns and ensuring effective management of their environmental resources.


2-2

2.4 GUIDELINES FOR ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT The Pak-EPA has published set of environmental guideline for conducting environmental assessment and the environmental management of different types of development projects. The guidelines relevant to the proposed Project are listed below.

2.4.1 Guidelines for the Preparation and Review of Environmental Reports, Pakistan Environmental Protection Agency, 1997

The guidelines, targeted at project proponents, specify:

The nature of the information to be included in environmental reports

The minimum qualification of the IEE/EIA conductors appointed The need to incorporate suitable mitigation measures during project implementation

The need to specify monitoring procedures

The report must contain baseline data relating to the project area, an interpretation of the data and mitigation measures.

2.4.2 Guidelines of Public Consultation, Pakistan Environmental Protection Agency, May, 1997

These guidelines deal with possible approaches to public consultation and techniques for designing an effective program of consultation that reaches out to all major stakeholders and ensure that their concerns are incorporated in any impact assessment study.

2.5 ENVIRONMENTAL INSTITUTIONS AND THEIR RESPONSIBILITIES 2.5.1 Provincial EPA The Punjab Irrigation Department (PID) will be responsible for providing the complete environmental documentation required by the provincial EPA and remain committed to the approved project design. No deviation is permitted during project implementation without the prior and explicit permission of the EPA.

2.5.2 Provincial Departments of Forestry and Wildlife The rehabilitation works are expected to involve some clearing of vegetation that exists on government land where labour camp and batching plants are to be installed. Widening and strengthening of the embankments may also involve some uprooting of trees. All the trees along the canal belong to Forest department. Plantation at the irrigation rest houses and at the barrages belongs to irrigation department. Wildlife department nominates any sensitive wildlife area as game reserve or highly sensitive area as wildlife sanctuary. A competent person should manage the work activities in wildlife sensitive areas to minimize any adverse impacts on wildlife habitat. However no environmentally sensitive area has been identified within the direct influence of the project activities.

2.5.3 Local Government and Municipalities The PID and its contractors must ensure that the project meets the criteria of district governments as related to the establishment of construction camps and plants, and the safe


2-3

disposal of wastewater, solid waste and toxic materials. The PID will coordinate and monitor environment-related issues.

2.5.4 Social & Environmental Management Unit (SEMU) Punjab Irrigation Department (PID), under Punjab Irrigation and Drainage Authority (PIDA), established the Social and Environmental Management Unit (SEMU) in December 2006 to enable it to address the environmental and social issues in a timely and effective manner during operation, maintenance, rehabilitation, construction of new canals and drains etc. SEMU has developed checklists for canal rehabilitation works covering construction or remodeling of J-Head Spur / Dike / Flood Bund / Training Works, new canals, new distributaries or lining of any channel. SEMU may also be involved as an independent environmental monitoring organization during construction phase of this Project.

2.5.5 Environment-Related Statutes This section outlines statutes apart from the Pakistan Environmental Protection Act, 1997, which are relevant to the project. The Forest Act, 1927 (and Provincial Acts and Rules)

The Act, inter alia, deals with the matters related with protection and conservation of natural vegetation/habitats. It empowers the concerned agency to declare protected and reserved forest areas and their maintaining. In spite of the fact that it recognizes the right of people for access to the natural resources for their household use, it prohibits unlawful cutting of trees and other vegetation from forest reserve area. The permission is required prior to undertake any tree cutting from the Forest Department of Punjab province. The contractor will inform formally to the Punjab Forest Department and PID at-least 1 month before cutting any tree on site.

Provincial Wildlife (Protection, Preservation, Conservation and Management) Act, Ordinances and Rules

In addition to empowering provincial wildlife department to establish game reserves, parks, and wildlife sanctuaries, these acts regulate the hunting and disturbance of wildlife. This law will help in eliminating any trespassing into protected areas.

Antiquities Act, 1975 The Antiquities Act relates to the protection, preservation and conservation of archaeological/historical sites and monuments. There are no archeological site(s) or cultural heritage site inside or in the AOI of the project. Nevertheless if there is chance find during the construction phase this law would provide due guidance. Provincial Local Government Ordinances, 2001

These ordinances, issued following the devolution process, establish regulations for land use, conservation of natural vegetation, air, water, and land pollution, the disposal of solid waste and wastewater effluents, as well as matters related to public health and safety. This law will help as and when participatory management of irrigation system becomes the order of the day.


2-4

Factories Act, 1934 The clauses relevant to the project are those that are related with the health, safety and welfare of workers, disposal of solid waste and effluent, and damage to private and public property. The Factories Act also provides regulations for handling and disposing of toxic and hazardous materials. There are no factories / industries inside the project area.

Land Acquisition Act 1894 Land Acquisition Act (LAA), 1894 is the primary law governing land acquisition in Pakistan. For the acquisition of land, the above-mentioned Act, rules and regulations are followed whether the acquisition is for Government of Punjab or any other agency. Up to this stage no permanent land acquisition has been anticipated in the design of the project. Should there be a need for temporary acquisition, this law would be helpful.

2.6 ASIAN DEVELOPMENT BANK GUIDELINES The Asian Development Bank‟s Safeguard Policy Statement (SPS) 2009 and Environmental Policy 2002 require that environmental considerations be incorporated in to ADB‟s funded project to ensure that the project will have minimal environmental impact and be environmentally sound. Occupational health & safety of the local population should also be addressed as well as the project workers as stated in SPS. A Grievance Redress Mechanism to receive application and facilitate resolution of affected peoples‟ concerns, complaints, and grievances about the project‟s environmental performance is also established and provided in chapter-6.

Environmental Category According to ADB guidelines, projects are to be categorized in to the following environmental

categories; A, B, or C as given in the table below. Once the project has been categorized,

the chief compliance officer must confirm it at the management review meeting. At any stage

the category can be changed with the approval of the chief compliance officer if further

studies and investigations reveal that the projects potential impacts are worse, minimal or

negligible.

ADB Environmental Categories Category A: Criterion

“Projects with potential for significant adverse environmental impacts.”

This is applicable in case of mega projects causing global or at least regional impacts.

This types of project require a first class EIA to be produced and implemented.

It is not applicable on this project.


2-5

Category B: Criterion

“Projects judged to have some adverse environmental impacts, but of lesser degree

and/or significance than those for category A projects.”

This is applicable in case of projects with localized and mitigable impacts. Rehabilitation

& Upgrading of Pakpattan Canal is a Category B project. The project involves

rehabilitation and repair of an already existing structure without causing any permanent

change in the surrounding environment. All impacts shall be localised, limited and

mitigable. Such projects according to ADB require an IEE and EMP only.

Category C: Criterion

Projects unlikely to have adverse environmental impacts. It is not applicable on this

project

2.7 NATIONAL ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY STANDARDS (NEQS) 2000 The NEQS 2000 specify the following standards: 1. Maximum allowable concentration of the Pollutants, (32 parameters) in emission and

liquid industrial effluents discharged to inland water. 2. Maximum allowable concentration of pollutants (two parameters) in gaseous

emission from vehicle exhaust and noise emission from vehicles. 3. Maximum allowable noise level from vehicles 4. Maximum allowable limits for Drinking Water 5. Maximum allowable limit for Ambient Air Quality These standards apply to the gaseous emission and liquid effluents discharged by campsite and construction machinery. The standards for vehicles will apply during the construction as well as operation phase of the project. Precise standards for air quality are not available under NEQS, 2000. The National Environmental Quality Standards (NEQS) 2000 specify the following standards: 1. Discharge to inland waters: The standard prescribes the maximum allowable concentration for 32 contaminants in the municipal and liquid industrial effluents being discharged to the environment.


2-6

Determinants which will be relevant to the contractor‟s activity and discharges into inland waters and their limits are listed in the following Table 2.1.

Table 2.1: Effluent Discharge Standards Applicable to the Works

Determinant Limit

Temperature 40oC =<3 deg Ph 6 – 9 BOD5 80 mg/l Chemical Oxygen Demand (COD) 150 mg/l Total Suspended Solid (TSS) 200 mg/l Total Dissolved Solids 3500 mg/l Grease and Oil 10 mg/l Phenolic compounds (as phenol) 0.1 mg/l Ammonia 40 mg/l Chlorine 1.0 mg/l Chloride 1000.0 mg/l Sulphate 600 mg/l Manganese 1.5 mg/l Fluroride 10 mg/l Cyanide (as CN‟) total 1.0 mg/l An-ionic detergents (as MB As) 20 mg/l Sulphide (S-2) 1.0 mg/l Pesticides 0.15 mg/l Cadmium 0.1 mg/l Chromium trivalent and hexavalent 1.0 mg/l Copper 1.0 mg/l Lead 0.5 mg/l Mercury 0.01 mg/l Selenium 0.5 mg/l Nickel 1.0 mg/l Silver 1.0 mg/l Total Toxic metals 2.0 mg/l Zinc 5.0 mg/l Arsenic 1.0 mg/l Barium 1.5 mg/l Iron 8.0 mg/l Boron 6.0 mg/l


2-7

There are no prescribed limits for the concentrations of microbiological determinants which will be required to be met by any wastewater discharged from the contractors work camps. Appropriate international standards will be considered in the Environmental Management Plan. 2. Gaseous emission from industrial sources: Maximum allowable concentrations of air based pollutants at construction site are given in Table 2.2:

Table 2.2: Gaseous Emission Levels

Determinant Limit

Carbon Monoxide (CO) 9 ppm (8 hours) 35 ppm (1 hour)

Sulphur Dioxide (SO2) 140 ug/m3

Nitrogen Dioxide (NO2) 100 ug/m3

3. Environmental Noise Levels While no environmental noise levels are currently in place, values have been submitted to the Expert Advisory Committee on NEQS for consideration. The levels which are being proposed are summarized in Table 2.3.

Table 2.3: Noise Emission Levels

Category Daytime dB(A) (06:00 – 21:00)

Night-time dB(A) (21:00 – 06:00)

Residential Area 55 45

Commercial Area 65 55

Industrial Area 75 70

Silence Zone 50 40

The Standard prescribed for maximum allowable noise levels for road vehicles and construction machinery is 85 dB (measured 7.5m from vehicle/machinery).

2.8 INTERNATIONAL CONVENTIONS Pakistan is signatory to a number of International Conventions, Protocols and Understandings relating to the environment. Those relevant to the project are described in the following paragraphs.


2-8

Convention on Biological Diversity The Convention of Biological Diversity was the outcome of the “Earth Summit” held in Rio-de-Janeiro in 1992. The Convention binds the signatories to respect, protect and conserve the earth environment and bio-diversity through sustainable use of natural resources. In all development projects in Pakistan the protocols of this convention are respected in letter and spirit. Ramsar Convention

The Convention on Wetland of International Importance, especially on Waterfowl Habitats held in Iran in 1972 at village Ramsar in Iran, places an obligation on the signatories to protect habitats of migratory waterfowl. There is no Ramsar site within the canal command area and AOI of the project.


3-1

3. THE PROJECT

3.1 GENERAL Pakpattan canal off takes from right side of Suleimanki Barrage with design discharge of 6594 cusec. With the construction of Sidhnai-Mailsi Bahawal Link (SMB Link), the main canal was split into two parts viz Pakpattan Canal Upper from RD 0+000 to 567+372 and Pakpattan Canal Lower from RD 568+000 to RD 667+000. Pakpattan canal lower draws its supplies from Sidhnai Mailsi Bahawal (SMB) link with a new head regulator at RD 195+171 / R of SMB Link. Gross Command Area (GCA) of Pakpattan canal is 1.4 lac acres whereas Cultivated Command Area (CCA) is 1.29 lac acres which fall, mainly in Pakpattan and Vehari districts.

3.2 CULTIVATED COMMAND AREA (CCA) The Pakpattan Canal command is located between River Sutlej on its south and Old Sukh Beas Nallah running along boundary of Lower Bari Doab Canal in its north. In the eastern side it starts from the edge of the eastern border of Pakistan with India at Suleimanki Barrage. The total length is approximately 134 miles extending up to Lodhran district from the Suleimanki Barrage. The command area width varies and at places reaches up to 26 miles. The 90% command area falls in districts Pakpattan and Vehari. The remaining 10 % area is in Okara and Lodhra districts.

3.3 PAKPATTAN MAIN CANAL The whole main canal is divided into two parts viz Pakpattan Canal Upper from RD 0 to 568 and Pakpattan Canal Lower from RD 568 to 667. The upper canal and its associated distribution system feed from Suleimanki Barrage and Lower section draws its supplies from SMB Link with a new head regulator at RD 195 of SMB Link. The design discharge of Pakpattan canal lower is 940 cusecs. Due to addition of additional area the canal was allowed to run with a discharge of 1160 cusecs. Khadir branch is the main branch off taking from Pakpattan upper at RD 112 with design discharge of 2230 cusecs and irrigates area falling namely in Pakpattan and Vehari districts. Two Link Canals are connected with Pakpattan Upper Canal. MP (Motgomery –Pakpattan) Link was constructed to deliver 1000 cusecs of supplies from LBDC (Lower Bari Doab Canal) to Pakpattan Canal at RD 266. Water is run up to RD 406 Pakpattan Canal Upper, from where it passes into Pakpattan-Islam Link for use at Islam Barrage i.e. non-perennial feeding to Upper Bahawal Canal and Qaim Canal.


3-2

3.4 NEED OF THE PROJECT The system at present is facing many maintenance problems like deteriorated condition of 80 years old structures with upstream and downstream erosion, bermless reaches, eroded banks, insufficient free board, vulnerability to breaches, accumulation of silt and debris and water storage at tails etc. The damages mainly occurred due to the event of 1988 flood. The flood caused breaching in RMB at Suleimanki Barrage and flows routed back to the river through breaches in Pakpattan Canal, which resulted in uncontrolled supplies in the canal. Due to this excessive discharge, serious damages mainly downstream of all the falls/regulators and other structures have taken place. No major rehabilitation works were carried out during the life time, consequently the main canal has become less efficient. Pakpattan Main Canal is unable to run with its authorized discharge safely and is being run by adopting a rotational program. It is proposed under PIAIP Project to rehabilitate and upgrade the Pakpattan Canal System.

3.5 DESCRIPTION OF PROJECT The project envisages mainly the raising and strengthening of banks, rehabilitation of bridges and other hydraulic structures along the canal. This project is not a construction of new canal but a rehabilitation work leading to rehabilitation of Pakpattan Canal ultimately leading to optional and judicious water supply to agricultural fields.

3.5.1 Proposal for Rehabilitation & Up-grading Works

- Structures in dilapidated condition to be reconstructed, while others to be rehabilitated.

- Stilling basin for fall structures to be reconstructed to dissipate energy properly.

- To restore PC (U) section, studs/spurs are to be constructed where channel banks are eroded and section widened.

- New VR Bridges to facilitate local peoples of the area when required.

- Foot Bridges will be constructed when required.

- Outlets in bad condition to be reconstructed/ rehabilitated.

- Banks of channels to be raised to cater for required free board.

- Cattle Ghats to be rehabilitated in order to protect channel section in the area having substantive number of cattle.

- To minimize embayment near structures brick masonry protection to be provided u/s & d/s of structures.

- Defective and worn out gates and hoisting arrangement to be replaced.


3-3

- Gates will be provided at Head of distributaries and minors where they do not exist.

- New distribution complex to be constructed at the tail of PC upper for efficient feeding of the tail distributaries.

- The analysis accommodation facilities along the canal for the irrigation staff and Rest Houses need renovation.

- Operator / Gauge Reader Huts need renovation or rehabilitation.

The works include civil, mechanical and electrical works. The possible components of the works are as follow: - Hydraulic Design of Main Canal Pakpattan Canal Upper was originally designed for a discharge of 6594 cusecs by Kennedy Theory with bed width 180 ft, FSD 12 ft which was revised in 1972, and designed by lacey theory having bed width 195 ft, FSD 10 ft using Lacey silt factor of 0.86. It is proposed to tighten the section of the canal from last design 195 ft bed width to its original bed width 180 ft, and an increase in water depth by 2 ft. It will help to remove the silt bed to its original level. Falls and Cross Regulators on Pakpattan Canal In order to reduce the D/S embayment and erosions consultants will check the structure hydraulically and modify according to the design requirements during detail design stage. All fall / x-regulator will be redesigned to control the flow conditions. Step drop structures are proposed to be replaced with glacis type fall structure and stilling basin. Embayment Down Stream of Structure Bank erosion and embayment downstream of structures is a common problem of Pakpattan Canal System. Previously stone pitching was provided on the eroded bank to restrict further embayment. However bank erosion shifted to the end of stone pitching and canal embayment moved further. In order to restrict turbulent wave formation, proper transition is being proposed to protect canal banks from erosion. Cattle Ghats on Pakpattan Main Canal Mostly banks are eroded due to trespassing where there is populated area near the canal. Previously to protect banks from erosion, cattle ghats were constructed which are in bad shape. Therefore, to protect banks from erosion it is proposed to rehabilitate the existing cattle ghats.


3-4

Head Regulators of Distributaries Gates and hoisting arrangement need to be repaired for the proper functioning of the canal system. Therefore it is proposed to construct/rehabilitate the head regulators and where ever required gates and hoisting arrangement will be replaced. Bank Strengthening Bank strengthening is required in various reaches of Pakpattan Canal. Most of the channels in the distribution system have insufficient free board. Therefore, it is proposed to attain proper shape of the channel prism and strengthening of channel banks. Protection Down Stream and Upstream of Structures During condition survey it was found that embayment exists upstream and downstream of structures in main canal as well as in distributaries and minors. It is proposed to provide brick side protection works in the canal prism near structures as per requirements. Platforms for Regulation at Head Regulators Most of the channels head regulators need deck platforms with railing and stairs; platforms will be constructed of appropriate width and height where required. Slab widths at some head regulators of the distributaries with already are to be increased for proper regulation. Killa Bushing Killa bushing will be provided to convert the channel section to its design parameters. Berms developed by the Killa bushing will also increase the safety of canal. Removal of Sarkanda Sarkanda growth is common along the main canal and causes obstruction to flow. For altering smooth flow in channel, sarkanda is proposed to be removed. Tail Reach of Pakpattan Canal (Upper) Due to split-up of PC discharge is reduced in tail reach of PC(U) and the channel is meandering in wider section. To attain proper shape of the channel section it is proposed to be redesigned and straightened for the actual flow. Tail Distribution Complex Four distributaries 9L, 7R, 6R and 10L off-take from PC(U) at RD 546+830, 547+475, 547+581 and 567+382 respectively. As per discussion with field supervisory staff and concerned officials, regulation problems exist there. It is proposed to construct a combined distribution complex at RD 546+830 on PC (U) to regulate flows into distributaries. Discharge D/S of RD 546+830 is reduced to 12.04 cusecs, it is proposed that the tail of the PC (U) be curtailed at this point and a distributor complex be constructed and it may be renamed as 10L Disty instead of PC (U)


3-5

Proposed Plan for Tail Distributor Complex to Cater Regulation Problem at Tail of PC (U)

Village Road Bridges Village Road Bridges, which are damaged or in dilapidated condition on Pakpattan Main Canal and will be reconstructed/rehabilitated. New Village Road Bridges are also proposed to be constructed to facilitate local people and avoid damage to the canal system. Rehabilitation of Gauge Reader Huts In order to increase the work efficiency and facilitate the irrigation staff, Gauge Reader Huts are proposed to be reconstructed / rehabilitated. Presently most of the huts are not in livable condition. Renovation of Rest Houses and Residences of Field Staff Most of the Rest Houses and residences for the field staff were constructed during 1st and 2nd quarter of 20th century. No major rehabilitation work has been undertaken since then. Most of these rest houses are not in satisfaction condition. To facilitate the supervisory staff these rest houses/residences are proposed to be rehabilitated under PIAIP Project. These rest houses can be used as FO‟s headquarter or meeting point in future. Boundary walls are proposed to be constructed to ensure security as most of the rest houses do not have boundary walls. Diversion Channels Diversion channels will be constructed (where required) to maintain the routine canal flows. PID land is available along the canal and no private land will be acquired for this activity. The excavated material will be back filled at the completion of project and land will be restored to its original condition.


3-6

3.6 WORK BASE AREA The work base area and all the access roads will be located within the PID‟s land. Therefore no private land acquisition is required to establish the work base area and access roads. Modification and maintenance of the surface of the bunds and access roads will be undertaken to ensure dust free environment of the area.

3.7 BORROW AREA PID owned and private land may be required for the contractor‟s facilities (offices, residential areas, material/plant/equipment yard, batching plant (if required) etc). The locations of these facilities will be suggested during detail design stage according to environmental point of view. A strip of land, approximately 50 ft. wide, along the canal belongs to PID. This land should be preferred for developing contractor‟s facilities. Irrigation rest houses are located along the canal, which could be developed and utilized by the contractor.

It is envisaged that private land may also be required to obtain some fill material. Most of the land found along the canal is agricultural land and may be used borrow area, if required, after obtain Engineers approval. However the land would be restored for agricultural or other desirable purpose at the completion of the project.

3.8 MATERIAL REQUIREMENT / SOURCE The civil works will require the following materials Cement, Crush, Sand, Plastisizer, Air Entraining Agents, Steel Reinforcement, Epoxy and Grouting material, and earth work. The material associated with Mechanical Works of the Project is Gates, Hoisting System, Cables, Motors, Gear Box and Welding Materials

Table 3.1: Source of Raw Material

Sr. No. Raw Material Availability Source

1 Earth Material (soil) Available locally, borrowed from the lands temporarily acquired for the purpose.

2 Aggregate (crush) Available at many sources, such as: Quarries at Sakhi Sarwar (160 miles), Margalla Hills (320* miles) and Sikhanwali (220* miles), Sargodha (230* miles). The choice will however will depend upon the quality and suitability of the rock material of the construction of the hydraulic structures.

3 Rip-rap material Available from the three locations indicated above.

4 Sand Though available locally, the construction grade would need to be acquired from Chenab River bed (100* miles) or other approved site.

5 Water for preparation of Ample useable (at most of the locations)


3-7

Sr. No. Raw Material Availability Source

concrete groundwater aquifer is available along the canal. The contractor will install tube well within PID land at the agreed location with consultant‟s environmentalist and Project Management Staff.

6 Water for compaction of embankments

Canal water can be used for this purpose with the permission of regulating authorities and supervision consultants

7 Cement Portland cement is locally available from the two factories situated at Daud Khel (250* miles). However, the cement of other grades is available within the country for the factories at D.G.Khan (260* miles), Karachi (800* miles), Chakwal (300* miles), Islamabad (281* miles), Wah (365* mile) etc.

8 Reinforcement steel Available from re-rolling mills at Lahore (94* miles).

9 Mechanical parts of the Gates

Could be manufactured at Heavy Mechanical Complex at Taxilla (365* miles), Factories at Lahore (94* miles) and Gujranwala (160* miles) and /or imported from abroad.

* All distances are given from Pakpattan Canal Head Regulator.


4-1

4. ENVIORNMENTAL BASE LINE CONDITION

4.1 GENERAL The data were collected regarding the physical environment, biological environment and social aspects of the study area during stakeholder consultation and technical visits conducted by the environment team.

4.2 PROJECT AREA OF INFLUENCE (AOI) The area of project influence referred as “Area of Influence” (AOI) is the area likely to be affected by the project, including all its ancillary aspects such as canals, sites for proposed diversion channel(s), escape channel(s), relocation and access roads, borrow and waste disposal areas and labour camps as well as unplanned developments induced by the project. Although the major construction activities remain restricted to the construction site which is along the canal and its distributaries, yet the situation in which construction related activities could extend beyond the construction site include:

a) The Labour camp site, batching plant, material storage depots, equipment and machinery yards

b) Borrow areas for soil materials c) Construction of haul tracks in order to transport construction material d) Impact of accidental canal closure on canal command area

The canal command area falls in four districts; Okara, Pakpattan, Vehari and Lodhran out of which the major part is covered in districts Pakpattan and Vehari. Other main cities/towns located along the canal are Arifwala, Burewala, Mailsi, Luddan, Tibba Sultanpur, Gaggo, Sahuka, Machiwal, Karampur, Shaikh Fazal and Thingi. Overall environmental study area map is given in Figure 4.1.


4-2

Figure 4.1: Overall Environmental Study Area Map


4-3

4.3 PHYSICAL ENVIRONMENT Physical environment consists of the environmental parameters covering physiography and soil condition, water quality (surface and groundwater), ambient air quality and climate.

4.3.1 Physiography and Soil The physiography of the canal command area is indicated on Figure 4.2.

Figure 4.2: Physiography of Canal Command Area

H I N D U

K U

S H

RA N G E

K A R AK O R A M

R A

D E O SA I

M T S L A

D A

K H

R A N G E

Z A S K A R

M T N S.

H A

Z

A R A

G R E A T

H I M

A L A Y A

R A N G E

K A I L

A S

R A N G E

P I R P A N J A L

R A

S I W

A L I K

R A N G E

H I N D U

R A

SS A F E D K O H

S A L T R A

.

T O B

AK A K A R

C E N T

R A L

B R A H U I

R A

.

R A S K O H

R A

S I N J A R A I

C H A G AI H.

S U L A

I M

A N

R A

.

S A H A NR A

.

C E N T R A L M A K R A N

R A.

M A K R A N K O S T R A. H A

L A

B A

B H

K I R

T H

A R

R A

.

MILES 50 0 50 100 150 MILES

S C A L E

MOUNTAIN RANGE

DESERT

L E G E N D

INDUS PLAINS

A f g h a n i s t a n

China

I r a n

Arabian Sea

I n d i a

FA

TA

Indu

s Rive

r

In

du

s R

iver

J helum River

Chena

b Rive

r

Ravi Rive

r

Sutlej R

iver

Hub R

iverHangol R

iver

Zh

ob

Riv

er

Da

sh

at

Riv

er

Disputed TerritoryJammu & KashmirIslamabad

Lahore

Quetta

Karachi

Ind

us

Riv

er

Peshawar

Gawader

GilgitAgency

Project Area


4-4

The main land form units which exist in the Pakpattan canal command area are: - Recent Flood Plain - Sub-Recent Flood Plain - Miscellaneous Land Types

Recent Flood Plain covers about 12% of canal command area. It is further spilt into category level plains (about 9%), bars and levees (about 3%). It lies along the right bank of river Sutlej as a continuous strip and along the left bank of Sukh Beas in discontinuous patches. It is partly subjected to inundation during high floods. Sub-Recent plain lies between recent flood plain and Pleistocene river terrace. It occupies approximately 80% of the canal command area and consists of level plain bar and levees. The remaining miscellaneous land consists of roads, cities, industry, built-up area, canals etc.

4.3.2 Soil Types The proposed Project area forms a part of the vast Indus plain, which is a part of the Indo-Gangetic depression. This depression is of a synclinal nature. Synclinorium depression is a fore deep downward of the Himalayan foreland of variable depth, converted into flat plains by the simple process of alluviation. The alluvial deposits are underlain by rocks of Precambrian age. The soil of the level area is generally medium to coarse texture. Bar and levees have medium to coarse material. In sub-recent flood plain the soils of the bar and levees are relatively coarser while those of channels / basin are predominantly clayey1.

4.3.3 Surface Salinity SCARPS Monitoring Organization (SMO) undertakes the study to identify the saline area in Pakpattan canal command area. Portable digital conductivity meter was used to measure the EC of 0-15cm soil. A total of 746 surface samples were tested for salinity categorization. Four categories namely, non-saline (S1 (EC up to 4dS/m)), slightly saline (S2(EC between 4 to 8dS/m)), moderately saline (S3(EC between 8-15dS/m)) and strongly saline (S4(EC above 15dS/m)) were recognized and mapped. The percentage of saline area found within the canal command area is summarized in Table 4.1.

Table 4.1: Percentage Surface Salinity Statistics

1 data obtained from Reconnaissance Soil Survey Report of Sahiwal and Multan areas prepared by Soil Survey of Pakistan

Class Percentage Non Saline (S1) 90 Slightly Saline(S2) 1 Moderately Saline (S3) 1

Strongly Saline (S4) Negligible

Miscellaneous Land Type 8


4-5

4.3.4 Seismicity Data Earthquake in non-cohesive soil may cause serious problems. In extreme cases liquefaction can occur if

Relative density is low Initial confining pressure (overburden) is low

Earthquake intensity is high

Duration of ground shaking is long National Seismic Monitoring Centre of Pakistan issued the seismic zone map for Pakistan, as shown in Figure 4.3. Pakpattan canal command area falls in low hazard area and low risk associated with the infrastructure found in this area.

Figure 4.3: Seismic Zones of Pakistan


4-6

4.4 HYDROLOGY The main source of water within the AOI can be divided into surface water and groundwater. 4.4.1 Surface Water Pakpattan canal system is the main source of the surface water within the canal command area. There are some seasonal nallahs which run during the monsoon period but due to lack of any collection and storage infrastructure, it is too scant and unreliable to be of any agricultural or other use. Pakpattan canal is a perennial canal and closes only for cleaning purpose. The main canal is divided into two parts; Upper Pakpattan and Lower Pakpattan canal. The Upper canal off-takes from river Sutlej at Suleimanki Barrage and Lower canal feed through SMB Link canal. M.P Link canal is another source of upper Pakpattan canal and brings about 1000 cusecs of water from L.B.D.C. Pakpattan-Islam Link canal off-take from upper Pakpattan at RD 406 and takes about 1000 cusecs of Upper Pakpattan canal water to Islam Barrage to accommodate the discharge of Upper Bahawal and Qaim Canal. The discharge capacity of the Upper Pakpattan canal at the head regulator (Suleimanki Barrage) is 6,594 cusecs. Irrigation Standards Guideline of FAO Paper 29, Hanson et al., 1999 and WAPDA, are used to interpret infiltration issues resulting from the use of Pakpattan Canal waters for irrigation. FAO has defined infiltration as a function of both Sodium Adsorption Ratio (SAR) and Electrical Conductivity (EC) whereas WAPDA Standards (described in table 4.2) define infiltration as a function of SAR and or Residual Sodium Carbonate (RSC) only.

Table 4.2: Water Quality Parameters (WAPDA STANDARD)

Human Consumption The canal water analysis indicates that water quality does not meet the WHO drinking water standards and is not fit for human consumption for drinking without any treatment (results attached in appendix 4.1) Recreation Use The canal can be used for recreational activities i.e. bathing, water sports etc as the canal water quality meets the available standard for recreational purposes (results included in appendix 4.1) USA Environmental Protection Agency (USEPA), 2003 defines maximum limit of E-coil equal to 126 per 100ml for freshwater for recreational use.

Symbols Usable Marginal Hazardous

EC x 106 µS/cm 0 – 1500 1500 – 3000 > 3000 RSC (meq/l) 0 – 2.5 2.5 – 5.0 > 5.0 SAR (mg/l) 0 – 10 10 – 18 > 18


4-7

Water Pond for Livestock Lined ponds recently constructed along Pakpattan Upper are not working properly. The ponds were designed to accommodate the livestock and minimize canal‟s bank damage from the livestock. The pond water is supposed to be replaced with the canal water through the installed pipe work on regular basis. But it seems that the pipes are blocked or were wrongly designed. The ponds remain filled with dirty water and add the nuisance to the local environment e.g. odor, mosquitoes breeding place etc. Also, in some cases, the pond water escaped to the adjacent agricultural land through the cracks in the structure and damaged the crop. Most of the ponds are damaged and not safe to be used by livestock.

Plate 4.1: Existing Livestock Pond along the Canal

As the constructed ponds do not serve the purpose, animals use the canal water and damage the canal banks.


4-8

Plate 4.2: Livestock Damage the Canal Banks

4.4.2 Flood Record

Under Second Flood Protection Sector Project (FPSP-II), flood risk maps for 5 year and 50 year return period were developed for Sutlej River; part of the map shown in Figure 4.4. The map indicates the potential area inundated during flood. This information will be used to prepare the flood protection plan and contractor‟s facilities set up e.g. labour camp, batching plant, plant & equipment yard etc during detailed design and project implementation phase. Five (5) years and fifty (50) years flood calculated at Suleimanki barrage from the statistical analysis are approximately 125,000 cusecs and 350,000 cusecs respectively. The historical record of major flood pass through the Suleimanki barrage is summarized in Table 4.3.

Table 4.3: Peak Discharge of Prominent Years in River Sutlej at Suleimanki Barrage

Years Discharge through

weir (Cusecs) Through Breaches in Flood Embankment

Total (Cusecs)

1942 325,000 Nil 325,000 1943 309,000 Nil 309,000 1947 360,000 Nil 360,000 1950 332,000 Nil 332,000 1955 422,000 175,000 597,000 1988 400,000 100,000 500,000 1995 302,000 Nil 302,000

The most recent flood that caused breach in RMB at Suleimanki barrage and damaged Pakpattan upper and Khadir branch occurred in 1988. There was no flood in 2010 as the flood only occurred in western rivers (Rivers Sindh, Jehlum and Chenab).


4-9

Figure 4.4: Flood Inundated Area near the Canal Head Regulator

Legend


4-10

4.4.3 Groundwater

Unconfined aquifer can be found as shallow as five 5m depth from ground level at some places along the canal. The aquifer constitutes loose sand of high permeability. Hand pumps and tubewells are the two most common sources of groundwater within the canal command area. Groundwater is mainly used for drinking and agriculture purposes. Groundwater Quality in Canals Command Area The secondary data for groundwater quality has been collected from Directorate of Land Reclamation and SMO offices for canals command area. The groundwater was classified on the basis of laboratory analysis arranged by SMO for Electrical Conductivity (EC), Sodium Adsorption Ratio (SAR) and Residual Sodium Carbonate (RSC) during 2003-04. For ease in description, the groundwater has been expressed as usable, marginal and hazardous for irrigation as determined by the adverse value of any of the above mentioned three parameters. The classification criteria used is not intended to be strict in relation to the effects of irrigation water on soil and crop growth which can be truly adjusted according to environmental factors such as climate, type of soil, crops grown and management practices. SMO also carried out testing for pH and EC in the field by using digital portable pH and EC meters and sent all the water samples to the laboratory for detailed chemical analysis. The samples were analyzed for pH, soluble cations, soluble anions, dissolved salts, EC, SAR and RSC. These parameters are used for the classification of water as usable, marginal and hazardous. The parameters associated with these classifications are as follow: Usable – EC < 1500 µS/cm; SAR <10 mg/l; RSC <2.5 meq/l Marginal – EC 1500 – 3000 µS/cm; SAR 10-18 mg/l; RSC 2.5 – 5 meq/l Hazardous – EC >3000 µS/cm; SAR >18mg/l; RSC >5 meq/l Using the above parameters, 609 water samples were collected out of which 345 were from hand pumps and 264 from shallow tubewells (SMO‟s publication No. 29). The results are summarized in Table 4.4.

Table 4.4: Shallow Groundwater Quality

Source Shallow Water Quality

Usable (%) Marginal (%) Hazardous (%) Hand pumps 61 30 9 Tubewells 75 21 4

Water quality of tubewells is relatively better than that of hand pumps mainly because the depth of extraction is deeper in case of tubewells.


4-11

Depth of Water Table SCAPRs Monitoring Organization (SMO) is engaged in monitoring the water table depth in Indus Plain bi-annually i.e. during pre-monsoon and post- monsoon through a network of piezometers and tubewells. On the basis of data collected by SMO during 2002-03, it was found that water table was not encountered within 300cm of depth from ground level. It was estimated that 92% of the area has water table beyond 300cm depth. The remaining 8% area is classified as miscellaneous land type i.e. built-up area, towns, villages, factories, roads etc. The data reveals that 5004 and 3114 acres of waterlogged area having water table between 0-300 cm depth during 1962-65 and 1977-79 respectively, are no more waterlogged due to heavy pumping of groundwater with tubewells. Therefore, under the existing situation water-logging is not an issue within canal command area. Brackish Groundwater Zone Brackish ground water zone are present in districts Vehari and Lodhran. It was quoted by the Water Management Office and DO Environment of Vehari District that the groundwater quality is comparatively better along the Canal channels in brackish groundwater zone. Therefore water supply tube wells in brackish groundwater zone are situated along the canal channels. The average klater table found in the canal command area is 15m from ground level. Climate The climate of the area is arid and characterized by a long hot summer and short mild winter. The data collected from the nearest meteorological station of the project, at Sahiwal is presented in the following graphs.

0

20

40

60

80

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

Rel

ativ

e H

um

idit

y (%

)

Average Relative Humidity for each Month, Sahiwal(2008)

J F M A M J J A S O N D

Months


4-12

0

5

10

15

20

25

30

35

40

45

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

Average of Maximum Monthly Temperatures , Sahiwal (2008)

Max

imu

m T

emp

erat

ure

(0 C

)

0

5

10

15

20

25

30

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

Average Minimum Monthly Temperatures , Sahiwal (2008)

Tem

per

atu

re (

0 C)


4-13

Wind The Wind velocity and direction in the project area is dominated by monsoon winds (seasonal winds) blowing from sea to land in summer and from land to sea in winter. During the summer months the landmass of Asia rises in temperature, the air above it heats up and rises. As a result, low pressure areas are formed over the landmass in contrast to high pressure area over Arabian Sea and Bay of Bengal. The predominant wind direction during the summer months is therefore to the northeast and north from the Arabian Sea. Additionally, the Bay of Bengal monsoon air stream from the southeast markedly influences the northeastern parts of the country. In the winter months, the temperature of the land decreases and high-pressure area is created in the northeast of the country resulting in land

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

Ave

rage

Rai

nfa

ll (m

illim

eter

s)

Average Monthly Rainfall, Sahiwal (2008)

0

0.5

1

1.5

2

2.5

3

3.5

4

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

Average Monthly Windspeed, Sahiwal (2008)

Ave

rage

Win

dsp

eed

(K

NO

T)


4-14

winds blowing towards the south and southwest. The wind speed is usually higher in summer and causes dust storm.

4.5 BIOLOGICAL ENVIRONMENT The existing macro-habitats within the project area include the agricultural and barren lands. 4.5.1 Flora Flora can be divided into two parts:-

Along the Canal Adjacent Area

4.5.1.1 Along the Canal Very few trees were found along most of the length of the canal bank. There are a number of places available for further plantation along the canal. Common types of trees found along the canal include

Shesham (Dalbergia sisso)

Kikar (Acacia nilotica)

Pipal (Ficus religiosa) Jaman (Eugenia Jambolana)

Frash (Tamarix aphylla)

Beri (Zizyphus jujuba)

Mango tree (Mangifera indica)

Plate 4.3: Occasional Finding of Fruit Trees (above is Mango Tree)


4-15

Other species of the plants include Tress; Lai (Tamarix dioca), Jand (Prospis spicigera), Mesqette (Prosophs juliflora), Mesquette (Prosopis glandulosa), Bhan/Poplar (Populus euphratica), Sufaida (Eucalyptus) Grasses & Shrubs; Pilchi (Tamarix gallica), Khabbal (Cynodon dactylon), Munj (Erianthus munja), Kia (Sacchrum spontaneum), Kunder (Typha elephantine), Cynodom dacylon, (Khabal), Desmostachya bipinnata (Dab), Dicanthium annulatum (chimber), Sporobolus sp. Imperata cylindrica (Seer). 4.5.1.2 Adjacent Area Flora of canal command area and its adjacent area are described below: Pakpattan & Sahiwal District Prior to canal irrigation in the Pakpattan area, wild trees such as Jand (Prosopis spicigera) and Van (Salvadora abeoides) were prominent in the region. After 1930 trees such as Shesham (Dalbergia sisoo) and Kikar (Acacia nilotica) were planted whereas in recent years, Sufaida (Eucalyptus) has also been planted in the area. Vehari District Common types of the trees found in Vehari district area are Simbal Sarin (Albizzia Lebbak), Sufaida (Eucalyptus), Kikar (Acacia nilotica) and Shesham (Dalbergia Sisso) Lodhran District Jand, Karril, Farash and Kikar are commonly found in this district and flourish in the dry arid tracts. Kikar is the most useful as it survives in tough conditions and its wood is used for roof beams, carts, water lifts and ploughs etc. Mango fruit orchards are also common in this district. 4.5.2 Fauna About a century ago, wildlife species of the canal command area included neel gai (blue bull), Chankara deer, Hog deer, wolves, wild cat, hyenas and leopards. But due to the development of irrigation system during 1920s and construction of new cities including Vehari, Burawala, Arifwala etc the habitats of some of these animals were distracted and they become extinct in this area. Also vigorous hunting and killing during last three to four decades eradicated some of the above species from this part of the world. There is no wildlife sanctuary or game reserve or any other protected area within the canal command area. It was informed by the District Officer Wildlife Vehari that recently the turtles found in canal water were caught illegally and smuggled to Thailand because of their demand in restaurants. Therefore the wildlife department staff inspects the canal on regular basis to stop its illegal pouching.


4-16

Fauna finds within the canal command area are given below: Mammals Species Scientific Name Status IUCN Status

Mongoose Herpestes anropunctatous Common Least Concern Porcupine Hystrise indica Common Least Concern Hedge Hog Hemiechinus spp. Common Not Evaluated Fox Valpes bengalensis Rare Least Concern Jackal Canis aureus Common Least Concern Wild Boar Sus scrofa Common Least Concern House Rat Rattus rattus Common Least Concern Hare Lepus nigricollis Common Least Concern Reptiles & Amphibians Species Scientific Name Status IUCN Status

Frogs Frogs Common Not Evaluated Toads Toads Common Not Evaluated Sand Boa or Du-muhi Erys Johnii Common Not Evaluated Chequared keel back Snake

Natrix piscator Common Not Evaluated

Dark-bellied marsh Snake Xenochrophis cerasogaster

Common Not Evaluated

Indian Monitor Lizard Veranus bengalensis


Variety of lizards, krait and viper


Flap Shells

Species Scientific Name Status IUCN Status

Indian Flapshell Turtle Lissymes punctata Common Least Concern Brown River Turtle Kachuga Smithin Common Not Evaluated

Birds Species Scientific Name Status IUCN Status

White breasted kingfisher Halcyon smyrnensis Common Least Concern

Pied kingfisher Ceryle rudis Common Least Concern

Little egret Egretta garryetta Common Not Evaluated

Cattle egret Bubulcus ibis Common Least Concern

Pond heron Areleola grayii Common Not Evaluated

Little bittern Ixobrychus minutus Common Least Concern


4-17

Red-vented bulbul Pyenonotus cafer Common Not Evaluated

Rosy starling Sturnus vulgaris Common Not Evaluated

Common myna Acridotheres tristis Common Least Concern

Bank myna Acridotheres

ginginianus Common

Least Concern

House crow Corvas splendens Common Not Evaluated

Large pied wagtail Motacilla

maderaspatensis Common

Not Evaluated

Ring dove Streptopelia

decaocto Common

Least Concern

Little brown dove Streptopelia

senegalensis Common

Least Concern

Indian roller Coracias

benghalensis Common

Least Concern

Purple sunbird Nectarinia asiatica Common Not Evaluated

Indian robin Saxicoloides fulicata Common Least Concern

Asian koel Eudynamys

scolopacea Common

Least Concern

Golden-back woodpecker Dinopium javanense Common Least Concern

Yellow-crowned woodpecker

Dendrocopos

mahrattensis Common Not Evaluated

Barn owl Tyto alba Common Least Concern

Spotted owlet Athene brama Common Least Concern

Blue-rock pigeon Columba livia Common Least Concern

Yellow-throated sparrow Petronia xanthocollis Common Least Concern

Sind sparrow Passer pyrrhonotus Common Least Concern

River tern Sterna aurantia Common Least Concern

Black Winged stilt Himantopus himantopus

Common Least Concern

Cattle egret Bubulcus ibis Common Least Concern

Common coot Fulica atra Common Not Evaluated


4-18

Common pochard Aythya ferina Common Least Concern

Common sand piper Actitis hypaleucus Common Not Evaluated

Pond heron Ardeola Grayti Common Not Evaluated

River tern Sterna aurantia Common Least Concern

Fish One hundred and twenty seven species of fresh water fish have been recognized in Indus River and its tributaries, comprising 59 cyprinids, 33 slurries, 2 clupeids and 33 others. Of these most important are Palla (Tenua losa ilisha) and Mahasheer (Torputitora spp.) which are exceptional species and powerful game fish. But due to construction of a series of barrages Palla cannot migrate from sea upwards and is almost extinct from river and canals waters. Upward breeding movement of Mahasheer is also restricted due to barrages. The data included in this section is collected during the site meeting with the fishing contractors and visit to the local Fisheries Department. Local survey on canal and meeting with selected fishermen were also done. It has been reported that the fisheries Department lease out the fishing rights of Pakpattan canal for 62,000 rupees per annum. Mainly the fish is exported to big cities like Multan, Lahore, and Karachi etc., however small quantity of fish is sold to the local shops. Specially designed net (Jal) by the fishermen are the common tool of catching fish. The most common types of fish found in the canal are Gulfam, Sangari, Raho and Mori. The fishing season commences in October and ends by mid February. It can be generally stated that as long as there is no drastic change in the general river habitat there is hardly any impact on Fish in Pakpattan canal. Anyway, the biological interbalance in the ecosystem is healthy that all minor changes would not cross the limits of ecological shock absorbers.


4-19

Plate 4.4: Fishing Contractor Catching Fish in Upper Pakpattan Canal

Fishes Found in Pakpattan Canal System

Local Name Scientific Name Daula Channa marulius Dumbra Labeo rohita Bam (Eel) Disambiguation Khagga Rita rita Mori Barilius Vagra Mullee Wallago attu Rohu Labeo rohita Soul Channa striatus (Bloch) Singhara Mystus (Osteobagrus) seenghala Thaila Catla catla

4.6 SOCIO ECONOMIC CONDITION Social environment was studied through a structured questionnaire and results were analyzed. Demographic Characteristics According to 1998 District Census Report, the total population of District Okara is about 2.2 million with average annual growth rate of 2.4 per cent. The total population of District Vehari is about 2.0 million with average annual growth rate of 2.7 per cent. Similarly, the total population of District Lodhran is about 1.2 million with the annual growth rate of 2.7 percent. Majority of population is Muslim with Punjabi and Saraiki as their mother tongue. The secondary data was supported by the primary data as well. The primary data is comprises the respondents entire population including their family members. The male


4-20

respondents were 200 in numbers, selected randomly in the entire project area during the field study. Table 4.5 illustrates the picture of respondents family members.

Table 4.5 Respondent’s Family Members

Sr. No Districts Male Female Total

Population Percentage of Female

Population 1 Okara 164 132 296 45 2 Pakpattan 208 178 386 46 3 Vehari 257 212 469 45 4 Lodhran 112 98 210 47

Total:- 741 580 1361 46 Source: PIAIP Consultants Field Survey

The table indicates that total population of the respondent is 1361 in number where female population rate is low, i.e., 44 percent of the total population. The average family size is 6.8 members with exceptional cases vary from four (4) to 27 members per household. In case of maximum family members, people are used to living together in the same boundary wall in different rooms. Age Group Age is another important demographic characteristic which has a bearing on the employment and mobility. A study of distribution of heads of households by age will throw some light on the type of strategies which may be helpful in raising their income and employment. The data regarding the distribution of head of household by age categories is presented in Table 4.6. The most striking feature of the data presented is the predominance of relatively mature persons in the study area, i.e., 32 percent of the respondents were falling in the age category of 36-45 years. However, the respondents falling in the lowest and highest age groups were present with equal proportion of 22 percent. 24 percent out of the total surveyed respondents were representing the 2nd lowest age category.

Table 4.6: Respondents Age Group

Source: Field Survey by PIAIP Consultants

Sr. No. Age Group No. of

Respondents % age of Respondents

1. 15-25 44 22

2. 26-35 48 24 3. 36-45 64 32 4. 46-60 44 22

Total 200 100


4-21

4.7 SOCIAL CHARACTERISTICS In any social set up, the personal characteristics of the individual play a vital and key role in the formation of attitude and behavior patterns. The institution of family has also profound and comprehensive effect in this respect. Culture and Local Traditions Concept of culture can provide ways of explaining and understanding human behavior, belief system, values and ideologies, as well as particular culturally specific personality types. Culture is the full range of learned human behavior patterns. It is also powerful human tool for survival but is a fragile phenomenon. The culture and tradition prevailed in the study area is discussed as under, o The combination of new and old culture is found in the Project area, although the

young generation is fond of modern culture. The influence of religion on daily life of the people is distinctly felt and their conduct is regulated by the dictation of the religion. Majority of the population follows Islamic traditions, which is well practiced in rural area and has high moral value in the society.

o Food of the inhabitants is very simple. Wheat and rice are generally eaten in the Project area. The use of Desi ghee, milk and lassi is very popular in the rural area, which is available in sufficient quantity. However, the residents near city have started using different packed cereals in breakfast.

o “Shalwar Qamiz” is the most commonly worn dress both among men and women of the Project area. However, Government officials and students use western dress, i.e., trouser and coat during the day time and indigenous dress is worn at home in the evening. Female dress is also very simple and consists of Shalwar, Farak and Dopatta.

o The use of ornaments among the females is also common. The females decorate themselves with necklace, Ballis, Tikka and Churies (bangle).

o Marriage is a special happy occasion in the family, which is performed with all its charms by singing and dancing. The people of the family and adjacent locality are invited by the bridegroom‟s family and are entertained with delicious meals. The bride‟s parents donate the dowry to the girl for equipping her new house.

o Joint family system is predominant in the Project area. However, new life style and cultural impacts from the outside world have directly influenced the family system, gradually shifting it to the nuclear family system.

Caste and Baradri System The word caste comes from the Portuguese casta, meaning lineage. The baradri (brotherhood) is an important aspect of the rural society. It forms on the basis of blood relation, caste and occupation. Baradri plays an important role in the farm events, e.g., birth, death, marriage etc. If ceremony is done properly it adds prestige to the baradri and


4-22

enhances the beauty of the occasion. People of same baradri usually have sympathetic feelings for each other. In nutshell, Baradri is a sign of solidarity and unity.

The Project area is inhabited by people of different baradri, tribes and races. The tribal and ethnic affiliations are showing sign of weakening with the expansion of modern education and social intermixing besides the emergence of a new effluent class of people working abroad in the Middle East and other places where money or financial soundness becomes the hallmark rather than ethnic or tribal association. However, Syed, Watto, Jat, Joyia, Arian, Bhatti, kharal, Gujjar, Rajput, Malik, Mochi, Ansari and Rahmani families are present in the Project Area. Religion Majority of the population is Sunni Muslims but Ahl-e-Hadis (Wahabis) and Ahl-e-Tashih are also present in a cordial atmosphere of co-existence. The people of all the sects are usually living peacefully; there is no sectarian feeling among people of different sects. Christians are also living comfortably side by side.

Settlement Pattern The availability of water determines the location of hamlets/settlements. Dwellings are of permanent in nature and distance varies from 0-1km from the metalled roads. The population of the Project area is totally based on rural setup. Villages are the main settlements; the numbers of houses vary from 40 to 1500 in a village while the homesteads usually belong to single family, which is built in its own agriculture land.

Habitation Housing facilities of the households reflect their financial position and living standard. Habitation is identified as a space occupied for dwelling purposes and is further classified according to the type of structure into three categories, i.e., Pacca, semi pacca and Kacha. People have constructed their houses for their own residing purpose. This statement is endorsed by the field investigation which shows that significant majority (95 percent) of the population is living in their own houses and only a few, five (5) percent are living free of cost in the landlord house in return for providing the farm service to land owners. None of the respondent found living in rented house.

Following types of houses are commonly found in the Project area, i) Pacca Houses with concrete roof

ii) Semi Pacca houses with brick masonry, mud mortar and T-Iron girder roofing.

iii) Kacha (mud) Houses with sirky or tree wood batton roofing.


4-23

People of the project area are found to reside mostly in the 1st and 2nd housing categories, depending upon the financial condition of a household. The size of these houses varies from 816 sq.ft to 5712 sq.ft. The third housing category is simple and self constructed with minimum furnishings. Table 4.7 gives detail of the respondents housing characteristics.

Table 4.7: Housing Characteristic of the Respondent

Sr. No. Housing Characteristics Respondents Percentage

(%)

1. Pacca 90 45

2. Semi Pacca 65 33

3. Kacha 45 22

Total: 200 100

Drinking water Availability and quality of drinking water are not the concerns of the majority of natives of the Project area due to good quality of groundwater. However, the people residing in Tehsil Duniapur are facing the brackish groundwater. Perhaps, this is the reason that tap water facility through government water supply schemes is almost non-existent in the Project area, though it is required in the Duniapur area. People have installed water pumps which are either operated manually or by electricity. The installation cost of the pump is nominal and local population is enjoying this facility. There are instances that hand pumps are installed at the distributary bank In Duniapur, where women are fetching water to their homes to meet the domestic water requirements.

In addition, tube wells are very common for irrigation purpose. The good sign is that, owners also make their tube wells open for others to provide access for drinking water. However, the owners of tube wells are complaining regarding the power failure or increase in the prices of fuel, which makes it hard for operating the pumps. Communication Infrastructures The villages of the Project area are normally connected with main road(s) and district headquarters through metalled roads, although these roads require extensive repair and maintenance. Railway link is also available in the Project area. The telephone facility by Pakistan Telecommunication Company Limited (PTCL) is also available but at limited scale. However, there is a growing trend of utilization of cell phones by the local people due to easy access to connections.

Health Health condition is one of the major determinants of a society‟s social development and quality of life. The overall health condition of the residents is good in the Project Area, as no


4-24

serious disease was reported by the respondents except the water borne diseases. However, few hepatitis patients were also found in the study area.

The health facilities provided by the government in the Project area are very limited. Therefore, people are compelled to consult private practitioners and Hakeem2 etc. for their medical treatment. The licensed lady health visitor is almost nonexistent in the area; major reliance is on the traditional childbirth attendant for assisting the delivery, which is the only service available in the project area.

Education The educational facilities available by the government are not adequate, and people have the option to send their children to private schools for education or in the nearest town(s) for higher education, which the poor parents find difficult to afford.

However, people are more interested in imparting religious education to their children and happily send them to the mosques for reading the Holy Quran through the Clergy, Imam of the mosque. This religious education is normally provided free of cost. Table 4.8 depicts the picture of available educational facilities in the Project area.

Table 4.8: Access to Education Facilities Sr. No. No. of School(s) Male Female Total

1 Primary School 8 13 21 2 Middle School 8 10 18 3 High School 3 1 4 4 Private Co-education 12

Total: 55 Literacy Status According to district population census report 1998, a person is treated as literate who can read a newspaper or journal of same standard and write a simple letter in any language. Literacy is measured as the ratio in percentage of literate population to the corresponding population aged 10 and above. However, the literacy ratio in the Project area varies from 38 to 62 percent and the literacy rate among the male is higher (59 percent) than the females (41 percent) of the study area.

Power Supply Electricity is available in most of the villages of the Project area, but the residents are complaining about the load shedding, which adversely affects their routine daily business. Firewood and kerosene oil are the major sources of energy in case of non-availability of electricity. Fire wood is used for cooking and heating purpose, which is collected by the

2 Provide health services in rural area


4-25

villagers by lopping dried branches of bushes or from self grown trees. However, few people also use the gas cylinder for cooking.

Social Amenities The sample respondents were inquired during socio-economic survey about the presence of utilities in their homes to develop the social baseline of the area. A significant majority (90 percent) of the respondents have electricity, only one (1) percent has the facilities of government water supply schemes. Similarly, two (2) percent have landline telephone facilities, whereas none of the respondents is enjoying the facilities of Sui gas and drainage system as given in Table 4.9.

Table 4.9: Social Amenities Sr. No Social Amenities Frequency (%) age

1. Electricity 180 90

2. Water Supply 1 1

3. Sui Gas 0 0

4. Telephone 2 1

5. Drainage 0 0

Occupation It is useful to have information about the occupational distribution of head of households. Such information will facilitate better planning and execution of the project. The occupational /professional status of the respondents as given in table 4.10 indicates that about 52 percent are farmers, and the remaining are livestock holders nineteen (19) percent, laborers twelve (12) percent, government/private employees eleven (11) percent, businessmen ten (10) percent, and student are also reported to be one (1) percent. The students are treated as unemployed.

Table 4.10: Profession/Business

Sr. No. Profession Number of Respondents

Percentage (%)

1 Farmers 94 47

2 Livestock holders 38 19

3 Laborers 26 12

4 Govt. / Private

Employees

21 11

5 Businessmen 19 10


4-26

6 Unemployed/Student 2 1

Total 200 100

Income Levels The household income related to various professions like farming, livestock management, labor, business enterprises, services and remittances from abroad is reflected in Table 4.11.

Table 4.11 Household Income

Sr. No

Income Level (Rs./Month)

Number of Households

Percentage (%) of household

1 Up to 5000 53 27

2 5001-10000 88 44

3 10001-15000 31 15

4 15001 and above 28 14

Total 200 100

The survey finding shows that majority (44 percent) of the households are falling in the 2nd lowest income category. The people of this income category are medium farmers, livestock holders and employees in the private sectors. Contrary to this, the respondents falling in the highest income category are just 15 percent. There are big farmers, businessmen and people receiving remittances from their relatives/sons living abroad (mostly in Middle East or Europe). The persons falling in the lowest income category is 27 percent. These are mostly the small farmers and tenant who hardly get the crop produce for even household use, with an overall meager monthly income. In addition, the people of this particular income level are laborours or servants of the landlord families. The persons fall in the income level 3 are usually farmers, shopkeepers and government employees who can make that much income on monthly basis. Expenditures The expenditures of the household include food expenses, non-food expenses (washing, bathing, clothing and shoes expenses), educational expenses, utility expenses and health expenses. The food and non-food expenses were inquired on monthly basis while the responses over the other expenses were obtained on yearly basis. Detail of the household expenditures is given in the Table 4.12.

Table 4.12: Household Expenditures

Sr. No. Expenditures Level Number of Percentage (%)


4-27

(Rs./Month) Household of household 1 5000 and below 52 26

2 5001-10000 88 44

3 10001-15000 54 27

4 15001 and above 6 3

Total 200 100

The table shows that the family expenditures of most of the households (71 percent) vary from Rs. 5,001 to Rs. 15,000, whereas families spending Rs. 5,000 and below per month on their household expenditures are almost one eighth of the total families. Interestingly, the income of same number (one eighth) of families is also Rs. 5,000 and below. This scenario indicates that low-income families of the Project area do not possess any saving capacity. Contrary to this, families who spend more than Rs. 15, 000 per month are merely 3 percent of the total interviewed families. One can conclude that low-income families of the Project area have no saving capacity; rather they are surviving on day-to-day basis, whereas high-income families have much more saving capacity as compared to their income. Land Holding Land is the major determinant of farm income and the control over land has a direct bearing on farmer‟s ability to earn. The information regarding the size of land holding is presented in Table 4.13. The table indicates that majority of the respondents have very small land holdings; almost 75 percent of the respondents have landholdings of less than 15.1 acres. Only 15 percent have landholdings in the range of 15.1-30 acres. There is no large and feudal farmer among the respondents; just 14 percent are having their maximum landholding, ranging from 30.1-60 acres. The main reason for small landholding is the fragmentation of land through a process of inheritance from one generation to other and second is growing trend towards land selling on commercial basis. However, in most of the cases, it is very hard for the family to sustain their livelihood over farming due to small land holding; so the family members remain involved in other income generating activities simultaneously.

Table 4.13: Average Land Holding Size of the Family

Sr. No.

Holding Size (Acres)

Number of Respondents

Percentage (%) of Respondents

1 Up to 5 42 45 2 5.1-15 28 30 3 15.1-30 14 15 4 30.1-60 10 10

Total 94 100


4-28

Tenancy Tenancy is not very common in the Project area, because agricultural land is limited; therefore people prefer to cultivate land by themselves. However, there are instances that people give their land on tenancy basis due to the following reasons:

Absentee Landlord Lack of family manpower resources Imbalance between the input and output cost

There are two types of tenancy, one to lease out the land and other on sharecropping basis. The exact terms of its arrangements may differ from area to area. In case of leasing the land, both the parties reach over mutual agreement regarding the price, tenure and other land obligations. Once the owner gets the land rent, he quits from all land related matters till the end of the agreement. The land rent is varying in Project area, ranging between Rs. 10,000-25,000/acre on annual basis depending upon the land category. In case of tenancy arrangement on sharecropping basis, the land and canal water are provided by the landowner, whereas all fieldwork is undertaken by the tenants. The preparation of land is either the responsibility of the tenant; but there are instances that cost is shared between both the parties. If fertilizers/pesticides are used, it is common that tenant pays in proportion of his crop share. If the tenant provides labor only, he normally receives one-fifth of the crop product. If he arranges half of the input cost then his share increases to 50 percent. Tenancy status is given in Table 4.14.

Table 4.14: Cultivator Status

Sr. No. Cultivator Number Percentage (%) 1. Owner 66 70 2. Tenant 16 17 3. Owner cum Tenant 12 13

Total 94 100 The table reveals that the owner cultivators are dominant in the Project area. It is understood that due to small landholding, the owners prefer to cultivate land by themselves for meeting their household expenses. Livestock Livestock plays an important role in the rural economy of the study area as a source of farm power and of protein and fat as well as cash income to the rural households. The farm yard manure produced also helps in improving the texture and fertility of soil. The livestock rearing is made at very large scale in the Project area. Almost all the households who have


4-29

their link with the agriculture are rearing the cattle. All the domestic animals like buffalo, cow, calve, goat and donkey are reared in the Project area. Grazing Rights The vegetation along the bank of Pakpattan canal, Khadar branch, PI link canal, and distributaries etc is usually used for grazing purpose, although the concerned department disallows cattle entry but due to availability of water, the shepherds prefer to go there. The agricultural fields are also used for grazing after crop harvesting which adds manure to the fields and improving the soil fertility. Economics of Livestock Livestock economics includes income from meat, income from selling live heads and income from livestock by- products such as yogurt, butter & ghee. The livestock economics is mainly linked with the selling of milk, which is sold at large scale in the Project area, although the animals as live heads for meat purposes are also sold in the market but on a limited scale. The best time for selling is near Eid-ul-Azha festival when prices reach the highest level. Social Organization Social organization refers to group dynamics, role-playing and conflict resolution mechanism in a given social situation aiming at functional network and linkages prevailing in the community. The nature of social relationship and international processes provide meaningful understanding within structure and functioning of social organizations with respect to any development activity. The consultants carried out PRA (Participatory Rural Appraisal) studies to understand the phenomenon with respect to proposed project. The prominent social organizations emerging at the village level are:

i) Zakat Committee ii) Mosque Committee iii) Khal Punchyat iv) Punchayat (Informal Village Council) v) Union Council (Formal)

Civil society and NGO Currently, the NGOs like NRSP, PRSP, Kshaf, Industrial home social welfare, Piman, and

Plan International are working in the Project area. These NGOs are working in the

education, health, watercourse lining, embroidery, beautician, small enterprises, micro

finance, development of physical infrastructure and capacity building/trainings sectors. The

work of NGOs is appreciated by the local community and they are participating in the

activities enthusiastically.


4-30

Plate 4.5: Meeting with the Officials of NGO in Vehari Conflict Management People are normally very docile and the existence of incidents of criminal nature is low.

However, in most of the areas, social disputes have happened but they were also of minor

nature. The conflicts of minor nature are usually resolved by the elders system while the

serious ones are referred to the police/court. There are incidents that the cases of even

serious nature, which were previously referred to police/court, were later solved through the

elder system.

Education The most prominent issue of concern among the local population is lack of educational facilities, as they showed dissatisfaction with existing educational facilities. Hence, parents have to send their children to other villages and towns for education purpose. It becomes more difficult especially to send girls to far off places for education due to poor transportation facilities and long distance between homes and schools.

Health The non-availability of health facilities particularly affects women and children. In almost all localities, people complained that fatalities sometimes occur when patients are being transferred to hospitals in the main cities. Even the staff is inadequate at the tehsil and district level hospitals; resultantly people have to be content with the private health care facilities. However, private treatment is not affordable for the majority of the population.

Access Roads The population highlighted issues related to poor quality of access/link roads. They said that due to poor quality of access or link roads, communication is very difficult especially during the rainy season. Kacha roads severely hampered the movement of agricultural products


4-31

and school going children and patients needing emergency treatment at hospital. They added that provision of better transportation facilities is not possible due to bad condition of the roads infrastructure in the area. Unemployment The issue related to unemployment or underemployment was largely raised by marginalized men and women in the surveyed communities, their major concern was lack of employment opportunities for educated youth.

4.8 GENDER ISSUES AND ANALYSIS Gender refers to the socially constructed roles, behavior, activities and attributes that a particular society considers appropriate for men and women.

Age Group in Women The data regarding the distribution of head of household by age categories is presented in Table 4.15. The respondent women normally fall in the age category between 15 to 70 years. The most striking feature of the data presented is the predominance of relatively young persons in the study area, i.e., 33 percent of the respondents were falling in the age category of 21-30 years. Contrary to this, only seven (7) percent existed in the high age group, while 26 and 18 percent of the head of the households are falling in the age groups of 31-40 and 41-50 respectively.

Table 4.15 Respondents age group

Sr. No Age Group Number of respondents Percentage

1 15-20 32 16 2 21-30 66 33 3 31-40 52 26 4 41-50 36 18 5 Above 50 14 7

Total 200 100 Caste System Caste system is a type of social structure which divides people on the basis of inherited social status. Although many societies could be described in this way, people are rigidly expected to marry and interact with people of the same social class. Project area has a well known example of a caste system, and various forms of caste systems can be found viz Jat., Gujar, Bhatti, Awan, Qureshi, Pathan, Bhutta, Kamboh, Rajput, Arain, Malik, Baloch, Mughal, Khokhar, Kharal, and Machi.

Language of the Respondents The women respondents were asked about their mother tongue .A significant majority of the women, 85 percent speak Punjabi as their mother tongue and only 15 percent women are reportedly Saraiki speaking. Detail is given in Table 4.16.


4-32

Table 4.16 Respondents language Marital Status Table 4.17 shows that out of total 250 women respondents, 60 percent are married, 32 percent are single and only six (8) percent are reported widow. The majority of the respondents, 48 percent got married within the age group of 15 to 20 years and rest of the women got married at the age of 21-30 years. The field study reveals that parents are doing their utmost to arrange the marriage of their daughters before reaching to the age of 20 years but lack of proper proposal and prevalence of poverty causes delay in marriages.

Table 4.17: Marital Status

Educational Status Education is the knowledge of putting ones potentials to maximum utilization level. Education makes man a right thinker, which guides a person for making the true decision. Education is a basic need and requirement of human beings in all societies. It is playing important role in socio-economic development of the country. Educational level of surveyed women can be viewed in Table 4.18.

Table 4.18: Respondents Educational Level

Sr. No

Education Level

Number of respondents Percentage

1 Illiterate 118 59 2 Primary 24 12 3 Middle 4 2 4 Matric 22 11 5 F.A 12 6 6 B.A 16 8 7 M.A 2 1 8 M.Phil 2 1

Total 200 100

Sr. No Language Number of

respondents Percentage

1 Punjabi 170 85 2 Saraiki 30 15

Total 200 100

Sr. No Marital Status Number of


1 Single 80 32 2 Married 148 60 3 Widow 12 8

Total 250 100


4-33

Suggestions to improve the literacy The respondents were questioned about the suggestions to enhance the literacy rate among the women of project area. Most of them were of the view that Government should provide maximum educational infrastructures facilities with qualified staff and regular monitoring of the education system. Some of the respondents opined about the provision of free education facilities, like availability of books/uniforms by the government and waiving of school fees etc. The respondents also suggested the initiation of awareness campaign by relevant organizations to mobilize the community in connection with the importance of education. The respondents also suggested that favorable attitude of teacher/parents can play an important role in the regard.

Vocational Training Provision of vocational trainings can easily enhance the skills / capabilities of individuals which lead to increase the level of income as a whole. But in the study area government has not made even a single effort for the establishment of vocational training institution. The study reveals that 57 percent respondents were permitted to get technical training outside the village boundary whereas 43 percent women were not allowed by their families for learning skills beyond their specific village. The good point is that all the respondents were in favor of vocational training.

Occupational Status and income level The occupational status and income level of the women respondents is presented in Table 4.19 which indicates that majority of the respondents are house wives, taking care of their families. On the other hand a marginal group, 15 percent of respondents, is working in both field and offices. These working ladies are affiliated with different occupations like medical, nursing, and teaching. Women are also either engaged in labor work or employed in private sectors. Table 4.19 below also indicates that women are represented equally in each income category.


4-34

Plate 4.6: A View of meeting with the cotton pickers

Table 4.19 Occupational and income level of respondents

Sr. No Occupation Number of


1 House Wives 170 85 2 Working Women 30 15

Total 200 100 Income Level of Respondents in rupees

1 1000-2000 8 4 2 2001-5000 6 3 3 5001-10000 4 2 4 10001-15000 6 3 5 Above 15000 6 3

Total 30 15 Power of Spending the Money The women‟s monetary power was checked through the question if they were authorized to spend their money. The majority (75 percent) of the respondents said that they had no compulsion and could spend money as per their wishes while the remaining 25 percent responded that they could spend the money only with the consultation of their male or elder women, most preferably mother in law.


5-1

5. STUDY OF PROJECT ALTERNATIVES The analysis of alternatives for the project is a vital part of the environmental assessment process as it gives the opportunity to review and assess different ways of meeting the project objectives so that the environmental impact of the project is minimal. The following options/alternatives were analyzed for the assessment of strengths and weaknesses of the proposed project:

No Project Option (Worst Case Scenario)

Constructing New Canal System.

Rehabilitation & Upgrading Existing Canal System.

5.1 NO PROJECT OPTION (WORST CASE SCENARIO OPTION) Strength and Opportunities There will be no adverse social impacts as no land will be taken from private/illegal

settlers and for immigrating new settlers.

The recurring cost of the Project will be avoided. The irrigation system downstream of the canal command area (CCA) of Pakpattan

Canal shall not be interrupted due to project activities.

Loss of agriculture land which may be required for the borrowing area and contractor‟s facilities will be avoided.

Weakness and Threats The aging process along with inadequate/deferred maintenance has contributed to a

general deterioration of different components/structures and heavy damages to the regulating gates and hoisting equipment. Any serious damage to the canal can result in colossal losses in the form of total or partial disruption of irrigation supplies, non/less-production of agricultural crops within the canals command area, loss of government revenue, rehabilitation cost of emergency repairs, thus adversely affecting the national economy in additional to human sufferings beside multitude of social and environmental hazards.

There will be loss of property and agricultural land due to uncontrolled breaching along the weakened and damaged banks of the canal.

The local population shall be denied employment and training during project construction phase and later through escalated economic activities.

Around 13,900 Acres of land, property and infrastructure may be flooded in the event of high flood such as the one that occurred in 1988.


5-2

5.2 CONSTRUCTING NEW CANAL Strength and Opportunities Maximum use of available water with improved and upgraded irrigation system.

Employment and training opportunities for the local population which will provide them life time benefits.

Improve the socioeconomic conditions of the area due to new road bridges and other infrastructure of the canal system.

Weaknesses and Threats Higher adverse social impacts as hundreds of existing shops, houses, canal rest house

situated along existing canal need to be demolished or relocated.

Adverse environmental impacts on flora and fauna of the area including uprooting of thousands of trees, destruction of fishery habitat and destruction of agriculture land.

Wastage of existing canal and resources.

Financially not viable.

5.3 REHABILITATION OF EXISTING CANAL SYSTEM (SELECTED OPTION FOR DETAIL DESIGN)

Strength and Opportunities About 32,483 acres of crop area will be increased due to rehabilitation of main canal

(upper & lower) and Khadir Branch.

Main town and villages and thousands of agricultural land will be saved from flood damages in the event of high flood in Sutlej River.

Employment and training opportunities for local population which will provide them life time benefits.

Enhance Bio-diversity with new plantation and develop Public Parks along the canal.

Repair or provide new road bridges across the canal and accommodate the local community and farmers. This will raise the socioeconomic condition of the area.

Significantly lower cost compared to other option. Weaknesses and Threats Temporary adverse environmental impacts during construction phase e.g. dust, noise.

55 No. of houses falling within the work area along the canal banks need to be re-located.

5.4 CONCLUSION No project option is rejected because the feasibility study conducted concludes that the canal system needs to be rehabilitated and is unsafe for continued use in the present condition. The structural failure of any component could cause colossal losses in the form of human life, crop, property, wildlife and irrigation set up. Construction of new canal system


5-3

option has been rejected on the basis of higher adverse environmental and social impacts besides being not viable financially. Rehabilitation of the existing canals is considered the best option in respect of environmental & social aspects. The work scheme also provides the most cost effective solution of the problems identified in feasibility and design calculations.


6-1

6. PUBLIC CONSULTATION

6.1 GENERAL Timely and broad-based stakeholder involvement is an essential element for an effective environmental assessment, as it is linked with Project Planning, appraisal and development in general. Public involvement during Environmental Assessment (EA) has a tendency to improve project design environmental soundness and social acceptability. A meaningful consultation is also a requirement for ADB projects under ADB‟s SPS 2009.

6.2 CONSULTATION METHODOLOGY

6.2.1 Stakeholder Identification They were grouped into the following main categories

i. Local Communities ii. Government & Local Government Bodies iii. Civil Societies iv. Private Sector Bodies

The groups or institutions identified as stakeholder under each category were listed below: 1. Local Communities

a) Local labour (landless) b) Farmers of all land holding categories c) Fishing communities d) Female-head household e) Small business owner

2. Government There can be many departments who can be indirectly related to the project but those who have high relevance include;

f) Punjab Irrigation Department (including both top and low ranked officers and staff)

g) Punjab Forest Department, Wildlife, Fisheries Department h) EPA

3. Civil Society Institution that may have relevance to the Project includes various NGO‟s working for the construction and social development

4. Private sector bodies can be commercial e.g. plantation manager, fishing contractors etc


6-2

6.2.2 Consultation Process and Technology Public Consultation has been conducted during the early stage, reconnaissance survey and the preparation of IEE. Consultation with stakeholders will also be carried out throughout the Project cycle by different members of the team at different stages of the study. Consultation process includes focus group discussion, village meetings and semi-structured interviews and one to one meeting or interviews in the case of government, private and civil society institutions. During the consultation process, the stakeholders were briefed about the project objectives and scope. Their fears and suggestions were recorded. Women consultation was undertaken, under Gender analysis and they were explained about the benefits of the project. All meetings and discussion were held during day time on working days to ensure the availability and participation of the group/individual being consulted. The consultation is sensitive to the local language and cultural needs and wherever expatriate staff is involved local interpreters were used, as the staff observed local norms.

Table 6.1: List of Officials Contacted

Sr. # Official Name Title Phone #

1 Iftikhar Ahmad Dogara Chief Engineer Multan Division, Irrigation Dept. 0619200144

2 Shaikh Nawaz Superintending Engineer Pakpattan Canal, Irrigation Dept.

0409200217

3 Javaid Iqbal XEN. Pakpattan, Irrigation Dept. 0457373878

4 Maqbool Bhatti XEN. Sulemanki Barrage 0444780155

5 Muhammad Afzal Usmani SDO Sulemanki Barrage 03006059754

6 Rizwana Anjum Deputy Director SEMU (Social & Environmental Monitoring Unit), Irrigation

042-9250183

7 Dr. M. Azher Javed Assisstant Land Reclamation Officer 042-99250181

8 Faiz Ahmad Khichi District Officer; Water Management Office, Vehari 0673362806

9 Muhammad Irshad Assistant Agriculture Engineer, Water Management Office, Vehari

0673364806


6-3

Sr. # Official Name Title Phone #

10 Faheem Naseem District Officer Environment, Vehari 03336878606

11 Rana Safdar District Officer Environment, Pakpattan 03026948139

12 Abdul Qayyum District Officer Environment, Okara 0442529824

13 Abdul Rauf District Officer Environment Lodhran 03007828186

14 Dr. M Azher Javed Assistant Land Reclamation Officer 042-9250181

15 Zahid Farooq District Officer Wildlife Vehari 0673362729

16 Muhammad Rafie District Officer Wildlife Okara 0300 7532980

17 Rana Riasat Ali District Officer Fisheries Vehari 042-9211695

18 Sohail Anwar District Officer Fisheries Okara

19 Khurshid Ahmad Fisheries Watcher Okara

20 Munzor Ahmad Fishing Contractor, Pakpattan head regulator

21 Abdul Shakaur Manj District Officer Forestry Pakpattan 03004581753

22 Muhammad Nadim Zafar Block Officer Forestry Vehari

23 Miss Uzma Khan Manager Conservation WWF

24 Nasim-ur-Rehman Syed EPA, Deputy Director (EIA) 042-9232228

25 Muhammad Khurram Agha DCO, Vehari 0673362122

26 M.P. Gondal Punjab Rural Support Program (PRSP) 0333 5218915

a. Meetings with Public Members Members of public and their representatives were also consulted to introduce the Project formally to the local community and get their opinion about the Project. Gender study was also carried out to include the women of the community in this survey.


6-4

6.3 OBJECTIVES ACHIEVED WITH THE PUBLIC CONSULTATION 1. Allay the scare that the canals will remain closed outside the routine closure period

during the construction period. It was clarified that due measures will be taken that canals would run as per usual program and canal closure will take place only under the routine notified canal closure program.

2. No change would ordinarily be made in existing capacity of canals during construction phase, so no impact is anticipated on the canal command area. It was explained that project aimed at rehabilitating the Main Pakpattan Canal, Khadir Branch and PI Link Canal through the strengthening of the canal‟s embankments, structures and dredging the silt or debris from the canal bed.

3. Resettlement Plan (RP) will be prepared to facilitate the affectees and submitted to the authorities under different cover.

4. Allay the fears that large number of workers and labour will be brought by the contractor from outside the project area and assure them that job opportunities generated by the project shall be availed by project area inhabitants.

5. It was clarified that no access roads or public paths will be damaged or altered for the contractor(s) activities i.e. labour camp, material depot, machinery yard etc.

6. Fishermen believed that construction activities would not entail adverse effects on fishing industry as fishing activities can be re-scheduled to avoid interference with construction activities.

7. The locals apprehended that road and kacha paths within the project areas would be exposed to the heavy traffic due to Project activities. This could increase road accidents and deteriorate the roads. It was clarified that traffic management plan would be put into operation to minimize the impacts.

The following points were raised in favor of acceptance of the project:

a) Greater employment opportunity was welcome. b) Greater economic activity will alleviate poverty. c) Pakpattan Canal System will be saved and given longer base of life and thus

the dependent agriculture. d) Present level of services i.e. electricity, communication, schooling, water

supply etc. are likely to improve. e) New Public Park(s) will be developed to attract visitors in the area and have

positive effect on the local economy.


6-5

Figure 6.1: Cities and Towns along the Pakpattan Canal


6-1

Plate 6.1: Public Consultation along Khadir Baranch (near town Sahka)

Plate 6.2: Stakeholder Consultation at Water Management Office Vehari


6-2

6.4 CONSULTATION AND DISCUSSION DURING IMPLEMENTATION

6.4.1 Public Hearing In case of an EIA submitted to EPA. The public hearing provides a forum for the post submission consultation on the EIA. The Punjab EPA within 10 days of the submission of the EIA publish a public notice in any English or Urdu national newspaper and in a local news paper for general circulation of the area affected by the project. During project implementation the consultation of the local community occur at many forums by different members of the project. These consultations are done during construction & operational phase of the project, for capacity building and implementing agricultural extension. These consultations provide the forum continuously gathering concerns of the local communities during project implementation. The public hearing for Pakpattan Canal was conducted on 17th January, 2012 at Canal Rest House Pakpattan. Relevant people and concerned stakeholders including EPA, PID, Forest, Wildlife and Fisheries Department and general public was invited and encouraged to participate. People response and the consultant replies were submitted to EPA and attached in Annex 6.1. On the basis of public hearing, two more sites were suggested to develop public parks along Pakpattan Main Canal. Therefore, Environmental Management Cost was revised and updated cost is included in Environmental Management Plan (Chapter 8 of IEE). 6.5 Grievance Redress Mechanism

This section describes mechanism (which will be notified after the approval of LARP) to receive and facilitate the resolution of DPs concerns and grievances. This explains the procedures and process of entering the complaints of DPs including women and accordingly their redressal mechanism. DPs will be fully informed of their rights and of the procedures for addressing complaints whether verbally or in writing during a continuous consultations process during the LARP as well as project implementation. It is preferred that DPs/ local community will need to enter their complaints/ concerns on a Grievance Redress Register (GRR) consisting the minimum information of “name and address of complainer (s), description of complaint (s), action taken, status of resolution of complaints and other necessary information/ record and also record the reasons if issue (s) remain un-settled.

However, all relevant efforts will be made to avoid/ or minimize the extent of grievances prior to treat under the redress process. This can be obtained through the practicable LAR design and implementation, by ensuring full participation and consultation with the DPs, and by


6-3

establishing extensive communication and coordination program between the community, the PMU, the DO (Revenue)/ LAC and other concerned Departments.

The GRC will include the following members:

GRC Composition

i). Concerned Executive Engineer/ DD (PID) Convener ii). DO (Revenue)/ LAC Member

iii) DD (Environment) Member

iii). DD (Resettlement) Member iv). DD (Social Mobilization) Member v). Representative of DPC Member

To minimize the discomfort of the DPs, the GRC will be available at grass-root level to both DPs and local community. The PIU will be responsible to inform the DPs/ local community about the process and procedures of GR mechanism by pasting the information at prominent places. The complaints will be registered by maintaining a Grievance Redress Register (GRR), where the name & address of complainer, date, description of complaint and action taken will be entered.

The payments relating to the land compensation will be made through the DO (R)/ LAC, while for other assets/ losses and allowances, the payment of compensation will be made directly from the PMU (PID).

Similarly, the issues/ community concerns relating to the land will be addressed through the Revenue department (LAC) and or can also be referred to GRC, while issues other than land will be directly redressed by the PIU at field level (District) and can also be placed with GRC. If issues are still unsettled, will be forwarded to the PD (PMU) and finally consult an appropriate court of law.

Grievance Redress Process The process of grievance redress is discussed through as below:

i). First, complaint resolution will be attempted at site (field level) by the PIU, DPs/ DPC, or informal committee;

ii). If the issue still unsettled, a grievance can then be lodged to the GRC who will have


6-4

14 days to decide the case/ issue. iii). If no solution reached, the grievance can be forwarded to the Project Director (PMU).

DP (s) (must lodge the complaint within one month of lodging the original complaint with the GRC, and must produce documents supporting his/ her claim. The PD (PMU) will provide the decision within 3 weeks after registering a complaint. The decision will be in compliance with the LARF provision as well.

iv). In case, the grievance redress system does not satisfy the DFs/ DPs, then they can pursue further by submitting their case to the appropriate court of law in accordance with the Section 18 to 22 of the LAA 1894.

6.5 INSTITUTIONAL ARRANGEMENT

6.5.1 Management Responsibilities Overall responsibility for environmental management will rest on PMU of the Punjab Irrigation Department, Government of the Punjab.

(i) Project Management Unit (PMU) The overall responsibility for the implementation of Environmental management/Monitoring Plan rests with the Project Management Unit (PMU) along with the assistance of Environmental Unit (EU) of PMU. The EU consists of Director Environment & Sociology, Deputy Director Environment and Deputy Director Sociology. PMU will assume overall responsibility for ensuring:

That while executing the contract and undertaking the construction all environmental norms, regulations and requirements promulgated by Pakistan Environmental Protection Council (PEPC), Pakistan Environmental Protection Act (PEPA), Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) Punjab and environmental safeguard policies of Asian Development Bank , with respect to the work site and adjacent areas are fully respected and implemented.

Overall responsibility for implementation of EMP.

i. The Executing Agency : PMU of Punjab Irrigation Department (PID) ii. Supervising and Monitoring

Agency : Environmental Unit of PMU.

iii. General Assistance to all

above agencies in their respective tasks

: Head PMU/The Project Director, PID will facilitate communications, logistics and data collection as and when required.

iv. Logistic Support : Head PMU/The Project Director, PID shall provide the logistic support and shall be the focal point for the construction activity.


6-5

Ensure that Contractor and Construction Supervision Consultants appoint a dedicated environmental officer and allied staff. PMU will also ensure that all environmental personnel are authorized to implement the socio- environmental policies and requirements of the EMP.

Coordinate with relevant government departments and stakeholders on concerned

socio-environmental issues. Inspect and monitor residual impacts of the rehabilitation work and observe

documentation of the impacts during the construction phase. Inspect the significance of impact in case of unanticipated change in the project.

Construction Supervision Consultants will assist and advise PMU in implementation of EMP. (ii) Environment Unit (EU) of PMU

- The Environmental Unit (EU) within PMU will monitor Project performance. - The EU will function in coordination with the Construction Supervision Consultants

and will receive reports from them on behalf of PMU. - EU will prepare and submit periodical Progress and Monitoring Reports to all

stakeholders as per their schedules. In this task they will seek assistance/ guidance from Construction Supervision Consultants as and when required.

(iii) Head PMU/The Project Director The Project Director shall provide or arrange the logistics including communication, transport and accommodation to all visiting persons/teams experts from any of the above monitoring units and shall coordinate with the contractor(s) to facilitate the visits/inspections. (iv) Contractor The contractor will be responsible for implementation of the project EMP. The contractor will ensure that EMP for the project is implemented fully and must be integrated into the Project implementation and made integral part of the contract document. For any default damages so caused will be remediated by the contractor at his own cost and expenses. In case the contractor fails to rectify the damage the employer will remediate at the risk and cost of the contractor. The amount will be determined by the Construction Supervision Consultants which will be adjusted from amount due to the contractor. The contractor will also be responsible for communicating with and training of his staff in environmental aspects and implementation of the EMP. The contractor will develop and get approved Health, Safety & Environment (HSE) Plan from Construction Supervision Consultants before the commencement of the Physical works on site. (v) Construction Supervision Consultants The construction supervision consultants will be responsible to ensure quality of work and


6-6

fulfilment of contractual obligations. Environmental Specialist of the construction supervision consultants will ensure that all the environmental and social provisions comply with the applicable standards. He/She will confirm that the day-to-day construction activities are carried out in environment friendly manner and periodic environmental training programmes and workshops are organized for the consultant‟s and contractor‟s staff. Project Organizational Structure The organizational structure for the environment management / monitoring implementation is shown below. The role of the organization is described in exhibit 1.


6-7

Organizational Chart for EMP Implementation

6.6 SOCIAL COMPLAINTS REGISTER The consultant‟s environmental team will maintain a social complaint register at camp site office to document all complaints received from the local communities. The register will also record the measures taken to mitigate these concerns. The final report will be communicated to Environmental section of PMU. The Project Monitoring team shall carry out the monitoring of the implementation of social and environmental mitigation measures as per ADB Safeguard Policy Statement. The details of Grievance Redress Mechanism related with social issues of the project are provided in the RAP.

Project Management Unit (PMU)

Project Director (PD)

Director (Safeguards)

PMU Support Consultants

Design and Construction Supervision Consultants

Deputy Director (Environment)

Environmental Specialist

Environmental Specialist (International)

Environmental Specialist (National)

Jr. Environmentalist

Deputy Director (Resettlement)

Deputy Director (Community Relations)

Deputy Director (Social Safeguards)

Environmental Inspector

Contractor

Environmental Manager

Director (Engineering)


7-8

7. IMPACT ASSESSMENT, MITIGATION AND ENHANCEMENT MEASURES This chapter discusses the potential impacts of the Pakpattan canal rehabilitation and up-grading works which have been identified through the use of standard checklists, and expert knowledge and experience. The impacts identified were assessed for their significance keeping in mind their consequences, reversibility, occurrence, duration, location, timing etc. The evaluation of environmental & social impacts has been summarized in Table 7.1.

7.1 POTENTIAL IMPACT SOURCES Environmental impacts and social impacts attributed to the Project can be broadly classified into three main groups:

Impacts during design phase

Impacts during construction phase Impacts during operational/post construction phase

Some of the impacts can be anticipated and avoided at design stage with appropriate adjustment in the Project Design, some can be mitigated by good implementation techniques and others by following the operational manual. Potential adverse environmental impacts of the project on the physical, biological and socio-economic environment during design, construction and operational phases have been identified. Measures to mitigate these impacts and their residual impact have also been discussed. Table 7.1 summarizes the potential impacts associated with the canal rehabilitation project. The physical, biological, cultural and social impacts have been discussed under pre-construction (design phase), construction and operational phase. This is further analysis of the impacts caused on soil, water, Air, Biodiversity and Social set up. Each component has been assessed as slight, moderate or significant. As a result of this analysis, certain mitigation measures have been suggested. The impacts have been marked as avoidable, mitigable and irreversible. ADB‟s Rapid Environmental Assessment checklist is included in Appendix 7.1.


7-9

Table 7.1 (sheet 1): Evaluation of Environmental & Social Impacts

Category Impact Assessment Impact Slight Moderate Significant 1* 2** 3*** 1* 2** 3*** 1* 2** 3***

1. Design Phase

1.1 Impact of Weed on Canal water quality

/

1.2 Damage to Canal Bank

/

2. Construction Phase Physical Environment Land Resources Hydrology and Water Resources

2.1 Impacts of Waste Disposal site /

2.2 Impacts of Borrow areas /

2.3 Damage to Paths, Access Roads and Cross Drains

/

2.4 Impacts of Crushed Stone Transport /

2.5

Impacts of oil/chemical Spill or Dumping out outside designated area

/

2.6 Impact of Canal Widening /

2.7 Contamination from Diesel and Other Spill etc from Machinery

/

2.8 Agricultural land or crop destruction /

2.9 Drinking Water & Wastewater Impacts /

2.10

Contamination of surface water due to Electrical/Mechanical Work

/

2.11 Impact of Extended Canal Closure /

2.12 Impact of Road Bridge Construction /

2.13 Impact on Source of Construction Water /

* Avoidable through design ** Mitigation through contractor‟s obligation or by communities through social framework

agreement (SAF) *** Non-reversible, Permanent change (to be adopted)


7-10


Category Impact Assessment

Impact Slight Moderate Significant

1* 2** 3***

1* 2**

3*** 1* 2** 3***

2. Construction Phase Physical Environment Air Quality Noise

2.14 Dust Smoke and other Pollutants from Plants & Equipments

/

2.15 Smoke from Burning of Waste material or Burning Firewood

/

2.16 Impact on Air Quality from Earth Work Activities

/

2.17 Noise Pollution from Construction Activities

/

Biological Environment

2.18 Disturbance to Wildlife /

2.19 Damage to Biological Resources

/

Socio Economic

2.20 Impacts due to Land Acquisition

/

2.21 Social Impact on Local Population due to Migrating Labour from other parts of the Country

/

2.22 HIV/AIDS and other Communicable Diseases

/

2.23 Impacts on Existing Services; education, health, electricity and water supply etc.

/

2.24 Impacts of finding Archaeological site, Graveyard etc

/

2.25 Impact on Public Health & Safety due to Construction activities

/

2.26 Impact on Employment /

2.27 Tribal Tension and local rivalries on canal and aquatic life

/


agreement (SAF) *** Non-reversible, Permanent change (to be adopted)


7-11


Category Impact Assessment Impact Slight Moderate Significant 1* 2** 3*** 1* 2** 3*** 1* 2** 3***

3. Post Construction Monitoring and Evaluation as per Operational Manual and Monitoring Plan

3.1 Impacts due to non -application of the prescribed O&M plan

/

3.2 Continuous evaluation of design efficiency

/


agreement (SFA) *** Non-reversible, Permanent change (to be adopted)

7.2 IMPACTS AND MITIGATION MEASURES DURING DESIGN PHASE

7.2.1 Weed in Canal Water Adverse Environmental Impact: Weed in canal water deteriorate canal water quality. Decomposition of the weed in canal water raises the BOD of the water and adversely affects the aquatic environment. It also clogs in the canal and reduce its efficiency. Mitigations Measures: We should be removed mechanically, manually or any suitable measure approved by the department at the specified locations.

7.2.2 Damage to Canal Banks Adverse Environmental Impacts: The aging process along with inadequate / deferred maintenance has been contributed to general deterioration of the structural integrity of the canal banks. Breach in damaged canal bank could cause significant damages. Mitigation measures

Strengthening the canal banks by increasing its height and width where required.

Undertake new plantation at the available area along the banks

Rehabilitate the existing cattle ghat.


7-12

7.3 IMPACTS AND MITIGATION MEASURES DURING CONSTRUCTION PHASE

7.3.1 Physical Environment

(a) Land Resources 7.3.1.1 Impacts of Waste Disposal Site Adverse Environmental Impacts: Inadequate disposal of waste could contaminate the land. If the waste is not handled properly it could be a nuisance and cause of diseases. Domestic waste contains high percentage of readily degradable hydrocarbons which release bad odor when decomposition occurs especially in hot and humid conditions. Construction waste classified as inert waste, could pose a problem for disposal. Mitigation Measures: All waste from the construction activities should be disposed on PID land and

according to the Waste Management Plan which will be a part of the EMP.

Domestic waste generated at the contractor camp and site offices to be collected and temporarily stored at the designated bonded area within the camp area before transportation off site.

A temporary domestic waste storage area to be prepared, maintained and visually inspected on a regular basis by the contractor to prevent adjacent land from contamination.

The location of construction waste disposal site to be such that no tree cutting, crop destruction or private land acquisition occurs.

Construction waste not to be mixed with domestic waste as the construction waste could be reused as a fill material or disposed off separately.

Residual Adverse Impact: The waste storage area will attract animals and spread a foul odor in the surrounding area. 7.3.1.2 Impacts of Borrow Areas Adverse Environmental Impact: Additional soil required for the strengthening of canal banks will be excavated from the designated area (Borrow Area). The contractor shall obtain approval from Consultant‟s Environmental Specialist and PMU for using any site as Borrow Area. The excavation activities could have adverse environmental impacts including soil erosion, drainage problem, threatening of stability of existing structures, and impact on the health and safety of the workers and local population. As such these activities need to be undertaken with absolute care as provided in the contract specification.


7-13

Mitigation Measures: Soil required for revamping of retired embankment and other works would be preferably

obtained from available government land. If soil is required to be lifted from private owned land, then the owner(s) of the land will be duly compensated.

The contractor will ensure that the selected borrow areas are clearly demarcated, and indicate the maximum allowable depth of the pit before the soil is excavated.

No soil will be excavated outside the demarcated area. If unexpected soil or strata is found during excavation at the site then excavation must be stopped immediately, and the environmentalist and site manager should be informed as soon as possible.

The edges of the pits should be given flat slopes and area should be leveled as far as possible when the excavation is complete.

Barren or infertile land will be preferred for use as a borrow area than agricultural land.

If the agricultural land along the embankments needs to be used as a borrow area then the following additional measurements will be undertaken by the contractor:

Excavate at least 50ft away from the toe of the embankments Remove 6 inches of the topsoil and store on a separate site for its re-spread back on

the leveled borrow area Excavate up to maximum of 3 feet Level slopes as far as possible Place the topsoil back on reasonably leveled area Residual Adverse Impact: Uneven topography will be generated due to excavating land. 7.3.1.3 Damage to Paths, Access Roads and Cross Drains Adverse Environmental Impact: Infrastructure (road, drains etc) could be damaged through carelessness of the drivers/operators of heavy machinery. Such carelessness can cause considerable damage to paths, road and drains if the drivers/operators are not made aware, trained and bound to protect the infrastructure. Mitigation Measures: Effective sign-posting can reinforce safe driving instructions to the drivers for example

maximum load limit, type of vehicle allowed, speed limit etc. It is the Contractor‟s contractual obligation to impose strict control over operators and

drivers of all types of vehicles. Should any damage take place, the contractor is obligated to carry out repair work

immediately.

Enforce the maximum speed limit for site traffic to 20 km/hour.


7-14

7.3.1.4 Impacts of Oil/Chemical Spill or Dumping outside any Building or House near the Project Area Inadequate storage and mobilizing of material on site could cause accidental spills or leakages. Dumping of waste material or spillage at the private land or outside the designated area will contaminate the land and water resources. The owner(s) of the land may be compensated by the contractor. Mitigation Measures: It is the Contractor‟s Contractual obligation to design, construct and maintain material

storage areas. All material mobilization should be controlled and carried out by competent staff.

All loading and unloading of the materials should be appropriately planned.

The material storage area should be bounded. Spill kits, including absorbing pad, sand bags etc, should be available at material storage

area.

In case of damage to private land, the land owner(s) should be compensated. 7.3.1.5 Impacts of Crushed Stone Transport Adverse Environmental Impact: Stones shall be brought from Sargodha District, so no quarrying has to be done locally. But the vehicles carrying the stones shall exert additional traffic load on the roads leading to the project area. By keeping the road dust free and repaired, the impact shall be mitigated. Mitigation Measures: It is the Contractor‟s contractual obligation to use the roads and paths carefully and in case of any damage, repair the damaged roads and paths immediately. Undertake regular spraying of water on traffic routes and places prone to cause dust pollution. 7.3.1.6 Impacts of Canal Widening Adverse Environmental Impact: Widening the canal may cause uprooting of trees along the canal. Types of trees found along the canal mainly consist of Kiker and Shesham and no rare or protected flora were found. Therefore uprooting of tree could be compensated with new plantation in the area and there will not be cause significant adverse impact of the uprooting of tree. Mitigation Measures: The exact number of trees, if required to be uprooted, must be determined and the Forest department informed minimum one month before the removal of tree is required. Every tree uprooted on site for the execution of work should be replaced with the plantation of a minimum of five new trees.


7-15

7.3.1.7 Contamination from Oil & Diesel and Other Spill from Construction Machinery The dumping site for waste material or empty containers can damage land with associated physical, biological and social losses. This impact can be mitigated through effective application of maximum spill regulations, general criteria for oil and breakage at construction sites, as per standards set forth by Oil Spill Contingency Plan of PKP Exploration Ltd, Guidelines for Oil Spill Waste Minimization and Management issued by International Petroleum Industry, Environmental Conservation Association and with mitigation measures described below. (i) Minor Spills Soil contaminated by minor spills/leakages (defined as leaks from vehicles, machinery, equipment or storage containers such that the area and depth of soil contaminated is less than one (1) sq.ft and three (3) inches respectively) is to be scraped and sent to a burn pit (incinerator). (ii) Moderate Spills Moderate spills are defined as spills of volume less than or equal to 200 litres. These are to be contained and controlled using shovels, sand, absorbing mat and native soil. These equipments and materials are to be made available at camp sites during the operation (Spill Kit). The contaminated soil will be excavated and sent to the treatment site such as bioremediation or solidification/stabilization (S/S). The excavated area will be lined with an impermeable base before being filled with clean soil. (iii) Major Spills Major spills are defined as spills of volume greater than 200 litres. This would require indication of Emergency Response Procedure and Oil Spill Contingency Plan to be prepared by the Contractor in consultation with the Engineer. These spills are to be handled and controlled by a specialized contractor to clean the site. Mitigation Measures: All the oil based material should be stored in the designated bounded area. The Spill Kit should be available on site to handle small spills on site.

Good house keeping will minimize accidental spills.

All loading and unloading of material should be supervised and carried out in accordance with an appropriate plan.

Empty drums of the fuel should be handled with care as some material may be left over in the drums or container.

All the liquid material or fuel should be stored well away from any control water body i.e. river, canal, etc.


7-16

(b) Hydrology and Water Resources 7.3.1.8 Water Supply System & Wastewater Treatment Impacts Adverse Environmental Impact: Pumping groundwater from the major aquifer for water supply for the contractor‟s camp shall neither cause any significant change in the groundwater reservoir, nor in the river or canals, which in fact recharge the reservoir. The impact can be considered as slight and temporary. The contractor should tap the underground reservoir and install hand pumps or tube wells with an overhead water tank to supply water to the site workers at appropriate pressure. Wastewater generated from the contractor‟s camp should be appropriately treated before discharge to water body or re-use for agriculture purpose. There are plenty of examples of successful systems using wastewater for agriculture. Domestic wastewater is expected to be contaminated with pathogens. Many factors affect the degree to which the potential risk due to the presence of pathogens in wastewater can become an actual risk of disease transmission and pose a health risk to consumers and workers (farmers). The following situation can have an adverse impact on human health: 1. Either an infective dose of an active pathogen reaches the field or pond or the pathogen

multiplies in the field or pond to form an infective dose. 2. The infective dose reaches a human host. 3. The host becomes infected 4. The infection causes disease or further transmission. Mitigation Measures: It is the responsibility of contractor to test and confirm the suitability of groundwater

before its supply for domestic use. The depth of extraction well should be increased until the quality of groundwater meets

the WHO standards or the Filtration Unit can be installed by the contractor to achieve WHO standards.

Four main measures are recommended to be considered to protect health; waste water reuse, waste water treatment, crop restriction, control of wastewater application and exposure and promotion of hygiene of those waste water treatment plants.

It is the responsibility of the contractor to set up a suitable and appropriate wastewater collection and disposal system.

Method and level of treatment of wastewater depends upon the anticipated use of the effluent. In view of the expected use of treated water for agriculture purposes, treatment at primary level will be cost effective. It is therefore proposed that lined septic tanks with bypass arrangement for rainwater be provided in the contractor‟s camp with about three days storage capacity of wastewater.


7-17

To keep the cost to a minimum it is recommended to install a partial wastewater treatment system, using lined septic tanks, as well as crop restriction control measure for reuse of wastewater in agriculture. The septic tank should not be deeper than 4m to avoid anaerobic degradation of the organic compound of wastewater. Treatment by underground septic tank for about 3 to 4 days retention removes most of helminth eggs sufficiently to protect the health of agriculture workers and consumers.

If the waste water is discharged into the control water body i.e. river or canal then it is the contractor‟s contractual obligation to confirm that the effluent meets the NEQS levels. Provision of underground septic tank is a preliminary treatment and reduces the total suspended solids (TSS) concentration to the acceptable level; however it may not reduce BOD up to the required level. Therefore it is suggested that, if required, an aeration treatment system should be emplaced to meet the BOD level before the discharge of the effluent into the river, canal.

The treated domestic sewage should be tested on regular basis before it is pumped into the river, canal or used for agricultural purposes.

Residual Adverse Impact: It is envisaged that the groundwater level could temporarily drop locally due to

continuous pumping of water during construction phase of the project. Bacterial removal with three days retention of wastewater in the stabilization pond will be

sufficient to reduce but would not completely eliminate the risk to consumers of vegetable crops. Crops restriction will therefore be essential, if the effluent is used for agriculture.

7.3.1.9 Contamination of Surface Water Due to Electrical/Mechanical Works Adverse Environmental Impacts As most of the electrical / mechanical work is to be performed at the canal‟s structure, any accidental spill of material could be devastating for the aquatic environment. Mitigation Measures All temporary structure should be designed and built after receiving Engineer‟s

approval.

Daily Inspection should be carried out at the work area before the start of every working shift.

Good house keeping should be maintained to avoid any accidental spill or falling of objects in to the canal.

Oil based material should be kept in a bunded browser or container.

Electrical equipment should be handled with extra care.


7-18

Provide proper PPE (personal protected equipment) for all the workers as a precaution against any mishap, and interlink various parts of the construction complex.

7.3.1.10 Impacts of Extended Canal Closure Adverse Environmental Impacts Gate repair work, installation of the hoisting system and road bridge construction may require the closure of canals. Non availability of the canal water could adversely affect crops within the canal command area. However, all work that requires the canal to be closed will be arranged during routine canal closure or diversion channels will be constructed during construction work, therefore no extended canal closure will be required. During site visits it has been observed that the people living within the canal command area do not use canal water for drinking purpose. The canal water is primarily used for agricultural purposes and at a few places within the canal command area for domestic clothes washing. Mitigation Measures: All the activities that require canal closure will only be undertaken during the annual

routine closure of the canals.

If work that requires canal closure needs to be carried out during the period in which the canal is open, then a temporary channel must be constructed to ensure that the canals run routinely during the execution of work.

7.3.1.11 Impacts from Infrastructure Construction Activities Adverse Environmental Impacts The construction of a road bridge, canal bank strengthening, regulating structure etc will be included in the rehabilitation work of the canal. The existing infrastructure found at the canal is deteriorated and requires repair work. It is anticipated that during construction activities, ambient air quality could deteriorate due to dust, noise and machinery‟s exhaust emission. Mitigation Measures: The contractor must provide a temporary route during bridge construction and the route

should be adequate for the existing traffic and construction site traffic. It must be designed by a competent contractor.

Rural roads leading to or passing near the construction sites could be used for transporting men and materials to the construction site.

It is the contractor‟s obligation to use the roads and other paths carefully and repair the roads in case of any damage.

Air quality should be monitored on a regular basis through certified 3rd party to ensure that pollutant levels are within the prescribed NEQS levels.

Effective sign-posting will be adopted by the contractor to reinforce instructions to the drivers.


7-19

The Traffic Management Plan will be prepared and implemented by the contractor. 7.3.1.12 Impact on Source of Construction Water The contractor could use canal water as a source of water for sprinkling on kacha (unpaved) path for dust control and for vehicle washing purposes. Groundwater could be used as a source of water supply for the contractor‟s camp and the batching Plant. The contractor should tap the underground reservoir and install hand pumps or tubewells with overhead tanks to supply drinking water to the labor camp, and to the batching plant for concrete preparation. Withdrawing water from the aquifer shall not cause any significant change in the storage of the aquifer nor the river and canals, which eventually recharge it. The impact can be considered as slight and temporary. Mitigation Measures: The contractor is obligated under the contract to supply running tap water, flush latrines

and underground septic tanks for the disposal of wastewater through the sewerage system.

It would be ensured that wastewater is not pumped into the river or canal system without treatment.

All the wastewater generated from vehicle washing and site set ups e.g. batching plant, plant & equipment yard etc should be tested to meet the NEQS standards for effluents before being disposal.

The contractor is obligated under the contract to pay for water obtained from private sources.

(c) Air Quality 7.3.1.13 Dust Smoke and other Pollutants from Plants & Equipments Adverse Environmental Impact: Emission or dust from the batching plant can be very harmful for the site workers and the local population. The emission/dust could cause skin and respiratory disease e.g. skin rashes, lungs problem etc. Roads and traffic will be affected due to the movement of heavy vehicles in the area. Therefore the contractor must select a suitable location for the batching plant (if required) and the following control measures shall be adopted: Mitigation Measures: Air quality should be monitored on regular basis near the plant through a certified 3rd

party.

The batching plant should be located at least 500m away from any living area. The plant should not be operated outside working hours.

Regular spraying of water should be undertaken to minimize dust pollution.


7-20

All vehicles, machinery, equipment and generators used during construction activities will be kept in good working condition to minimize exhaust emissions.

Proper PPE should be issued to the site workers and measures should be adopted to ensure that the workers will wear the PPE when working on site.

If the location the batching plant is close to the living area or water body, the following additional conditions must be followed:

The plant has to be a Zero Emission Plant. This will include using washed

aggregate and enclosed silos with automatic injection system of the material in to the mixing chamber.

The plant area should be constructed and maintained on an impermeable layer to prevent contamination of canal water from surface run off.

The access roads/paths should be sprayed with water on a regular basis to minimize dust pollution.

Residual Impacts: Temporary deterioration of air quality.

7.3.1.14 Smoke from Burning of Waste Material or Burning Firewood Adverse Environmental Impacts A large number of big and small fires in the contractor‟s camp can produce smoke and smog which can cut off visibility, reduce traffic ability and cause suffocation along with causing diseases of the respiratory tract. Mitigation Measures: Waste burning should be prohibited on site.

It is the contractor‟s contractual obligation to use and provide clean and smoke free fuel in the labour camp.

Cutting and burning trees or shrubs for fuel shall be prohibited.

Gas Cylinders should be used in the labour camp for cooking purposes. 7.3.1.15 Impact on Air Quality of Earth Work Activities Adverse Environmental Impacts Excavation activities could cause dust and pollute the surrounding area. Emissions from the plants used in earth work activities may also degrade the air quality of the site. Mitigation Measures Regular spraying of water should be undertaken to minimize dust pollution. All vehicles, machinery, equipment and generators used during construction activities will

be kept in good working condition to minimize exhaust emissions.


7-21

(d) Noise 7.3.1.16 Noise Pollution from Construction Activities Adverse Environmental Impact: Many living areas are located along the canal bank and noise pollution could be issue during construction phase of the project. Pakpattan canal banks also provide habitat of many different species of game birds including piz on done partridges. Mitigation Measures: Suitable equipment and plant should be used in execution of the work to minimize noise

pollution. The noise level should be monitored on a regular basis and levels should be maintained

within the NEQS level. At the start of the work activities noise levels should be monitored on hourly basis for at least the first 2 days of work, after which the monitoring interval could increase to daily basis.

All vehicles, machinery, equipment and generators used during construction activities will be kept in good working conditions and will be properly tuned and maintained in order to minimize noise pollution, exhaust emission and minimum land disturbance.

All working activities should be restricted within the allowed working hours. The maximum speed limit of 20km/h should be enforced for vehicles using the

embankments and access road.

The Traffic Management Plan provided in EMP, should be implemented at site during construction phase.

Residual Adverse Impact: Movement of the site traffic and tree cutting will generate some noise.

7.4 BIOLOGICAL ENVIRONMENT

7.4.1 Damage to Biological Resources and Disturbance of Wildlife Adverse Environmental Impacts The contractor‟s camp location should be carefully selected to minimize tree cutting and wildlife habitat disturbance. The natural habitat is vulnerable to noise and dust generated from the movement of site traffic and work activities along the embankments. Mitigation Measures Select the locations for contractor camp and batching plant (if required) such that

no/minimum tree cutting is required.

The outside boundary of the camp should be fenced or walled to keep camp activities inside the camp area only.

It is the contractor‟s obligation to ensure that unnecessary and out of bound activities/movements do not occur within the allotted area for setting up the contractor camp, material depots and machinery yard.


7-22

No fire arms should be carried by any site worker.

All forest, wildlife and fisheries laws should be fully respected and abided by the contractor and his work force.

Necessary sign boards should be displayed to remind the labour, visitors and members of public of their obligations towards natural habitat.

Inspections by wildlife, forest and fisheries officers should be facilitated at the working area to ensure implementation of relevant laws.

24 hours security should be provided by the contractor at the Labor Camp and Batching Plant.

Every tree cut on site for the execution of work should be replaced with the plantation of a minimum of five new trees.

All vehicles, machinery, equipment and generators used during construction activities will be kept in good working condition and be properly tuned to reduce noise, exhaust and land disturbance.

Communities are given awareness and are involved in proper protection of the natural habitat inside and around the project area.

No unauthorized tree or bush cutting will be allowed. Should it be necessary, it should not be done without the permission of the “The Engineer”.

If possible, the nests of birds on trees that need to be uprooted should be shifted to other nearby trees.

7.5 SOCIO-ECONOMIC IMPACTS The overall impacts of the Project on the social and economic activities in the project area will be positive. Private land acquisition/leasing mainly for borrow material would be required in this Project though every effort will be made to use PID land. A Resettlement Action Plan (RAP) will be prepared to compensate the people living along the embankments as squatters on government land and need to be removed after being compensated. The adverse social impacts and their mitigation measures are discussed as follow:

7.5.1 Impacts of Land Acquisition Adverse Environmental Impacts Generally, land acquisition is required for work activities such as widening of the embankments, access road, Contractor Camp, Batching Plant, work base area, waste disposal site and borrow area. To facilitate these activities, the PID is already in possession of enough land where these works can be executed though temporary acquisition of private land for borrow materials may be require in this project. Mitigation Measures All the activities requiring land acquisition are to be planned by PID. Private land is to be

acquired under the 1894 Land Acquisition Act and the cost of land is to be paid to the


7-23

owners. An appropriate framework agreement should be completed and signed by all the concerned parties.

Resettlement Action Plan (RAP) should be prepared to compensate and restore the livelihood of the affectees.

7.5.2 Impacts on Local Population due to Migrating Labour from other Parts of the Country

Adverse Environmental Impacts There is a risk of adversely affecting the social life of the local population due to the arrival of a large number of laborers from outside the area. Extra burden on the local infrastructure and services e.g. medical facility, shops, restaurants, mosque, public transport etc. is also anticipated. Mitigation Measure The outside boundary of the camp should be fenced or walled for security reasons.

Locating a labour camp at least 500m or ideally 1km away from the villages (local settlement).

Leisure facilities including play grounds, restaurant etc should be provided inside the labour camp.

All the unskilled labour and where possible skilled labour should be arranged locally.

Pick and drop facilities should be arranged.

The camp should be located within PID land, such that there is no private land acquisition required for this activity.

7.5.3 HIV/AIDS and other Communicable Diseases The Labourers in the Contractor Camp, truck drivers and like personnel who interact with each other have the potential for the spread of HIV/AIDS if the incidence exists. Majority of the people living in the surrounding of the Project, and potential Labour are not aware of the source, mode of communication or consequences of HIV/AIDS. Although their religious and cultural value system, to a large extent excludes the outbreak or rapid communication of HIV/AIDS, yet its occurrence in such a situation cannot be precluded. It is necessary that awareness and preventive campaigns are run from time to time in the Labour campus and the field offices of the Project to prevent the communicable diseases like Cholera, Typhoid and Tuberculosis. Mitigating Measures: The Contractor shall: Arrange to run an active campaign, in the labour camp, to make people aware of the

cause, mode of transmission and consequences of HIV/AIDS. Strengthen the existing local health & medical services for the benefit of labour as well

as the surrounding villages.


7-24

Ensure cleanliness and hygienic conditions at labour camp by ensuring proper drainage and suitable disposal of solid waste. Inoculation against Cholera will be arranged at intervals recommended by Health Department.

Keep all the camps, offices, material depots, machinery yards and work sites open for the inspection of health and safety measures and related documents.

7.5.4 Existing Services & Employment (Positive Social Impacts) The economic analysis shows high economic benefits accrue compared to costs. Salient economic benefits of the project are: Improvement of available services in the area and opportunities for employment,

education, healthcare, transportation, especially for women and children.

Boost to agriculture through assured and enhanced irrigation water.

Unemployed youth will employed and trained during the construction phase of the project. They will receive life time of benefits through skill training, capacity building and poverty alleviation. A large number of semi-skilled and unskilled workers in the project area will be hired.

Greater awareness about Healthcare including HIV/AIDS and Hepatitis amongst the laborers and the local community shall be created.

At micro level, economic activities may bring the cost of living down by making essential commodities available in greater bulk and at cheaper rates. This combined with better employment opportunities will bring the poverty line rate lower.

New public parks will raise the aesthetic value of the area and will attract tourism. Rehabilitation of the canal structures will also have a positive impact on the local tourism industry.

Increased economic activity with improved irrigation.

7.6 OPERATIONAL AND MANAGEMENT (O&M) PHASE At the operational phase of the proposed Project a comprehensive Operation and Management Manual (O&M) shall be prepared by the Project Manager at the completion of the work as per ISO Standards. An effective monitoring and evaluation has to be done as per O&M and monitoring plan. Mistakes at operational level or handling the operations by untrained staff can prove very risky and costly. Important points to be attended at the operational stage are as follows: i Develop comprehensive O&M Rules ii Strict implementation of prescribed Environmental Management Plan (EMP). iii Continuous evaluation of design efficiencies iv Understanding and training of staff on Operation and Maintenance Manual v Annual Environmental Audit


7-25

vi Regular maintenance of engineering works vii Continued public consultation and feed back viii Continued attention towards gender issues and women consultation ix Irrigation system to run up to its design capacity and not beyond it x Refresher Training Courses for operational staff. On the basis of impact assessment it can be concluded that the project will have positive environmental and social impacts on the area. No permanent adverse environmental impacts have been identified due to project implementation. All the adverse impacts resulting from the construction activities can be mitigated.


8-1

8. ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN This chapter gives framework of the Environmental Management Plan (EMP) of the project, as a requirement of the IEE study. Contractor shall make the site specific Environmental Management Plan and get approved from supervision consultants before commencing of work at site. The EMP proposes an effective plan of action that will indicate responsibilities and the required measures to minimize negative environmental & social impacts at various stages of the project. The EMP will be discussed under three main components: Mitigation Plan

Monitoring Program

Institutional Arrangements

Most of the mitigation activities planned in the EMP will be covered and executed under provisions in the construction contract and with the necessary agreement of the communities.

8.1 MITIGATION PLAN The mitigation plan is a key component of EMP. It includes measures to mitigate potential negative impacts and enhance the positive impacts during initial physical works and normal operation of Irrigation System. This section outlines the potential impact of rehabilitation works on the physical, biological and socioeconomic environment and their associated mitigation measures. It also assigns the responsibilities for implementing these measures.

Lists of mitigation measures which will be directly covered by the environmentalist and the contractor

The person(s) responsible for ensuring the implementation of the measures.

The person(s) responsible for monitoring.

Parameters to be monitored for effective implementation of measures. A time scale for the implementation of measures to ensure that the objectives of

mitigation plan are fully met.

8.2 MITIGATION OF ADVERSE IMPACTS AT DESIGN PHASE Majority of negative impacts can be avoided (eliminated) through the use of adequate and environmentally sound technical design. The Project has however been designed on the basis of the lessons learnt from similar projects and major design initiatives undertaken to avoid any major negative impacts are as follows: 1. Necessary measures should be taken to exclude any big deposits of soil or debris

anywhere.


8-2

2. To ensure the availability of water at the tail ends of the canal. 3. As far as possible appropriate indigenous technology and knowledge should be utilized

while planning and designing the project.

8.3 MITIGATION OF ADVERSE IMPACT AT CONSTRUCTION PHASE To reduce the potential impacts of the construction activities there will be a monitoring programme to assess contractor‟s compliance/performance with the project EMP during construction phase. The EMP will be made a part of the contract document and implemented and monitored at all the stages of the Project by the concerned parties. The requirement of the following environmental management plans were identified during review of feasibility study and will be prepared during detailed design stage:

Borrow Area Restoration Plan Traffic Management Plan

Waste Disposal Plan

Tree Plantation Plan

Contingency Plan Risk Assessment Plan

Health, Safety & Environment Plan

Communication and Documentation Management Plan

General Restoration Plan

Environment Management Plan (EMP)

8.4 MONITORING PLAN Monitoring Plan is an essential component of the Environment Management Plan (EMP). Implementation of the EMP shall be the contractual obligation of the Contractor. For that the Contractor shall engage full time technical staff capable of carrying out the suggested measures in the EMP as contractual obligations under the contract agreement. The construction supervision consultant shall also have a full time Environmental specialist to provide an overall professional cover to the environmental monitoring process and the procedures and initiate required reports and point out any gaps in the implementation of the mitigation measures or enforcement of the measures of the EMP. Environmental unit (EU) under PMU will be responsible for overall implementation of EMP and provide technical guidance to the construction supervision consultants and contractors. The Parameters, frequency, responsibility and mitigation measures for monitoring will be described in comprehensive Environmental Management Plan (EMP). Monthly Environmental Monitoring Reports (Air, Water, Wastewater, noise) shall be carried out for the entire construction phase.


8-3

8.5 INSTITUTIONAL ARRANGEMENT 8.5.1 Management Responsibilities Overall responsibility for environmental management will rest on PMU of the Punjab Irrigation Department, Government of the Punjab. Further details were provided in chapter 9. Construction Supervision Consultants The construction supervision consultants will be responsible to ensure quality of work and fulfilment of contractual obligations. Environmental Specialist of the construction supervision consultants will ensure that all the environmental and social provisions comply with the applicable standards. He/She will confirm that the day-to-day construction activities are carried out in environment friendly manner and organize periodic environmental training programmes and workshops for the consultant‟s and contractor‟s staff. Project Organizational Structure The organizational structure for the environment management / monitoring implementation is shown below. The role of the organization is described in exhibit 1.

Organization Chart for Environment Management / Monitoring Implementation

Exhibit 1 - Responsibilities of PMU Environmental Unit, Contractor and Environmental Specialist of the Construction Supervision Consultants

Organization Designation Responsibilities Operating Documents

Secretary to Government of Punjab Punjab Irrigation Department

Head Project Management Unit

Contractor Construction Supervision Consultants

Environment Unit

Deputy Director Sociology

Deputy Director Environment

Director Social / Environment Environmental

Specialist & Sociologist

Environmental officer / Team


8-4

Organization Designation Responsibilities Operating Documents Project Management Unit (PMU)

Director Socio / Environment

Overall in charge of the Environmental Unit.

Oversee the works of environmental and social aspects related to the project.

Provide environmental and social guidance to environmental staff in project preparation and approval/sanctions, construction, implementation, to attain optimum efficiency and success in the management and operation of the project.

Assist Project Director in active inter-action with donors, consultants, contractor and other stakeholders on monthly review, progress of the project or any other situation requiring immediate action.

Time management for successful completion of the project and its scheduling according to approved budget.

Preparation of all necessary reports required to be submitted to Govt. or donor agency.

Ensure compliance and implementation of rules and regulations issued by the Federal Agencies especially regarding social and environmental

Contract with PID IEE for the Pakpattan

Canal Relevant Asian Bank

documents on environment and other laws discussed in IEE of Pakpattan Canal

EMP of Pakpattan Canal

Social Framework Agreement (SFA).

Consultant‟s Environmental Reports

Comply with National, International and Punjab Public Health and Safety (PHS) Acts


8-5

Organization Designation Responsibilities Operating Documents aspects.

Project planning, monitoring and evaluation specifically in environmental & social related matters in the project.

Project Management Unit (PMU)


Assist Director Socio, environment in office assignment and field as well.

Fulfil the obligation as laid out in his/her contract with PID.

Ensures environmental protection during the project implementation according to Environmental laws, policies guidelines and technical standards

Liaison with contractor and consultants environmental team

Conduct site visits to ensure compliance with IEE and EMP

Coordinate with stakeholders, including general community, EPA, WWF, Asian Bank, contractor, consultants and others

Support DD Sociology in performing his/her responsibilities

Contract with PID Relevant Asian Bank

documents on environment and other laws discussed in IEE of Pakpattan Canal

IEE for the Pakpattan Canal



Consultants‟ Environmental Reports



8-6

Organization Designation Responsibilities Operating Documents Project Management Unit.

Deputy Director /Sociologist


Carry out the responsibilities of official spokesperson of the PMU.

Deals with social mobilization and emerging socio-economic issues.

Coordinate with stakeholders, including general community, EPA, WWF, Asian Bank, contractor, consultants and others.

Review all socio-environmental reports and ensure implementation of corrective measures, if any

Conduct site visits to ensure compliance with IEE and EMP

Support DD Environment in fulfilment of his/her responsibilities

Contract with PID Relevant Asian Bank

documents on social aspects and other laws discussed in IEE of Pakpattan Canal.

Socio-economic survey as a baseline for IEE of Pakpattan Canal


PHS Acts Social Framework

Agreement (SFA). Consultant‟s Socio-

Environmental Reports

Documentation received from the field

Comply with HSE Acts

Social Framework Agreement (SFA)

Construction Supervision Consultant


Ensure the implementation of the mitigation measures suggested in the EMP

Monitor construction activities as per the compliance monitoring program

Monitor the impacts of the

Contract with PMU IEE for Pakpattan

Canal The EMP of

Pakpattan Canal Comply with HSE

Plan


8-7

Organization Designation Responsibilities Operating Documents project activities (effects monitoring)

Liaison with the contractor‟s environmental officers and HSE officer

Manage and implement environmental mitigation measures, as well as PID and contractor health and safety Policies

Manage operation of the contractor‟s environmental management staff

Train the staff as required Contractor Environmental

officer / HSE officer

Manage and implement environmental mitigation measures contractor‟s health and safety Policies

Liaison with supervision consultant‟s environmental specialist.

Manage operation of the field environmental staff

Train the staff as required Implementation of EMP Cause and effects, and

compliance monitoring.

Contract with PID IEE for Pakpattan

Canal EMP of Pakpattan

Canal Comply with PHS

Acts Consultant‟s

environmental reports. Social Framework

Agreement (SFA)

8.6 COMMUNICATION AND DOCUMENTATION Communication and documentation is an essential feature of EMP. The key features of such mechanism are:

8.6.1 Data Recording and Maintenance All forms to be used for recording information during the environmental monitoring will follow a standard format which will correspond with the data base in which all the gathered


8-8

information will be placed. Check boxes will be used as much as possible to facilitate data entry. Tracking system will be developed for each form.

8.6.2 Storage of Information The database may include the following information Training programs; Staff deployment; Non-compliance; Corrective actions List of environmental data and List of environmental data to be maintained:

Soil and land pollution Disposal of excavated silt and earth Disposal of waste

Water resource Quality Quantity Fuel oil and chemical spills

Vegetation record Record of wildlife Noise pollution Air and dust pollution Socio-economic data

8.6.3 Meetings The following environmental meetings will take place during the project Primary meeting for setting out the requisite end frame sounding for the regular

meetings. Scheduled meetings between Contractor and Supervision Consultants. Progress review meeting among Environmental Unit (EU) of PMU, Environmental

Specialist and Environment Officer. The purpose of the meeting will be to discuss the conduct of the operation, non – compliances noted by the consultant‟s environmental team and measures for their remedy. The meeting will be recorded in the form of a daily/monthly environmental report.

8.6.4 Reports The Environmental Specialist of the Supervision Consultant shall produce periodical reports as well as inspection notes based upon the visits to the Project site. This information shall make a basis for EU for their further reporting or visiting the site. All reports shall be location and activity specific. The reports shall especially identify areas of contractor‟s non-


8-9

compliance with the EMP and provide guiding remarks on actions to be taken. The significance of the non-compliance shall also be noted. Copies of these reports shall be sent to the Chief Resident Engineer (CRE) who shall forward them to the Head PMU, Punjab Irrigation Department and the Contractor for their action(s). The CRE will include in his routine reports a summary status of activities relating to the EMP. Supplemental reports on issues should also be prepared as and when required. The consultant environmental team will produce daily, monthly, and bi-annually reports, as well as a final report of the project based on the information collected. The list of distribution reports is given in Exhibit-2.

Exhibit-2 Periodic Reports

Report Prepared by Reviewed by Distribution Daily Contractor‟s

HSE officers Reviewed by contractor environmental officer and the Consultant‟s Environmental Specialists

Chief Resident Engineer

Monthly Environmental team of the Construction Supervision Consultants

Reviewed by EU of PMU.

Chief Resident Engineer

Bi-Annually

Environmental team of the Construction Supervision Consultants


Chief Resident Engineer PMU I&P Department EPA ADB

Effects Monitoring


Reviewed by & EU of PMU and Punjab EPA


Final Environmental team of the Construction Supervision Consultants




8-10

8.6.5 Photographic Record of the Project Area This will include: Identifying key locations for taking Photographs Using digital camera to Photograph of the project area before the construction starts and recording the following information for each shot on a form

Shot number Name of Photograph

Date

Time

Featured Photograph Other observations

Repeating the above after completion of all activities for selected location

8.6.6 Record Register The environmental specialist of the construction supervision consultants will be responsible to maintain and update all environment related data, record and documents. The results from environment monitoring and sampling program should be fully documented and recorded. The results will be available for inspection by the regulator, authorities and Asian Development Bank at site. The record should provide the following quality assured monitoring and sampling information.

Determinants monitored and sampled

Specified details of measurements/samples to support analytical and QA requirements e.g. dates, times, location, other relevant parameters

Results of measurements/sample analysis, with error limited.

Interpretation and review of results against specified trigger level. This will be maintained at a site to document any change in the project design as well. These changes will be handled through the change management mechanism if any. The final report will be communicated to EU. Environmental issues Tracking Report form will be completed and maintained by the Contractor.


8-11

8.7 WASTE DISPOSAL PLAN This component describes the waste disposal plan that will be employed during the construction and restoration period. The main types of waste to be disposed off include:

Waste generated during construction Fuel, oils, and chemicals; Sewage; Campsite waste ; Medical waste; Excess construction material.

Domestic waste and construction waste are the main types of waste generated during construction phase. Construction waste in very small quantity will be generated from construction activities. Domestic waste contains high percentage of readily degradable hydrocarbon which gives bad smell on decomposition, especially in hot and humid environment. Construction waste classified as inert waste which could be a problematic to dispose off. It is recommended to collect the domestic waste and construction waste separately. No site is specified for disposal of waste, temporary storage will be required that will be regulated by contractor and local authorities.

8.7.1 Domestic Waste All the waste generated at Labour Camp should be collected and temporarily stored

at the designated bonded area within the labour camp. The area should be prepared, maintained and visually inspected and recorded on

regular basis by the environment officer of the contractor. The waste storage area should be fenced to stop animal‟s direct contact with the

waste. The site must be decontaminated to keep the building free from foul smells, spreading of diseases and healthy working environment on regular basis.

It is a responsibility of Contractor to arrange the waste collection from the Labour Camp with local authority or waste disposed cooperation on regular basis.

Waste Chute should be provided within the Labour Camp. Chute will enable the collection of thrown solid in the covered storage site.

Bags should be provided to the occupants and resident of the labour camp for collecting their waste.

Implement resource conservation and recover recyclable waste e.g. paper, steel cans, glass bottles etc. from the collected waste and divert the filtered waste to the area landfill site.

A burning pit should be built on site to burn the combustible waste on site. The suggested dimension of the pit in feet is 15 x 12 x 4 (length x width x height).

8.8 Construction Waste Construction waste could be reused as a fill material or construction material. However the detail testing should be undertaken to confirm the suitability of the waste, if is used as a construction material.

The waste disposal system is summarized in Exhibit-3 below:


8-12

Exhibit-3 Waste Disposal Plan

Types of waste

Description Construction phase

Disposal methods

Construction waste

Soil, Concrete, Demolition waste

Protection work in canal prism; Construction of distributor complex, deck platform, gauge readers huts; Canal lining

Construction waste should be disposed of properly in a manner that does not disturb the natural drainage. Reusable material from demolition waste should be given away reuse. Remaining waste to be buried in designated landfill/ construction waste disposal site.

Fuel, oils, and chemicals spills contaminated soil or waste

Contaminated soil or water

All phases Soil contaminated by minor spills / leakages (defined as leaks from the vehicles, machinery, equipment, or storage containers such that the areas and depth of soil contaminated is less than 1sqft and 3 inches respectively) will be scraped and sent to the burn pit where it will be burned along with other combustible wastes. Contaminated water will be dispersed with pressure. Moderate spills defined as spills of volume less than or equal to 200 liters will be contained and controlled using shovels, sand, and native soil. These materials and equipment will be made available at campsite and construction site during operation. The contaminated soil will be excavated and stored in a bonded area lined with impermeable base. Depending on the volume of the contaminated soil, the disposal may involve of sending to burn pit or by specialized treatment such as bioremediation or solidification/stabilization (s/s) Major spills of volume exceeding 200 liters will require the initiation of PMU emergency response procedures. These spills will be handled and controlled according to the specialized measures and special treatment as suggested by the spills removal experts. The contaminated water should be collected in separate container and sent them to the suitable treatment site after the mutual agreement with environment consultant and PMU.

Sewage and gray

Waste water from kitchen and washing

Construction phase

Sewage to be disposed of using septic tanks and soak pits, solid residue to be


8-13

Types of waste


Disposal methods

wastewater

areas, sewage disposed of in nearby sewage treatment facilities. Waste water from kitchen and washing areas to be disposed of in soak pits

Campsite waste

Animal, fruit or vegetable residue, domestic garbage

Construction phase

Colour coded waste collection bins will be placed at the appropriate locations to segregate waste. Recyclable waste to be given away for recycling; non recyclable, combustible waste to be burned at burn pit and non combustible waste to be buried in designated landfill as agreed by PMU. Green waste will be disposed off at the composting unit having same dimension as burning pit.

Medical waste

Syringes, glass bottles, soiled bandages, expired drugs, dressing

Construction phase

To be incinerated at nearby hospital incinerator, if any, or an equivalent facility

Excess construction material

Sand, aggregate, cement, bricks, , paints and other construction materials

Construction phase

To be sold back or given to the supplier or other users

8.9 TRAFFIC MANAGEMENT PLAN Repair of hydraulic structures, road bridges, and embankments strengthening etc. might require partial or full closure of the road bridges during construction phase and as no new access roads are proposed for material delivery so traffic management would be required during such time periods spanning long hours in a day. It is a contractor‟s obligation to prepare a Traffic Management Plan, get its approval from traffic police, XEn Irrigation and HSE Officer and implement on site. The plan should be available for public in local library and published in news paper. The suggestions made in this section should be incorporated by the contractor in preparation of the Traffic Management Plan.

8.10 Closure of Roads When closing down the one lane of the road then the traffic light system should be set up and allow only one side traffic at a time. Sign posts about the new traffic light and/or proposed new road layout should be placed at least one km from major settlements. Sign boards about the expected delay in traffic and queue build up should be placed in Arifwala, Burewala, and vehari city. Speed breakers should be constructed and painted with fluorescent paints to control the speed on major roads to avoid accidents. Warning sign boards should be displayed to indicate area under construction.

There are noticeable settlements along the canal banks provision of any alternative route will be involving resettlement and temporary private land acquisition. The road can be closed for short period and it is suggested that the closure should not be more than continuous 4 hours. Local traffic police should be informed at-least a week before the closure required. Traffic sign board regarding the closure time and suggestion for alternative routes should be placed at the exit of main city i.e. Arifwala, Burewala, and Vehari city. The traffic sign board alarming the delay at


8-14

the bridges should be placed at Arifwala, Burewala, and Vehari city. The closure should be arranged outside the off peak times (consider peak time from 6am to 10am and 3pm to 7pm). If the village road bridges are to be used for material transportation then capacity of bridge should be kept in mind.

8.11 Strengthening Embankments Works The existing embankments can be used for transporting soil, material and plant and equipment. However the approximate width of the embankments is 20 ft which may not cope with the traffic on both directions (depending upon the type of vehicles use in earth moving). The crossing/waiting bays should be provided, if require along the embankments to avoid any accidental slip of vehicles. Ramps should be provided on embankments so that embankments are not damaged due to heavy weight traffic. The soft barricading fence should be provided at the edges of the path/roads etc. All the roads & paths should be properly designed and regularly inspected by a specialized contractor to confirm the smooth movement of the site traffic. Traffic movement can cause air pollution due to dust, arrangement should be made to control dust pollution.

8.12 Diversion Channels For rehabilitation and construction work six temporary diversion channels are proposed to maintain the canal flow during construction phase and for that diverting route will also be required for traffic movement it is contractor‟s obligation to provide a diverting route. Land will be temporarily acquired on lease for construction period. Sign posts should be displayed to indicate route diversion.

8.13 OUTLINE OF EMERGENCY RESPONSE AND CONTINGENCY PLAN If any of the results of the environmental monitoring/sampling exceed specified trigger levels for the determinant, the appropriate actions will be undertaken to prevent hazard to human life, property and the environment outside the operating site bounding control and minimize any immediate risks of pollution of the environments, ensure the immediate initiation of necessary investigation and management actions to identify, mitigate and remediate the cause of the accident. Initiate training and periodic testing/checking when necessary.

The probabilities of accident such as oil spills, accidental habitat destruction, water or air pollution are very low. However, such accidents can occur and overall environmental emergency response method may be used:

Obtain an early warning of the emergency conditions so as to avoid adverse impacts on the environment

Safeguard personnel to prevent injuries or loss of life Minimize the impact of such event on the environment and facilities by mitigating the

potential for escalation and containing of the hazardous

It is a responsibility of the contractor to provide at least one First Aider during working hours. The First Aid Provider will perform the following duties.

i. Keeping all necessary first aid medicines and bandages in the first aid box at every time.


8-15

ii. Replace the medicines before their expiry dates to avoid any health hazard to the people.

iii. Provide first aid to the wounded person. iv. Report any accident / incident to the environmental manager immediately for

necessary action. v. Call ambulance in case of any serious emergency.

An outline of an environmental contingency plan for the accidental spill is shown in Exhibit –4

Exhibit-4 Environmental Spill Contingency Plan

Step Diesel spill Chemical and Oil Spill

Alert / Mobilize Alert emergency coordinator and

team Alert emergency coordinator and team

Initial action Start log of event Determine appropriate strategy Notify PMU in Lahore Notify relevant authority

Start log of event Determine appropriate strategy Notify PMU in Lahore Notify relevant authority

On-going actions If there is a containment breach, use earth moving equipment to construct ditch or berm to contain spill. Use pump / absorbent to recover the product. Handle the recovered product according to the COSHH sheets.

Start log of event Determine appropriate strategy Notify PMU in Lahore Notify relevant authority

Stand Down Once the incident has ended the emergency team and authorities will stand down and commence as full investigation

Once the incident has ended the emergency team and authorities will stand down and commence as full investigation

Waste disposal Collect all contaminated soil or absorbing pads and incinerate or treat with bioremediation at a controlled access area. In case of contaminated water the water should be treated and reuse.

Incinerate or treat with bioremediation the collected product at a controlled –access area at the burn pit. Collect all contaminated soil and incinerate it at the burn pit.

8.14 HEALTH, SAFETY & ENVIRONMENT (HSE) PLAN It is a contractor‟s obligations to provide and implement the Health, Safety & Environment (HSE) Plan. The Plan should be divided into three main parts Health, Safety and Environment. Each part should include but not limited to the following elements;

SAFETY HSE Responsibilities Site HSE Rules Orientation, Site HSE Induction and Other Training Activities Communication and HSE Meetings Workforce Involvement, Motivation and HSE Incentive Performance Monitoring Hazard Analysis and Risk Management


8-16

Safe Work Practices Personal Protective Equipments (PPEs) Fire Prevention Emergency Response Plan (ERP) Transportation

ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN (EMP)

HSE Policy Scope and Objectives Responsibility for CEMP Mitigation Measures, Implementation Plan & Compliance Monitoring Waste Management Hazardous Material Night Working House Keeping Noise

HEALTH & HYGIENE

Purpose Scope Medical Personnel First Aid (Medical) Facilities Heat Stress First Aid Training Living Camp Welfare of Personnel Use of Narcotics And Drugs Drainage, Sewerage and Septic Tank

SITE SECURITY

Purpose Scope Method and Responsibilities

ATTACHMENTS

HSE Policy List of HSE SOP‟s, MS & Formats Typical Site HSE Organization Injury Statistics for the last four years Honours and Awards

8.15 TREE PLANTATION PLAN In order to repair hydraulic structures, road bridges, embankments strengthening etc. six temporary diversion are proposed to maintain the canal flow during construction phase as routine. Uprooting of trees will require for the construction of diversion channels. The tress


8-17

need to be up rooted shall be identified by a team including members from irrigation department, forest department and supervision consultant. Tree inventory shall be prepared by supervision consultant. The details of plantations collected during site survey at each diversion are summarised in table 2. It is estimated that 1104 number of trees will be uprooted for the diversion channels construction. Majority of the trees need to be uprooted are Kikar and there is no protected tree need to be uprooted for this activity. To mitigate this new plantation should carry out with at least five folds of the total loss. In lieu of this minimum 5520 number of woody trees will be planted and maintained during construction phase along the main canals.

Exhibit-5: Details of Plantation at Diversion Channels

Sr. No.

Diversions

Tree Species Category Age

Kikar (Acacia nilotica)

Shesham (Delbergia sisoo)

Others (Fruit trees, Popular, Frash, Sufaida, etc.)

Government Private Mature Young

1 RD 398+156

25 5 - 30 - 30 -

2 RD 448+556

55 - - 54 1 55 -

3 RD 469 +310

22 - - 22 - 22 -

4 RD 476+310

20 - - 20 - 20

5 RD 498+772

550 - 272 (Sufaida)

822 - 12 810

6 RD 630+945

150 5 - 145 10 155 -

New plantation can be undertaken at number of places along the main canal. The major sites identified for new plantation include along the following RDs:

RD 4 to 6 RD 7 to 15 RD 21 to 31 RD 35 to 39 RD 47 to 52 RD 56 to 66 RD 133 to 136 RD 435 to 439 (along right bank) RD 510 to 515

along the canal include To raise the aesthetic value and enhancing positive environmental impacts it is also planned to plant additional 3000 number of woody, fruit and flower plants at the different location of the barrage.


8-18

8.16 BORROW AREAS RESTORATION PLAN A strip of land approximately 50 ft wide along the canal bank belongs to PID is suggested to fulfil the requirement of fill material in embankment strengthening.

The land is mainly agricultural and privately owned. Earth from Borrow areas shall be obtained by the Contractor subject to the approval of the Engineer. The earth taken from any place, not duly approved by the Engineer, shall not be measured and paid for and the Contractor shall be responsible for any damage arising from unapproved borrow areas.

The Contractor is fully responsible to arrange borrow area at his own expense either from the private parties or from the government agencies. The Contractor will be responsible for the payment on account of any damage to the crop or any other property of the private parties or the government. Photographic record will be kept before and after the land used as borrow areas. The contractor will not leave borrow pits in such a condition that they are unusable and likely to be filled with rain water and provide breeding place for mosquitoes or cause any health and safety issues.

Borrow areas should be restored such that these can be re-used for the agricultural and other purposes. The restoration of agricultural land includes but not limited to the following steps.

Removal of 6 inches of the topsoil and keep it separate on site for its re-spread back on the levelled borrow area

Excavate up to maximum 3 feet Level slopes as far as possible Place the topsoil back on reasonably levelled area

8.17 LAND ACQUISITION PROCEDURE Land Acquisition Act (LAA) 1894 is the primary law governing land acquisition in

Pakistan. The rules and regulation of above law will be followed for the acquisition of private land.

2.47 acres of private land will be temporarily acquired on lease for diversion channels for three years of construction phase.

Land valuation will be carried out with the help of district officer and agree with the private land owner.

Cut of date will be announced at the day of compensation value agreed and signed with land owner and authorities.

The compensation will be paid to the affectee(s) prior to possession of the land being taken by the Government of Punjab.

8.18 RISK MANAGEMENT PLAN The outline of the Risk Management Plan is provided in this section. The detailed and more precise plan should be prepared and implemented by the Contractor. The following Plan identifies the possible hazards associated with the project activities, consequences of the occurrence, probability of the occurrence and actions to reduce the risk to acceptable level i.e. low to medium.


8-19

Hazards Consequences of occurrence

(Severity-L,M,H)

Probability of

occurrence (L, M, H)

Risk (L, M,

H)

Action to Manage the Risk Residual Risk

Oil, Chemical Spill

Contaminate land and control water bodies (M)

H H -Select the location of material storage yard away from the water bodies -Store material on bunded area with impermeable layer -Good housekeeping -loading and unloading of material should be manage by a competent person -spill kit should be available to deal with small spills

L

Failure in plant & equipment e.g. lifting gears etc.

Fatality or serious injury (H)

M H -Inspect all the equipment including lifting chains & ropes at the start of the work -A competent person should mange the work on site.

L

Extended Canal Closure

Damage the crop within the canal command area (M)

M M The canal is non-perennial so all the work requires canal closure should be arranged during available canal closure time.

L

Batching plant (if required)

Deteriorate ambient air quality (M)

H H -Select batching plant location away from the living area or construct zero emission plant -should not operate outside working hours i.e. night time or early morning -All the workers working at the plant should wear proper PPEs (Breathing masks, gloves, eye protection etc.)

L

Smoke from Burning

Cause suffocation and diseases respiratory tract (H)

M H -Provide smoke free fuel at labour camp -Cutting and burning of trees shall be prohibited

L

Road accidents due to construction work activities

Casualty, serious injury, damage to infrastructure (H)

M H -Prepared and implement Traffic Management Plan as suggested in IEE.

M


8-20

8.19 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT COST The cost provided in this section is based on the information available at updating feasibility level, which may be amended at detailed design stage. Environmental Monitoring Cost

According to ADB Safeguard Policy Statement 2009, twice a year environment monitoring report is required to be furnished for category B projects. The identified physical environmental resources monitoring cost during construction phase of the project is described in this section, the cost of ecological resources monitoring will be covered under Plantation / Environment Improvement Cost, while the monitoring of socio-economic conditions of the area is provided in RAP. Pakpattan Canal is a major source of surface water in the project area. The canal water should be tested on bi-annual basis for the full suite of NEQS and FAO at the downstream of the work area during construction phase. The samples should be tested for all the parameters of NEQS and FAO water quality standards. The approximate cost of monitoring of canal water quality during construction phase is Rs. 1,500,000. Dissolved Oxygen, pH and Electric Conductivity (EC) of the canal water should be monitored on monthly basis during construction phase of the project. The approximate cost of the equipment is Rs. 150,000. Groundwater should be tested on bi-annual basis. Testing is also required at the start of the project before using the groundwater as a source of water supply. The samples should be collected from all the sources of groundwater used by the contractor onsite i.e. hand pumps, tubewell etc. The parameters needed to be tested include WHO drinking water standard and FAO agriculture standards. The approximate cost of this item is Rs. 300,000.

Adverse Social impacts due to migrating labour from other part of the country

Extra burden on existing welfare facilities. Can Cause communicable diseases (H)

H H -Improve and increase the capacity of available existing service to cope with the requirement of additional users. -Run a campaign within the labour camp and local community to make people aware of the cause, mode of transmission and consequences of communicable diseases e.g. HIV/AIDS etc.

M


8-21

Air quality should be monitored on bi-annual basis and When required on work activities. The parameters for air quality monitoring include but are not limited to carbon monoxide, NOx, SOx and particulate matter. The approximate cost of Ambient Air Monitoring during construction phase is Rs. 300,000. Noise should be monitored 3 times on each working day at every noise producing activity. The approximate cost of the Noise meter is Rs. 50,000. The approximate total cost of the monitoring of the physical environmental parameters is Rs.2.3 million.


8-1

Exhibit-6 Environmental Monitoring Plan for the Construction Phase

Environmental Quality Parameters Details of Location Standards /

Guidelines Frequency Responsibility Duration

Air Quality PM10, CO, CO2 NOx,

SOx

At 40m radius of Batching Plant (determine the

dominate air direction and carry out monitoring at

downstream of air flow)

USEPA, WHO Bi-annually basis Contractor Construction for 24 hours or one full working day

Dust Monitoring PM10

At Borrowing area At the Access

roads Labour camp

USEPA, WHO Bi-annually When required Contractor Full working day

Noise Monitoring Noise At the borrowing area At construction site

Maximum allowable level

is 80dB

3 times over 24 hour (morning, afternoon

and evening) on Active Construction

site

Contractor -

Surface Water Quality

Full Suite of contaminants given in main report of IEE

Places along the Canal

NEQS & WAPDA Irrigation Standards

Bi-annually Basis Contractor -

Groundwater

Groundwater (Suite of

Contaminants given in IEE)

All the groundwater extraction points use

by the contractor

WHO drinking water standard Bi-annually Basis Contractor -


8-1

Training Cost Training is considered to be an important part of environment awareness and all site management and work supervisors should undertake periodic training. The Contractor will arrange to run a proper campaign among the workers to make people aware of the causes, mode of transmission and consequences of HIV/AIDS. It should be made clear to the workers that unnecessary and out of bound activities / movements are strictly prohibited in the project area. All forest and fisheries laws should be explained to the workers. The approximate cost of training the site staff is Rs. 400,000. The cost includes 8 sessions

of environment awareness course each costing Rs. 50,000. Environmental Audit Cost

Environmental Audit should be carried out on annual basis and at the completion of the project by an independent consultant. The approximate cost of this item is Rs.900, 000. Plantation Cost/ Environmental Improvement Cost

5 new trees will be planted for every one tree uprooted on site. It is also proposed to plant additional 10,000 woody and fruit plants along the canal by the contractor who will look after them until their maturation. Ecological environment of the area will also be monitored by a qualified ecologist at bi-annual basis during construction phase of the project. The total estimated cost of this item is Rs. 1,000,000. It is suggested that the contractor should hire the services of concerned department i.e. Forestry to undertake new plantation and look after them until their maturation i.e. arrange watering and install protection grill or bushes to stop animals graze the new plantation.

Cost of Implementation of Emergency Plan The plan will be prepared to address any emergency conditions which occur due to breaches in canal banks or accidental spill of oil or chemicals. The approximate cost of dealing with unforeseen circumstances during construction phase is half a million rupees.

Special Waste Disposal Cost Daily production of domestic waste by skilled and non skilled workers on site is estimated at approximately 500kg (assuming 1/2 kg per person per day). The cost for disposal of domestic waste generated during construction phase including the preparation and maintenance of the temporary storage area is included in the contractor‟s contractual obligations.


8-2

The contractor will dispose of the special waste i.e. cement bags, clinical waste, electric batteries etc. The approximate cost of the disposal of special waste is Rs. 500,000.

Water & Wastewater Effluent Testing Cost It will be one of Contractor‟s contractual obligations to arrange the supply of running drinking water at appropriate pressure to the site workers. The access of the drinking water should be available to every site worker. Water sample should be collected and tested on quarterly basis to confirm suitability for drinking purpose. The approximate cost of the testing of drinking water source is Rs. 250,000. It is proposed to treat the domestic wastewater generated from the labour camp, which should be collected with provision of underground sewerage system. If wastewater is collected from site setup i.e. Batching Plant, contractor‟s camp, effluent, waste storage area etc is discharge into the river then it should be tested as per NEQ standard to confirm that the levels of contaminates are within the acceptable level. The allocated cost for this testing is Rs. 250,000.

Site Visits by Regulatory Authorities Inspections by stakeholders and concerned bodies for example WWF, Wildlife, Forest or Fishery Officers etc. should be facilitated in camps to facilitate implementation of relevant laws. The approximate cost of this item is Rs. 400,000.

Traffic Management Cost The Traffic Management Plan will be prepared by the contractor to manage the site traffic and public traffic during construction phase of the project to minimize the interruption in the flow of traffic. The approximate cost allocated for this item is 4 million rupees. Public Parks

The development of Public Park(s) along the canal is recommended to enhance the biodiversity and improve the environment of the area. This will also raise the aesthetic value of the area and provide recreation spot to the local population. The scope of work includes but not limited to develop an artificial lake, plantation of woody, fruit and flower plants, install children fun rides and construct new canteen and restaurant. The approximate cost of this item is 20.0 million rupees. The cost covers the development of proximately 20 acres land as a Park. The whole area can be split into more than one small parks depending upon the availability of land and number of suitable sites. The Park(s) location will be decided, preferable in state land, with the consultation of Punjab Irrigation Department and local administrative bodies. Details of two recommended suitable sites for public parks development are given below.


8-3

Site Located at Pakpattan Main Upper (RD 112) at the head regulator of Khadar Branch


8-4

Proposed Site at head regulator of Pakpattan Main Canal Lower

PakpattanU

pper

Pakpattan Lower

Proposed Site for Public Park

1 2

3 4

Thingi Town

Road to Vehari≈ 35 km


8-5

Restoration Cost The area under the use of contractor during construction phase should be restored at the completion of the project to the original level without any additional cost by the contractor.

Relocating/installing of Utilities/Amenities Cost Relocation of services may be required during construction phase e.g. relocating electric pole(s), telephone line, sewer pipe etc. The estimated amount allocated for this item is Rs. 1,000,000. The overall estimated cost of EMP, derived from the given scope of work and previous experience, is Rs 31.5 Million.

Environmental Management Cost Activity Cost (million Rs) Environment Monitoring Cost 2.3 Training Cost 0.4 Environmental Audit Cost 0.9 Plantation / Environmental Improvement Cost 1.0 Emergency Plan 0.5 Special Waste Disposal Cost 0.5 Water & Wastewater Effluent Testing Cost 0.5 Site Visits by Regulatory Authorities 0.4 Traffic Management Cost 4.0 New Public Parks 20.0 Relocation/Removal of Services 1.0 Total 31.5


8-6

8.8 CONTRACTOR’S OBLIGATION

The following conditions should be included in the Tender Document followed by the Contract Document as essential clauses:

Clause regarding disposal of waste construction material The Contractor shall in consultation with the supervising consultant and with the approval of Supervision Consultant of the Project, select and abide by the selection, a site for disposal of waste construction material. Contravention to this clause may tantamount to contravention to contract and the Contractor will be responsible of removing the material dumped on a wrong site, at his own expense as early as possible. In case of delay, the contractor will pay a fine, suggested by the supervision consultant, for his negligence.

Clause regarding Location of Labour Camps, Material Dumps / Depots, Equipment and Machinery Yards, approach roads and routes

Punjab Irrigation Department land is available for location of Labour Camps (if required), Material Plant, Equipment and Machinery Yard Batching Plant (if required). The Contractor will choose particular sites within the overall campus. If the Contractor chooses to locate his facilities on a private land, he will himself be responsible for any compensation, resettlement or rehabilitation process and costs and Supervision Consultant or Punjab Irrigation Department shall not be involved in acquiring or using the land in making any payments for doing so. If the contractor selects different location for the Batching Plant, Labour Camp, borrowing area etc. then the contractor will develop base line data for the new location on his own cost and resources.

Clause regarding Rehabilitation of Construction and extraction sites The Contractor shall carry out construction work exactly on the same site and according to the same design as provided in the Tender Documents. Also the camps site, the material depot, the machinery and equipment yard, link roads and borrow areas shall, after the completion of construction, be restored and rehabilitated and brought to at least the same condition, in which these were handed over to the contract. A set of photographs and a video tape film shall be prepared to show the pre-construction sites and post construction rehabilitated sites.

Clause regarding drainage, paths, roads, Linear Fixtures crossed/damaged by Machinery moving to and from the construction sites

During the construction, if the Contractor’s vehicles moving to and from the construction site(s) cause any damage or disruption of services pertaining to drainage systems, paths, roads linear fixtures e.g., transmission lines and fences, the Contractor shall get the damage repaired and services restored within the shortest possible time of the damage, failing which the Supervision Consultants will get an assessment of the damage and losses and debit that amount to Contractors account and the next payment shall be made to Contractor after deducting the debited amount.


8-7

Clause regarding earthen embankments or Concrete Work vicinity scouring on the Protection Bunds or on the main sill structure

All such spots where there is a possibility of scouring of earthen embankments or concrete work edge as mentioned in the Tender Document and quality included in this Construction Contract, the Contractor shall protect by protection walls, failing which the payment of the Contractor shall be with-held.

Clause regarding discharge spill or dumping on any building, House, graveyard, archaeological site (established or newly found), unstable slopes, un-compacted embankment or leaking into construction area.

The Contractor shall be contractually bound to not to allow or cause discharge spill or dumping on any building house, graveyard, archaeological site (established or newly found), unstable slopes, un-compacted embankment or leakage of material/waste into the construction area. Any such failure shall be duly noted by Supervision Consultant during site inspections and contractor shall immediately remedy the situation failing which the payment of the contractor shall be with-held and the damage so caused shall be debited to contractor’s account under the contractual provisions.

Clause regarding Diesel and other fluids spilling over to Canal water from construction machinery

The Contractor shall ensure that his construction machinery is always in first class working order and no spilling of Diesel or any other fluids into the Canal, is caused by the defective machinery of the Contractor. For any such spill the Contractor shall pay the environmental compensation to be assessed by Supervision Consultant and the said amount shall be debited towards the payment of the Contractor.

Clause regarding protection of construction work from floods The Contractor shall, throughout the construction work, manage to keep an eye on the flood position of the barrage and shall remain in touch with Flood Control Centre and remain equipped with means and equipment for taking protective measures to protect the works under construction. Punjab Irrigation Department shall not be responsible for any damage caused by floods and any works washed away shall be reconstructed by the Contractor at his own cost within the tenure of the contract.

Clause regarding control on air quality by not allowing machinery to cause dust, smoke or noise pollution

The Contractor shall not cause deterioration of air quality by using old or ill maintained machinery which raise excessive dust, produce excessive smoke or cause excessive noise pollution. The Contractor shall follow strict standards of maintenance of machinery, provide qualified and trained drivers and operations for the vehicles. The Contractor shall also sprinkle water on kacha roads to be used as link roads, and sites where the soil is to be dumped. The Contractor shall provide protective masks to his work force. Failure to do so


8-8

shall be taken as serious contravention of the contract and shall cause the payment to be deferred till the correction of the situation.

Clause regarding control of dust or other pollutants from stored materials, material depots or spoil heaps

The Contractor shall:-

a) locate his material depots and spoil dump as far away from the villages/community “Deras” as possible.

b) keep all such materials covered for effective control of the fugitive dust.

Failing to do the Contractor will bear the cost which may have to be incurred on arranging remedy to defaults.

Clause regarding use of outdated machinery The Contractor shall obtain a certificate from Vehicle Examiner working under the Supervision Consultant but paid by the Contractor, that all the machinery employed is either new or in first class fitness condition so as not to cause smoke or oil leakages. Supervision Consultant will not allow the use of any outdated machinery.

Clause to Protect the Biological Resources The Contract will ensure that:-

a) Unnecessary and out of bound activities/movements are not done outside the campus allotted to him for setting-up the labour camp, material depots and machinery yard etc.

b) No fire arms are carried by any of the employees or labour. c) All Forest, Wildlife and Fisheries Laws are fully respected and abided by the

Contractor and his work force. d) The Biodiversity is respected and saved on its terrestrial, aquatic and aerial habitats. e) Inspections by Wildlife, Forest and Fisheries Officers are facilitated in camps to

facilitate a proper implementation of relevant Laws. f) Communities are given awareness and are involved in proper protection of the Biota

inside and around the Project site.

Clause regarding respect for Socio-economic and Cultural Values and heritage The Contractor shall:-

a) Ensure that no damage or disruption is caused to the social infrastructure or public services being provided to the people e.g., education, health, electricity supply, drinking water supply facilities for public gathering or religious congregations.

b) Ensure the Contractor or his employees remain above the local Tribal tensions especially the disputes over distribution of canal water and use of aquatic life.

c) Ensure that existing ownership of land around the Project is respected.


8-9

d) Ensure that if some construction material has to be procured from or through a member of local community, it must be by a proper Social Framework Agreement signed by all the parties.

e) Ensure that no damage or adverse effect is caused to archaeological sites (in case find on site) graveyards and burial places.

Clause regarding Public Safety, Health and Safety at Construction Site, including measures against HIV/AID and Life insurance

The Contractor shall:-

a) Put up temporary but prominent sign boards in all of the project activity area warning people against likely hazards which can be caused due to certain activities. (Also to be reflected in SFA).

b) Arrange to run a proper campaign in the labour camp, to make people aware of the causes, mode of transmission and consequences of HIV/AIDS.

c) Strengthen the existing Basic Health Unit (BHU) for the benefit of the labour as well as the surrounding villages.

d) Ensure proper cleanliness and hygienic conditions at labour camps by ensuring a clean mess, proper drainage and suitable disposal of solid waste. Inoculation against Cholera will be arranged at intervals as recommended by Health Department.

e) Keep all the camps, offices, material depots, machinery yards and work site open for the inspection of health and safety measures, and related documents and include in the contract document the text regarding accessibility to the camps etc.

f) Provide proper overall, helmet and field boots and earplugs to work as a precaution against any mishap, and interlink various parts of the construction complex with local wireless telephones also fitted the vehicles.

g) Provide a group insurance cover to the workers and labour on study on site or in the camp, against accidents, mishaps or loss of life on duty.

Clause regarding employment of Locals in the construction work The Contractor as an obligation of the Contract will employ, subject to availability and work ability, maximum number of local labour for construction work.


8-1

Exhibit-7 Environmental Management Plan Sr. No.

Project component Description Measures / Actions Responsibility Parameters for

Monitoring

Frequency

Executor

Monitor

A- LAND RESOURCES 1 Borrow materials

from earth Borrow Areas

Borrow Material: Additional soil required for the strengthening of canal banks will be excavated from the designated area (Borrow Area). The contractor shall obtain approval from Consultant‟s Environmental Specialist and PMU for using any site as Borrow Area. The excavation activities could have adverse environmental impacts including soil erosion, drainage problem, threatening of stability of existing structures, and impact on the health and safety of the workers and local population. As such these activities need to be undertaken with absolute care as provided in the contract

1.1 Soil required for revamping of retired embankment and other works would be preferably obtained from available government land. If soil is required to be lifted from private owned land, then the owner(s) of the land will be duly compensated.

CEnv CSCEnv PMU-EU

Compliances With specification

DC, AC

1.2 Ensure that the photographs are taken of the area.

CEnv CSCEnv PMU-EU

Photographic record

BC Once before the start of Construction

1.3 The contractor will ensure that the selected borrow areas are clearly demarcated, and indicate the maximum allowable depth of the pit before the soil is excavated.

CEnv CSCEnv PMU-EU

Records of clear boundary markers demarked in place

BC Once before Start of excavation

1.4 No soil will be excavated outside the demarcated area. If unexpected soil or strata is found during excavation at

CEnv CSCEnv PMU-EU

Compliance Site inspections

DC Daily Once a month


8-2

Sr. No.


Monitoring

Frequency

Executor

Monitor

specification.

the site then excavation must be stopped immediately, and the environmentalist and site manager should be informed as soon as possible. 1.5 The edges of the pits should be given flat slopes and area should be leveled as far as possible when the excavation is complete.

CEnv CSCEnv PMU-EU

Control in place

DC, AC After every excavation

1.6 Barren or infertile land will be preferred for use as a borrow area than agricultural land. If the agricultural land along the embankments needs to be used as a borrow area then the following additional measurements will be undertaken by the contractor: 1.7 Excavate at least 50ft away from the toe of the embankments

CEnv CSCEnv PMU-EU

A detail Protocol in Checklist

DC,AC Daily At completion of excavation When required


8-3

Sr. No.


Monitoring

Frequency

Executor

Monitor

1.8 Remove 6 inches of the topsoil and store on a separate site for its re-spread back on the levelled borrow area 1.9 Excavate up to maximum of 3 feet 1.10 Level slopes as far as possible 1.11 Place the topsoil back on reasonably levelled area

2 Damage to Paths, Access Roads and Cross Drains

Infrastructure (road, drains etc.) could be damaged through carelessness of the drivers/operators of heavy machinery. Such carelessness can cause considerable damage to paths, road and drains if the drivers/operators are not made aware, trained and bound to protect the infrastructure.

2.1 Effective sign-posting can reinforce safe driving instructions to the drivers for example maximum load limit, type of vehicle allowed, speed limit etc.

CEnv CSCEnv PMU-EU

Compliance with specification

BC,DC When required

2.2 It is the Contractor‟s contractual obligation to impose strict control over operators and drivers of all types of vehicles.

CEnv CSCEnv PMU-EU

Compliance DC Daily When required

2.3 If any damage take CEnv CSCEnv Compliance DC


8-4

Sr. No.


Monitoring

Frequency

Executor

Monitor

place, the contractor is obligated to carry out repair work immediately.

PMU-EU

When required

2.4 Enforce the maximum speed limit for site traffic to 20 km/hour.

CEnv CSCEnv PMU-EU

Compliance DC

3 Impacts of Waste Disposal Site

Inadequate disposal of waste could contaminate the land. If the waste is not handled properly it could be a nuisance and cause of diseases. Domestic waste contains high percentage of readily degradable hydrocarbons which release bad odor when decomposition occurs especially in hot and humid conditions. Construction waste classified as inert waste, could pose a problem for disposal.

3.1 All waste from the construction activities should be disposed on PID land and according to the Waste Management Plan which will be a part of the EMP.

CEnv CSCEnv PMU-EU

Compliance DC When required

3.2 Domestic waste generated at the contractor camp and site offices to be collected and temporarily stored at the designated bonded area within the camp area before transportation off site.

CEnv CSCEnv PMU-EU

Compliance With Waste Management Plan

DC Regular basis

3.3 A temporary domestic waste storage area to be prepared maintained

CEnv CSCEnv PMU-EU

System in place

DC Regular basis


8-5

Sr. No.


Monitoring

Frequency

Executor

Monitor

and visually inspected on a regular basis by the contractor to prevent adjacent land from contamination.

3.4 The location of construction waste disposal site to be such that no tree cutting, crop destruction or private land acquisition occurs.

CEnv CSCEnv PMU-EU

Compliance BC, DC

3.5 Construction waste not to be mixed with domestic waste as the construction waste could be reused as a fill material or disposed off separately.

CEnv CSCEnv PMU-EU

System in place

DC When required

4 Contamination Due to Oil/Chemical Spill or Dumping Outside Building or House Near Project Area

Inadequate storage and mobilizing of material on site could cause accidental spills or leakages. Dumping of waste material or spillage at the private land or outside the designated area will

4.1 It is the Contractor‟s Contractual obligation to design, construct and maintain material storage areas.

CEnv CSCEnv PMU-EU

Compliance BC,DC

4.2 All material mobilization should be controlled and carried out by competent staff.

CEnv CSCEnv PMU-EU

Compliance System in place

DC


8-6

Sr. No.


Monitoring

Frequency

Executor

Monitor

contaminate the land and water resources. The owner(s) of the land may be compensated by the contractor.

4.3 All loading and unloading of the materials should be appropriately planned.

CEnv CSCEnv PMU-EU

Compliance DC

4.4 The material storage area should be bounded.

CEnv CSCEnv PMU-EU


DC

4.5 Spill kits, including absorbing pad, sand bags etc., should be available at material storage area.

CEnv CSCEnv PMU-EU

System in place

DC

4.6 In case of damage to private land, the land owner(s) should be compensated.

CEnv CSCEnv PMU-EU

Compliance DC, AC

5 Impacts of Crushed Stone Transport

Stones shall be brought from Sargodha District, so no quarrying has to be done locally. But the vehicles carrying the stones shall exert additional traffic load on the roads leading to the project area. By keeping the road dust free and repaired, the impact shall be mitigated.

5.1 It is the Contractor‟s contractual obligation to use the roads and paths carefully and in case of any damage, repair the damaged roads and paths immediately.

CEnv CSCEnv PMU-EU


5.2 Undertake regular spraying of water on traffic routes and places prone to cause dust

CEnv CSCEnv PMU-EU

System in Place

DC When required


8-7

Sr. No.


Monitoring

Frequency

Executor

Monitor

pollution.

6 Canal Widening Widening the canal may cause uprooting of trees along the canal. Types of trees found along the canal mainly consist of Kiker and Shesham and no rare or protected flora were identified. Therefore uprooting of tree could be compensated with new plantation in the area and there will not be cause significant adverse impact of the uprooting of tree.

6.1 The exact number of trees, if required to be uprooted, must be determined and the Forest department informed minimum one month before the removal of tree is required.

CEnv CSCEnv PMU-EU

Compliance BC

6.2 Every tree cut on site for the execution of work should be replaced with the plantation of a minimum of five new trees.

CEnv CSCEnv PMU-EU

Compliance AC

B- WATER RESOURCE 7 Drinking Water

Supply & Wastewater Generated from Contractor’s Camp & Workshop

Pumping groundwater from the major aquifer for water supply for the contractor‟s camp shall neither cause any significant change in the groundwater reservoir, nor in the river or canals,

7.1 It is the responsibility of contractor to test and confirm the suitability of groundwater before its supply for domestic use.

CEnv CSCEnv PMU-EU

System in place Water testing

DC Quarterly basis

7.2 The depth of extraction CEnv CSCEnv Compliance DC


8-8

Sr. No.


Monitoring

Frequency

Executor

Monitor

which in fact recharge the reservoir. The impact can be considered as slight and temporary. The contractor should tap the underground reservoir and install hand pumps or tube wells with an overhead water tank to supply water to the site workers at appropriate pressure.

Wastewater generated from the contractor‟s camp should be appropriately treated before discharge to water body or re-use for agriculture purpose. There are plenty of examples of successful systems using wastewater for agriculture. Domestic wastewater is expected

well should be increased until the quality of groundwater meets the WHO standards or the Filtration Unit can be installed by the contractor to achieve WHO standards.

PMU-EU

with WHO drinking water standards

Quarterly testing

7.3 Four main measures are recommended to be considered to protect health; waste water reuse, waste water treatment, crop restriction, control of wastewater application and exposure and promotion of hygiene of those waste water treatment plants.

CEnv CSCEnv PMU-EU


7.4 It is the responsibility of the contractor to set up a suitable and appropriate wastewater collection and disposal system.

CEnv CSCEnv PMU-EU

Compliance with contractual obligation

DC Daily When required


8-9

Sr. No.


Monitoring

Frequency

Executor

Monitor

to be contaminated with pathogens. Many factors affect the degree to which the potential risk due to the presence of pathogens in wastewater can become an actual risk of disease transmission and pose a health risk to consumers and workers (farmers). The following situation can have an adverse impact on human health:

5. Either an infective dose of an active pathogen reaches the field or pond or the pathogen multiplies in the field or pond to form an infective dose.

6. The infective dose reaches a human host.

7. The host becomes

7.5 Method and level of treatment of wastewater depends upon the anticipated use of the effluent. In view of the expected use of treated water for agriculture purposes, treatment at primary level will be cost effective. It is therefore proposed that lined septic tanks with bypass arrangement for rainwater be provided in the contractor‟s camp with about three days storage capacity of wastewater.

CEnv CSCEnv PMU-EU

Compliance of contractual obligation

BC, DC At the design stage of waste treatment system

7.6 To keep the cost to a minimum it is recommended to install a partial wastewater treatment system, using lined septic tanks, as well as crop restriction control measure for reuse of wastewater in agriculture. The septic tank should not be deeper than 4m to

CEnv CSCEnv PMU-EU

Compliance of contractual obligation

BC, DC At the design stage of waste treatment system


8-10

Sr. No.


Monitoring

Frequency

Executor

Monitor

infected 8. The infection causes

disease or further transmission.

avoid anaerobic degradation of the organic compound of wastewater. Treatment by underground septic tank for about 3 to 4 days retention removes most of helminth eggs sufficiently to protect the health of agriculture workers and consumers.

7.7 If the waste water is

discharged into the control water body i.e. river or canal then it is the contractor‟s contractual obligation to confirm that the effluent meets the NEQS levels. Provision of underground septic tank is a preliminary treatment and reduces the total suspended solids (TSS) concentration to the acceptable level; however it may not

CEnv CSCEnv PMU-EU

Compliance of contractual obligation Effluent testing

BC, DC At the design stage of waste treatment system Quarterly testing


8-11

Sr. No.


Monitoring

Frequency

Executor

Monitor

reduce BOD up to the required level. Therefore it is suggested that, if required, an aeration treatment system should be emplaced to meet the BOD level before the discharge of the effluent into the river.

7.8 The treated domestic sewage should be tested on regular basis if it is used for agricultural purposes.

CEnv CSCEnv PMU-EU

Compliance of contractual obligation Effluent testing

DC Quarterly testing

8 Electrical & Mechanical Work

As most of the electrical / mechanical work is to be performed at the canal‟s structure, any accidental spill of material could be devastating for the aquatic environment.

8.1 All temporary structure should be designed and built after receiving Engineer‟s approval.

CEnv CSCEnv PMU-EU

Compliance BC, DC When required

8.2 Good housekeeping should be maintained to avoid any accidental spill or falling of objects in to the canal.

CEnv CSCEnv PMU-EU

System in place

DC

8.3 Oil based material should be kept in a bounded browser or container.

CEnv CSCEnv PMU-EU


DC Daily


8-12

Sr. No.


Monitoring

Frequency

Executor

Monitor

8.4 Electrical equipment should be handled with extra care. Provide proper PPE (personal protected equipment) for all the workers as a precaution against any mishap, and interlink various parts of the construction complex.

CEnv CSCEnv PMU-EU


DC Daily

9 Extended Canal Closure

Gate repair work, installation of the hoisting system and road bridge construction may require the closure of canals. Non

9.1 All the activities that require canal closure will only be undertaken during the annual routine closure of the canals.

CEnv CSCEnv PMU-EU

Compliance DC


8-13

Sr. No.


Monitoring

Frequency

Executor

Monitor

availability of the canal water could adversely affect crops within the canal command area. However, all work that requires the canal to be closed will be arranged during routine canal closure or diversion channels will be constructed during construction work, therefore no extended canal closure will be required. During site visits it has been observed that the people living within the canal command area do not use canal water for drinking purpose. The canal water is primarily used for agricultural purposes and at a few places within the canal command area for domestic clothes washing.

9.2 If work that requires canal closure needs to be carried out during the period in which the canal is open, then a temporary channel must be constructed to ensure that the canals run routinely during the execution of work.

CEnv CSCEnv PMU-EU

Compliance BC,DC,


8-14

Sr. No.


Monitoring

Frequency

Executor

Monitor

10 Impacts from Infrastructure Construction Activities

The construction of a road bridge, canal bank strengthening, regulating structure etc. will be included in the rehabilitation work of the canal. The existing infrastructure found at the canal is deteriorated and requires repair work. It is anticipated that during construction activities, ambient air quality could deteriorate due to dust, noise and machinery‟s exhaust emission.

10.1 The contractor must provide a temporary route during bridge construction and the route should be adequate for the existing traffic and construction site traffic. It must be designed by a competent contractor.

CEnv CSCEnv PMU-EU

Compliance BC, DC

10.2 It is the contractor‟s obligation to use the roads and other paths carefully and repair the roads in case of any damage.

CEnv CSCEnv PMU-EU

Compliance DC, AC

10.3 Air quality should be monitored on a regular basis through certified 3rd party to ensure that pollutant levels are within the prescribed NEQS levels.

CEnv CSCEnv PMU-EU

Compliance Air monitoring

DC Quaterly

10.4 Effective sign-posting will be adopted by the contractor to reinforce instructions to the drivers.

CEnv CSCEnv PMU-EU


BC, DC When required


8-15

Sr. No.


Monitoring

Frequency

Executor

Monitor

10.5 The Traffic Management Plan will be prepared and implemented by the contractor.

CEnv CSCEnv PMU-EU

Compliance

BC, DC

11 Source of Construction Water

The contractor could use canal water as a source of water for sprinkling on kacha (unpaved) path for dust control and for vehicle washing purposes.

Groundwater could be used as a source of water supply for the contractor‟s camp and the batching Plant. The contractor should tap the underground reservoir and install hand pumps or tubewells with overhead tanks to supply drinking water to the labor camp, and to the batching plant for concrete preparation. Withdrawing water from the aquifer shall not cause any significant

11.1 The contractor is obligated under the contract to supply running tap water, flush latrines and underground septic tanks for the disposal of wastewater through the sewerage system.

CEnv CSCEnv PMU-EU


11.2 It would be ensured that wastewater is not pumped into the canal system without treatment.

CEnv CSCEnv PMU-EU


11.3 All the wastewater generated from vehicle washing and site set ups e.g. batching plant, plant & equipment yard etc. should be tested to meet the NEQS standards for effluents before being disposal.

CEnv CSCEnv PMU-EU

Compliance Monitoring

DC Quarterly


8-16

Sr. No.


Monitoring

Frequency

Executor

Monitor

change in the storage of the aquifer nor the river and canals, which eventually recharge it. The impact can be considered as slight and temporary.

C- AIR QUALITY

12 Dust, smoke and other potential pollutants from Plants & equipments

Emission or dust from the batching plant can be very harmful for the site workers and the local population. The emission/dust could cause skin and respiratory disease e.g. skin rashes, lungs problem etc. Roads and traffic will be affected due to the movement of heavy vehicles in the area. Therefore the contractor must select a

12.1 Air quality should be monitored on regular basis near the plant through a certified 3rd party.

CEnv

CSCEnv PMU-EU

Monitoring gaseous emission rates from generators and other equipments

DC, Quarterly basis

12.2 The batching plant should be located at least 500m away from any living area.

CEnv CSCEnv PMU-EU

System in place

BC Once at the start of the work

12.3 The plant should not be operated outside working hours.

CEnv CSCEnv PMU-EU

System in place

DC Daily


8-17

Sr. No.


Monitoring

Frequency

Executor

Monitor

suitable location for the batching plant (if required) and the following control measures shall be adopted:

12.4 Regular spraying of water should be undertaken to minimize dust pollution.

CEnv CSCEnv PMU-EU

12.5 All vehicles, machinery, equipment and generators used during construction activities will be kept in good working condition to minimize exhaust emissions.

CEnv CSCEnv PMU-EU

Monitoring gaseous emission rates from generators and other equipments

DC Quarterly

12.6 Proper PPE should be issued to the site workers and measures should be adopted to ensure that the workers will wear the PPE when working on site.

CEnv CSCEnv PMU-EU


DC Daily

12.7 If the location the batching plant is close to the living area or water body, the following additional conditions must be followed: The plant has to be

a Zero Emission Plant. This will include using

CEnv CSCEnv PMU-EU

Compliance Monitoring

BC DC Quaterly When required


8-18

Sr. No.


Monitoring

Frequency

Executor

Monitor

washed aggregate and enclosed silos with automatic injection system of the material in to the mixing chamber.

The plant area should be constructed and maintained on an impermeable layer to prevent contamination of canal water from surface run off.

The access roads/paths should be sprayed with water on a regular basis to minimize dust pollution.

13 Smoke from burning of waste material or burning of firewood in the labour camp

A large number of big and small fires in the contractor‟s camp can produce smoke and smog which can cut off visibility, reduce traffic ability and cause suffocation along with

13.1 Contractor‟s obligations to provide gas to the labour and not allow them to use wood as fuel.

CEnv CSCEnv PMU-EU

Compliance contractual obligations

BC Once at the start of work DC Once a week

13.2 Ensure that all the combustible non-hazardous

CEnv CSCEnv PMU-

System in place

DC Daily


8-19

Sr. No.


Monitoring

Frequency

Executor

Monitor

causing diseases of the respiratory tract.

waste material should be burnt in the burn pit.

EU When required

13.3 Ensure that the quantity of waste burnt at one time is managed so as to minimize smoke emission

CEnv CSCEnv PMU-EU

Maintain record

DC When required

13.4 control fuel consumption and minimize its waste or leakage by regular monitoring

CEnv CSCEnv PMO-EU

Maintain record

DC When required

14 Noise Pollution from Construction Activities

Many living areas are located along the canal bank and noise pollution could be issue during construction phase of the project. Pakpattan Canal banks also provide habitat of many different species of game birds including partridges.

14.1 Contractor‟s obligation is to use appropriate and fit for purpose machinery

CEnv CSCEnv PMU-EU

Compliance with the contract


14.2 Ensure the minimum use of vehicle horns particularly along the embankments (forming a boundary of wildlife game reserve area) and access roads

CEnv CSCEnv PMU-EU


14.3 Ensure the implementation of the 20km/h speed limit on site.

CEnv CSCEnv PMU-EU


14.4 Ensure that periodic noise measurements are undertaken to monitor noise level during day and

CEnv CSCEnv PMU-EU

Noise Monitoring

DC Monthly basis When required


8-20

Sr. No.


Monitoring

Frequency

Executor

Monitor

night. D- BIOLOGICAL RESOURCES

15 Damage to biological resources during construction.

The labour camp and batching plant location should be carefully selected to minimize tree cutting and wildlife habitat disturbance. The natural habitat is vulnerable to noise and dust generated from the movement of site traffic and work activities along the embankments.

15.1 Select the locations for contractor camp and batching plant (if required) such that no/minimum tree cutting is required.

CEnv CSCEnv PMU-EU

Compliance BC Once at the time of aligning of access road

15.2 The outside boundary of the camp should be fenced or walled to keep camp activities inside the camp area only.

CEnv CSCEnv PMU-EU

Compliance with EMP


15.3 It is the contractor‟s obligation to ensure that unnecessary and out of bound activities/movements do not occur within the allotted area for setting up the contractor camp, material depots and machinery yard.

CEnv CSCEnv PMU-EU

Compliance with Waste Disposal Plan


15.4 No fire arms should be carried by any site worker.

CEnv CSCEnv PMU-EU

Compliance Site inspection


15.5 All forest, wildlife and CEnv CSCEnv Compliance DC


8-21

Sr. No.


Monitoring

Frequency

Executor

Monitor

fisheries laws should be fully respected and abided by the contractor and his work force.

PMU-EU

with IEE/EMP Endorse speed limit

Daily When required

15.6 Necessary sign boards should be displayed to remind the labour, visitors and members of public of their obligations towards natural habitat.

CEnv CSCEnv PMU-

EU

Compliance with

Environmental

protection Act

BC/DC Daily When required

15.7 Inspections by wildlife, forest and fisheries officers should be facilitated at the working area to ensure implementation of relevant laws.

CEnv CSCEnv PMU-EU

Compliance with wildlife protection rules & regulation


15.8 24 hours security should be provided by the contractor at the Labor Camp and Batching Plant.

CEnv CSCEnv PMU-EU

Compliance with Fishery rules & regulation


15.9 Every tree cut on site for the execution of work should be replaced with the plantation of a minimum of five new trees.

CEnv CSCEnv PMU-EU

Compliance with Environmental and Wildlife Protection



8-22

Sr. No.


Monitoring

Frequency

Executor

Monitor

laws 15.10 All vehicles,

machinery, equipment and generators used during construction activities will be kept in good working condition and be properly tuned to reduce noise, exhaust and land disturbance.

CEnv CSCEnv PMU-EU

Site inspections Fenced the contractor‟s facilities


15.11 Communities are given awareness and are involved in proper protection of the natural habitat inside and around the project area.

CEnv CSCEnv PMU-EU

Consultation with Wildlife Department

DC When required

15.12 No unauthorized tree or bush cutting will be allowed. Should it be necessary, it should not be done without the permission of the “The Engineer” and must follow the change management process.

CEnv CSCEnv PMU-EU

Compliance with mitigation measures as explain in IEE



8-23

Sr. No.


Monitoring

Frequency

Executor

Monitor

15.15 If possible, the nests of birds on trees that need to be uprooted should be shifted to other nearby trees.

CEnv CSCEnv PMU-EU

Include a specialize ecologist in the environmental team

BC At the preparation of IEE DC Quarterly basis

E- SOCIO-ECONOMIC AND CULTURAL ISSUES 16 Impacts on Local

Population due to Migrating Labour from other Parts of the Country

There is a risk of adversely affecting the social life of the local population due to the arrival of a large number of laborers from outside the area. Extra burden on the local infrastructure and services e.g. medical facility, shops, restaurants, mosque, public transport etc. is also anticipated.

16.1The outside boundary of the camp should be fenced or walled for security reasons.

CEnv CSCEnv PMU-EU

Compliance BC DC

16.2 Locating a labour camp at least 500m or ideally 1km away from the villages (local settlement).

CEnv CSCEnv PMU-EU

Compliance

BC Once at the start of work

16.3 Leisure facilities including play grounds, restaurant etc. should be provided inside the labour camp.

CEnv CSCEnv PMU-EU

System in place

DC

16.4 All the unskilled labour and where possible skilled labour should be arranged locally.

CEnv CSCEnv PMU-EU

System in place

DC When required

16.5 Pick and drop facilities CEnv CSCEnv System in DC


8-24

Sr. No.


Monitoring

Frequency

Executor

Monitor

should be arranged. PMU-EU

place When required

16.6 The camp should be located within PID land, such that there is no private land acquisition required for this activity.

CEnv CSCEnv PMU-EU

Compliance

17 Adverse effects on archaeological sites any grave yards and burial sites

No important cultural and archaeological site has been found or reported in the area,

17.1 If any archaeological, historical, cultural, religious or grave yard found during the project implementation then the contractor will ensure that no damage to any such sites is caused due to the project activities. However no such site is indicated in the project area currently.

CEnv CSCEnv PMU-EU

Compliance with law indicated in chapter 2 of IEE

BC At the completion of IEE DC Daily When required

17.2 Ensure that if any such sites are found during the construction stage informed to the site office immediately.

CEnv CSCEnv

Compliance DC Daily


8-25

Sr. No.


Monitoring

Frequency

Executor

Monitor

18 Land Acquisition Generally, land acquisition is required for work activities such as widening of the embankments, access road, Contractor Camp, Batching Plant, work base area, waste disposal site and borrow area. To facilitate these activities, the PID is already in possession of enough land where these works can be executed though temporary acquisitions of private land for borrow materials may be require in this project.

18.1 All the activities requiring land acquisition are to be planned by PID. Private land is to be acquired under the 1894 Land Acquisition Act and the cost of land is to be paid to the owners. An appropriate framework agreement should be completed and signed by all the concerned parties.

CEnv CSCEnv PMU-EU

Compliance with labour laws in contract documents

BC At the stage of employment DC When required

18.2 Resettlement Action Plan (RAP) shall be prepared to compensate and restore the livelihood of the affectees.

CEnv CSCEnv PMU-EU

Compliance BC At the stage of employment

19 Communicable Diseases.

The labour camp, their interaction with truck drivers and alike personnel are potential places for spread of Communicable Diseases if the incidence exists. Almost 100% of the people of

19.1 Ensure that periodic awareness campaign for HIV/AIDS are undertaken for the project staff

CEnv CSCEnv PMU-EU

Compliance with safety awareness courses

DC Quarterly When required

19.2 Ensure that a risk assessment of the spread of HIV/AIDS is undertaken in the project area on the basis of data from the

CEnv CSCEnv PMU-EU

Medical testing of site worker

BC At the employment DC Quarterly basis


8-26

Sr. No.


Monitoring

Frequency

Executor

Monitor

project area and the potential labour are not aware of the source, mode of communication or consequences of Hepatitis, HIV/AIDS. Although their religious and cultural value system, to a large extent excludes the outbreak or rapid communication of HIV/AIDS, yet its occurrence in such a situation cannot be precluded. It is necessary that along with other communicable diseases like Cholera, Typhoid and Tuberculosis, awareness and preventive campaigns are run from time to time in the labour camps and the field offices of the project on HIV/AIDS.

Punjab HIV/AIDS program. 19.3 The medical staff ensure periodical checks of the cooking staff and cooking practice particularly for symptoms of hepatitis B.

CEnv CSCEnv PMU-EU

Medical Testing

DC When required


Appendices

APPENDICES


Appendices

Appendix 4.1: Environmental Test Results Surface Water Quality Results

No. Parameters Unit

Suleimanki

Barrage 11.11.20

09

Pakpattan Canal (Average concentrations)

2007 Water Quality

Standards

Head of

Canal

Middle RD ≈ 275

Tail RD ≈ 460

WHO NEQS FAO

1. pH - 7.12 7.62 7.41 7.43 6.5-9.5 6-9 -

2. Electrical

Conductivity

dS/m 0.42 0.49 0.52 0.59 - - 0 - 3

3. Sodium

Absorption Ratio

meq/l 2.69 1.81 2.12 2.21 - - 0-15

4. Residual Sodium

Cabonate me/l ND 0.15 0.48 0.22 - - -

5. Copper (Cu) mg/l <0.01 0.33 0.30 0.33 2.00 1.00 -

6. Lead (Pb) mg/l 0.02 3. 8x10-4 3. 8x10-4 3. 9x10-

4 0.01 0.50 -

7. Nickel (Ni) mg/l <0.01 0.00021 0.00020 0.00020 0.02 1.00 -

8. Zinc (Zn) mg/l 0.02 0.43 0.38 0.41 3.00 5.00 -

9. Turbidity NTU 21 - - - 5 -

10. BOD5 mg/l 7 - - - - 80 -

11. COD mg/l 12 - - - - 150 -

12. Total Coli Form

MPN/ 100m

l 57 - - - 0 - -

13. Total

Suspended Solids

mg/l 28 - - - - 200 -

14. Total

Dissolved Solids

mg/l 273 - - - 1000 3500 0-2000

15. Chloride (Cl) mg/l 31.98 - - - 250 1000 0-1060

16. Sulphates (SO4) mg/l 34.78 - - - 250 600 0-960

17. Nitrates (NO3) mg/l 1.4 - - - 50 - 0-10

18. Fluoride mg/l 0.33 - - - 1.50 10 -


Appendices

19. Ammonia mg/l 0.8 - - - 1.50 40.0 -

20. Grease & Oil mg/l <1.0 - - - - 10.0 -

21. Chromium (Cr) mg/l <0.01 - - - 0.05 1.00 -

22. Mercury (Hg) mg/l <0.001 - - - 0.001 0.01 -

23. Selenium (Se) mg/l <0.01 - - - 0.01 0.50 -

24. Silver (Ag) mg/l <0.1 - - - - 1.00 -

25. Barium (Ba) mg/l <0.5 - - - 0.7 1.50 -

26. Iron (Fe) mg/l 0.54 - - - 0.3 8.00 -

27. Manganese (Mn) mg/l 0.02 - - - 0.50 1.50 -

28. Chlorine mg/l <0.1 - - - - 1.00 -

29. Magnesium mg/l 9.0 - - - - - 0-60

30. Calcium mg/l 36 - - - - - 0-400


Appendices

APPENDIX 6.1: MINUTES AND RESPONSE TO THE COMMENTS


Appendices

PUBLIC HEARING PIAIP – REHABILITATION AND UPGRADING OF PAKPATTAN CANAL

SYSTEM

(MINUTES AND RESPONSE TO THE COMMENTS)

Event Public Hearing Under Section-12 of Pakistan Environmental Protection Act (PEPA), 1997

Date 17 January 2012 Location Canal Colony Rest House Pakpattan Client Punjab Irrigation Department Project Rehabilitation & Upgrading Pakpattan Canal Prepared by JV Consultant Participant(s) List of participants attached Distribution EPA Punjab and Project Management Unit (PMU) Sr. No.

Item Responsibility/Action

1 Introduction 1.1 Public Hearing of Rehabilitation & Upgrading Pakpattan Canal

System was started at about 11:30 a.m. with the recitation of Holy Quran. Environmental Specialist Mr. Ahsan Bela welcomed the delegates, briefed the objectives of the public hearing and introduced the project team. He then briefly described the activities schedule for the event.

INFO

2 Project Brief 2.1 Deputy Project Manager Mr. Ehsan-Ulah-Sardar explained the

project details and major components of the project.

INFO

3 ENVIRONMENTAL Aspects of the Project 3.1 Present environment of the area, anticipated environmental

impact of the project and their mitigation measures were explained by Mr. Ahsan Bela.

INFO

4 Open Discussion

4.1 Cattle Ghat It was requested by participant of public hearing that additional cattle ghats should be provided. It was explained that the existing cattle ghats will be rehabilitated and provision of additional cattle ghats will considered in the project.

Specified in IEE at section 3.5


Appendices

4.2 Public Park A public member raised a point about the development of public parks; he recommended the development of more public parks in addition to the project scope of work that includes development of only two public parks. The house was informed that possibility of development of additional parks on the available strips of land of Irrigation Department near the towns would be explored and if feasible will be included in the project.

Specified in IEE at section 8.7. The info. will be updated after evaluating feasibility of developing parks.

4.3 Resettlement and Private Land Acquisition Resettlement Action Plan (RAP) has been prepared to compensate and restore the livelihood of the affectees. It was clarified that temporary occupation as well as permanent land acquisition will be compensated on current market rates.

Specified in IEE at section 7.5.1

4.4 Job Opportunity for Locals The consultant team responded that during construction phase of the project maximum opportunity of semi-skilled and skilled jobs will be provided to the locals.

Specified in IEE at section 7.5.4

4.5 Protecting Local Properties and Crop The concern was raised that local properties and crops will be damaged due to construction activities. It was clarified that construction activities will be carried out with least damage to local properties and crops. In case of any damage the affectees will be compensated at prevailing market rates.

Specified in IEE at section 7.3.1.2

4.6 Tree Cutting The participants of public hearing pointed out that the construction of diversion channel and bank strengthening would require tree cutting. It was clarified that detailed tree inventory will be prepared by a team consisting of representatives of Irrigation, forest and wildlife departments. The cutting of trees will be avoided to the extent possible. However, in case of trees removal replenishment cost for plantation of atleast 05 trees for each tree cut will be provided.

Specified in IEE at section 7.4 & 8.7.

4.7 Protecting Canal Water The issue regarding contamination of canal water was raised by a public member. It was clarified by the consultant that it is contractor‟s obligation to protect the canal water from contamination during construction phase and it is the responsibility of public and the Irrigation department to control the disposal of waste in canal water and along canal banks.

Public / Irrigation Department


Appendices

APPENDIX 7.1: RAPID ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT


Appendices

Appendix 7.1 of ADB’s Environment Policy Rapid Environmental Assessment (REA) Checklist IRRIGATION Country/Project Title: Pakistan / Pakpattan Canal System Rehabilitation & Up-gradation Prepared by: Water Resources Division NESPAK (Project Consultant)

SCREENING QUESTIONS YES No REMARKS A. Project Siting

Is the Project area adjacent to or within any of the following environmentally sensitive areas?

Protected Area

Wetland

Mangrove

Estuarine

Buffer zone of protected area

Special area for protecting biodiversity

No permanent adverse environmental impact is anticipated from the Project Siting. All the impacts will be of temporary nature and mitigable.

B. Potential Environmental Impacts

Will the Project cause...

Loss of precious ecological values (e.g. result of encroachment into forests/swamp lands or historical/cultural buildings/areas, disruption of hydrology of natural waterways, regional flooding, and drainage hazards)?

Loss any ecological values is not anticipated. In fact the proposed development of Public Parks and new plantation along the canal system will increase the aesthetic value and biodiversity of the area.


Appendices

SCREENING QUESTIONS YES No REMARKS

Conflicts in water supply rights and related social conflicts?

No conflicts in water supply rights are anticipated as there will be no change in water courses.

Impediments to movements of people and animals?

Temporary impediments of people and livestock during construction will be control through careful selection of contractor‟s camp locations and provision of alternative routines and access paths (traffic management plan).

Potential ecological problems due to increased soil erosion and siltation, leading to decreased stream capacity?

Canal discharge will not be reduced

Insufficient drainage leading to salinity intrusion?

Over pumping of groundwater, leading to salinization and ground subsidence?

Over pumping of groundwater is not anticipated. Groundwater pumping for the water supply to the contractor camp is negligible compare to the available ample source of groundwater.

Impairment of downstream water quality and therefore, impairment of downstream beneficial uses of water?

Dislocation or involuntary resettlement of people? A large scale resettlement is not required for this project. Resettlement Action Plan (RAP) will be prepared to manage the resettlement issue of isolated encroachers at the canal banks.

Potential social conflicts arising from land tenure and land use issues?

Soil erosion before compaction and lining of canals? Soil erosion is not anticipated as the project is only a rehabilitation of existing canal system.

Noise from construction equipment? It will be further ensured that suitable Plant & Equipment use will minimize noise.

dust? Mitigation through sprinkling water when required. 24 hours monitoring of dust is proposed in Environment Management Plan

Labour-related social problems especially if workers from different areas are hired?

Sufficient local source of labour is available. Outside labour will be employed only for those fields for which local skilled labour is not available, which will be very low in number.

Waterlogging and soil salinization due to inadequate drainage and farm management?

No waterlogging and salinization impact is anticipated from the project implementation


Appendices

SCREENING QUESTIONS YES No REMARKS Leaching of soil nutrients and changes in soil

characteristics due to excessive application of irrigation water?

Reduction of downstream water supply during peak seasons?

Work will be managed during routine canal closure and design provides temporary structure (diverting channels) at necessary points.

Soil pollution, polluted farm runoff and groundwater, and public health risks due to excessive application of fertilizers and pesticides?

Soil erosion (furrow, surface)?

Scouring of canals? Detail Hydraulic study ensure no scouring occur in canal

Logging of canals by sediments? Detail Hydraulic study ensure no logging occur due to sedimentation

Clogging of canals by weeds? Canal clogging by weeds will be reduced due to the Project implementation.

Seawater intrusion into downstream freshwater systems?

Introduction of increase in incidence of waterborne or water related diseases?

No change in quality of water is anticipated from the project activities

Initial Environmental Examination

Suleimanki Barrage

TABLE OF CONTENTS EXECUTIVE SUMMARY ................................................................................................................. 1 CHAPTER 1: INTRODUCTION ....................................................................................................... 6

1.1 GENERAL ................................................................................................................................ 6 1.2 BACKGROUND ....................................................................................................................... 7 1.3 PROJECT OBJECTIVE ............................................................................................................... 7 1.4 PORJECT DESCRIPTION .......................................................................................................... 8 1.5 PROJECT LOCATION ............................................................................................................... 9 1.6 PROJECT AREA OF INFLUENCE ............................................................................................... 9 1.7 REVIEW OF PREVIOUS STUDIES ............................................................................................. 9 1.8 APPROACHES ADOPTED FOR THE STUDY ............................................................................ 10

CHAPTER 2: LEGAL AND ADMINISTRATION FRAMEWORK POLICY............................................... 15 2.1 GENERAL .............................................................................................................................. 15 2.2 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS IN PAKISTAN ....................................................................... 15 2.3 NATIONAL CONSERVATION STRATEGY ................................................................................ 15 2.4 NATIONAL ENVIRONMENTAL POLICY .................................................................................. 15 2.5 GUIDE LINE FOR ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT ............................................................... 16 2.6 ENVIRONMENTAL INSTITUTIONS AND THEIR RESPONSIBILITIES ........................................ 16 2.7 ENVIRONMENT-RELATED STATUTES ................................................................................... 17 2.8 FIDIC Clauses ........................................................................................................................ 19 2.9 ASIAN DEVELOPMENT BANK GUIDELINES ........................................................................... 19 2.10 NATIONAL ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY STANDARDS (NEQS) 2000 ..................................... 20 2.11 INTERNATIONAL CONVENTIONS ......................................................................................... 21

CHAPTER 3: THE PROJECT.......................................................................................................... 22 3.1 HISTORY ............................................................................................................................... 22 3.2 EXISTING BARRAGE STRUCTURE .......................................................................................... 22 3.3 THE PROBLEM ...................................................................................................................... 25 3.4 DESCRIPTION OF THE PROJECT ............................................................................................ 25 3.5 LABOUR CAMP ..................................................................................................................... 26 3.7 MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS ................................................................................................. 26 3.8 SOURCE OF MATERIAL ......................................................................................................... 27 3.8 EQUIPMENT AND MACHINERY YARD .................................................................................. 28

CHAPTER 4: BASE LINE CONDITION............................................................................................ 30 4.1 GENERAL .............................................................................................................................. 30 4.2 PHYSICAL ENVIRONMENT .................................................................................................... 30 4.3 BIOLOGICAL ENVIRONMENT ............................................................................................... 48

4.4 SOCIO-ECONOMIC CONDITIONS ......................................................................................... 56 CHAPTER 5: STUDY OF PROJECT ALTERNATIVES ......................................................................... 75

5.1 NO PROJECT OPTION (WORST CASE SCENARIO OPTION) ................................................... 75 5.2 OPTION 1: PROVISION OF BYPASS CHANNEL ...................................................................... 76 5.3 OPTION 2: REHABILITATION OF BARRAGE (SELECTED OPTION FOR DETAIL DESIGN) ........ 77

CHAPTER 6: IMPACT ASSESSMENT, MITIGATION AND ENHANCEMENT MEASURES ..................... 79 6.1 POTENTIAL IMPACT SOURCES ............................................................................................. 79 6.2 IMPACTS AND MITIGATIION MEASURES ASSOCIATED WITH THE IMPLEMENTATION OF

THE PROJECT ........................................................................................................................ 79 6.3 IMPACTS AND MITIGATION MEASURES DURING DESIGN PHASE ....................................... 84 6.4 IMPACT AND MITIGATION MEASURES DURING CONSTRUCTION PHASE ........................... 84 6.5 OPERATIONAL AND MANAGEMENT (O&M) PHASE .......................................................... 100

CHAPTER 7: ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN ............................................................... 101 7.1 MITIGATION PLAN ............................................................................................................. 101 7.2 MITIGATION OF ADVERSE IMPACTS AT DESIGN PHASE .................................................... 102 7.3 MITIGATION ADVERSE IMPACT AT CONSTRUCTION PHASE ............................................. 102 7.4 MONITORING PLAN ........................................................................................................... 104 7.5 INSTITUTIONAL ARRANGEMENT ....................................................................................... 161 7.6 CHANGE MANAGEMENT ................................................................................................... 167 7.7 COMMUNICATION AND DOCUMENTATION...................................................................... 168 7.8 WASTE DISPOSAL PLAN ..................................................................................................... 172 7.9 ILLUSTRATED TRAFFIC MANAGEMENT .............................................................................. 176 7.10 OUTLINE OF EMERGENCY RESPONSE AND CONTINGENCY PLAN ..................................... 177 7.11 HEALTH, SAFETY & ENVIRONMENT (HSE) PLAN ................................................................ 179 7.12 TREE PLANTATION ............................................................................................................. 181 7.13 BORROW AREAS RESTORATION ........................................................................................ 181 7.14 LAND ACQUISITION PROCEDURE....................................................................................... 181 7.15 RISK MANAGEMENT PLAN ................................................................................................. 182 7.16 TRAINING PLAN.……………………………………………………………………………………………………………182

7.17 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT COST ........................................................................... 189

7.18 CONCLUSION………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..199

CHAPTER 8: PUBLIC CONSULTATION ........................................................................................ 202 8.1 GENERAL ............................................................................................................................ 202 8.2 LEGAL REQUIREMENT FOR PUBLIC CONSULTATION ......................................................... 202 8.3 CONSULTATION METHODOLOGY ...................................................................................... 202 8.4 OBJECTIVES ACHIEVED WITH THE PUBLIC CONSULTATION .............................................. 203

8.5 CONSULTATION AND DISCUSSION DURING IMPLEMENTATION ....................................... 205

APPENDICES

Appendix 2.1 National Environmental Quality Standards (NEQS)

Appendix 3.1 Construction Schedule

Appendix 4.1 Sampling Procedure and Test Results

Appendix 4.2 Water Quality Guidelines and Standards

Appendix 6.1 Rapid Environmental Assessment (REA)

List of Figures

Figure-1.1: Project Location Map

Figure-1.2 Overall Environment Study Area Map

Figure-1.3: Suleimanki Barrage Environment Study Area Map

Figure-3.1: Project Layout of Selected Works Scheme

Figure-4.1: Seismic Zoning Map of Pakistan

Figure-4.2: Flood Plan near Suleimanki Barrage

Figure-7.1: Proposed Traffic Management Map

List of Tables Table-2.1: Effluent Discharge Standards Applicable to the Works

Table-2.2: Gaseous Emission Levels

Table-2.3: Noise Emission Levels

Table-3.1: Source of Raw Material

Table-4.1: Surface Salinity Statistics

Table-4.2: Average River Flows Upstream of the Sulemanki Barrage (MAF

Table-4.3: Peak Discharge of Prominent Years in River Sutlej at Suleimanki Barrage

Table-4.4: Laboratory Analysis Report of Surface Water Samples

Table-4.5: Laboratory Analysis Report of Surface Water Samples (FAO limits

Table-4.6 Groundwater Test Results

Table-4.7: Groundwater Quality for Irrigation Purpose

Table-4.8: Shallow Ground Water Quality within Canal Command Areas

Table-4.9: Settlement Structure

Table-4.10: Religion

Table-4.11: Languages

Table-4.12: Demographic Characteristics

Table-4.13: Age Distribution of Sample Respondents by household Categories

Table-4.14: Households Distribution According to Caste

Table-4.15: Education Level of Sample Population

Table-4.16: Occupation

Table-4.17: Habitation

Table-4.18: Source of Drinking Water

Table-4.19: Source of Light

Table-6.1: Project Evaluation of Environmental Impacts

Table-7.1: Traffic Survey Conducted at Suleimanki Barrage

Table-7.2: Environmental Monitoring Plan for the Construction Phase

Table-7.3: Environment & Management Cost

Table-8.1: Public Consultation

List of Plates Plate 4.1: A view of Female Participation in Household Relating Task

Plate 4.2: A view of Females participation for livestock activities

Plate 4.3: A view of Kacha Affected House

Plate 4.4: Right Side Divide Wall and Fish Ladder Upstream

Plate 4.5: Left Side Divide Wall and Fish Ladder Upstream

Plate 4.6: Fazillka Drain entering Barrage Pond from India

Plate 4.7: Bela Developed in Left Pocket of Pond Area

Plate 4.8: Consultation with Wildlife Staff at Wildlife Public Park

Plate 4.9: Consultation with Fishing Department at Suleimanki Barrage

Plate 5.1 Collected During the Consultation with Wildlife Staff

Plate 5.2 Collected During the Consultation with Fishery Staff

List of Abbreviation

ADB Asian Development Bank

amsl Above Mean Sea Level

AOI Area of Influence

BOD Biological Oxygen Demand

BC Before Construction

CCA Cultivable Command Area

CMS Conservation of Migratory Species

COD Chemical Oxygen Demand

COSHH Control of Substances Hazardous to Health

DC During Construction

EC Electrical Conductivity


EMMP Environmental Management & Monitoring Plan

EMP Environmental Management Plan

EPA Environmental Protection Agency

EPAs Environmental Protection Agencies


FAO Food and Agriculture Organization

GCA Gross Cultivated Area

GoP Government of Punjab

GRC Grievance Redress Committee

GRR Grievance Redress Register

IPD Irrigation and Power Department

LMB Left Marginal Bund

LRE Left Retaining Embankment

IEE Initial Environmental Examination

IWT Indus Water Treaty

M&E Monitoring and Evaluation

NCS National Conservation Strategy

NEQS National Environmental Quality Standards

NOC No-Objection Certificate

O&M Operation and Maintenance

P&D Planning and Development Department

PEPA Pakistan Environmental Protection Act

PEPC Pakistan Environmental Protections Council

PIU Project Implementation Unit

PMO Project Management Office

PPC Pakistan Penal Code

PPE Personal Protective Equipment

RSC Residual Sodium Carbonate

RD Reduced Distance

RMB Right Marginal Bund

RRE Right Retaining Embankment

SAR Sodium Adsorption Ratio

SCARP Salinity Control and Reclamation Project

SEMU Social & Environmental Management Unit

SFA Social Frame Work Agreement

SMO SCARPS Monitoring Organization

SOP Survey of Pakistan

SSOP Soil Survey of Pakistan

TDS Total Dissolved Solids

US-EPA United States Environmental Protection Agency

WAPDA Water and Power Development Authority

WHO World Health Organization

WWF Worldwide Fund for Nature

UNITS AND CONVERSION FACTORS

Length

1 inch = 25.4 millimeters

1 meter = 3.281 ft

1 mile = 1609 meters = 1760 yards = 5280 ft

Area

1 sq. m = 10.76 sq. ft = 1.196 sq. yd

1 hectares = 2.47 Acres = 10,000 sq. m

1 sq. km = 100 hectares

Volume

1 US wet gallon = 0.833 imperial gallon = 3.785 liters

1 US dry gallon = 0.967 imperial gallon = 4.404 liters

1 cu. meters = 35.28 cu. ft

Suleimanki Barrage IEE Report

1

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

S-1 Introduction Government of Punjab is planning to undertake the rehabilitation of Punjab Barrages and

improvement and modernization of the irrigation and water management system in the

Punjab Province which include the rehabilitation and up-grading of the Sulemanki Barrage.

ADB is providing fund for Suleimanki Barrage Rehabilitation & Up-grading work. The

Environmental Assessment study of the proposed project has been carried out in

accordance with Pakistan statutory requirement and Asian Bank Environment Policy.

Suleimanki Barrage was constructed on Sutlej River during 1924 – 1926 under the Sutlej

Valley Project (SVP). The barrage was designed for 325,000 cusecs discharge and located

around 20km (12miles) from Haveli Lakha Town, Tahsil Depalpur, and District Okara. The

barrage is about 150km (94miles) from Lahore, the capital of Punjab Province and about

450km (281miles) from federal capital Islamabad. It is situated on Sutlej River at 112km

(70miles) downstream of Ferozpur Barrage and 184km (115miles) upstream of Islam

Barrage. Three irrigation canals viz Pakpattan, Fordwah and Eastern Sadiqia Canals are fed

from this barrage. The total canal command area of three canals is 2.5 million acres, which

is 9.25% of the total irrigated area of Punjab (27 million acres) and has considerable

contribution in the agricultural production of Punjab. Three canals command area spread

over the six districts of Punjab i.e. Bahawalnagar, Bahawalpur, Okara, Pakpattan, Vehari

and Lodhran.

In 1960, under the agreement of Indus Water Treaty, India was given the rights of three

eastern river‟s water (Ravi, Sutlej and Beas). Consequently upon the construction of dams

and barrages on river Sutlej and Beas; the discharge in Sutlej has reduced significantly.

Ferozepur Barrage on Sutlej River lies in India just before the river enters Pakistan. India

diverts almost all the river water from Ferozepur barrage to its own irrigation system and the

river reach up to Suleimanki in Pakistan is perpetually bone dry for about 10 months of the

year. In order to feed the three canals that off-take from Suleimanki Barrage a inter river link

canal Baloki-Suleimanki Link (B.S Link) was constructed with initial discharge capacity of

15,800 cusecs for delivery at upstream of Suleimanki Barrage. The BS Link was later

remodeled a few times to a current discharge capacity of 25000 cusecs.

Ever since its construction, the structure of Suleimanki Barrage has suffered heavily from

floods during the monsoon seasons. The barrage is about 86 years old now and aging


2

process together with inadequate/deferred maintenance has also contributed towards

general deterioration of the different components of the Barrage. Punjab Irrigation

Department (PID) engaged National Development Consultants (NDC) in June 1998 for the

safety evaluation of Suleimanki Barrage. The study recommended that rehabilitation of the

barrage be undertaken to ensure safe operation of the barrage. Based on these

recommendations, a Feasibility Study for Rehabilitation & Modernization of the barrage was

conducted and prepared in May 2005.

In 2009 with the funding from Asian Development Bank (ADB), the PID initiated “Punjab

Irrigated Agriculture Investment Program (PIAIP)”. The consultancy for detailed design of the

project was assigned to a joint venture of NESPAK, AAB and DMC. One of the components

of PIAIP is updating of the Feasibility Study and detailed design for the Rehabilitation of

Suleimanki Barrage.

S-2 Legal and Administration Framework Policy The Pakistan Environmental Protection Act (1997) makes it mandatory for the project

proponent to undertake Initial Environmental Examination (IEE) or Environmental Impact

Assessment (EIA). It is mandatory to prepare and obtain approval of EIA from EPA under

Pak-EPA 1997 for this project. The ADB‟s Safeguard Policies also require that

Environmental and Social assessment to be conducted for the project which could have

adverse environmental impacts. EIA study was carried out in 2005 during the feasibility

study. Present study is carried out during up-dating of the feasibility and detail design of

Sulemanki Barrage rehabilitation work and covers all the possible anticipated environmental

impacts of the project.

Under ADB Environment Policy, projects are to be categorized in to the three environmental

categories; A, B and C according to significance of the adverse environmental impacts. This

Project have some adverse environmental impacts, but of lesser degree and significance.

Suleimanki Barrage is not a new mega project. It is a rehabilitation and repair of the existing

structure without causing change in water levels and storage of water behind the barrage.

The anticipated adverse environmental impacts of the project shall be local, limited and

mitigable. All such projects according to ADB Safegaurd Policy Statement 2009 require

having an IEE. This report comprises the IEE of the project.

S-3 Project Details and Alternatives The studies of structural and mechanical components of the Barrage have envisaged some

structural and hydraulic problem together with mechanical defects. If not rectified the


3

consequences could be devastating with the consequent risk of the failure of the whole

system. Such a failure would adversely affect the economy of the farming community in the

command area.

The scope of work will include repair of the barrage structure including barrage floor, peirs,

stilling basin, replacement of road bridge deck of the barrage, repair/replacement of

regulation gates gearing,canal head regulators, hoisting devices, modernization of barrage

structure by installation of new vibrating wire piezometers, clearance of water way to canal

head regulator etc.

Upstream and downstream floor of the barrage will be inspected and necessary repair works

will be carried out. In addition, the substrata and voids underneath the floors will be grouted

under pressure. Existing Public Park along the downstream right guide bank will be further

developed under this project.

It is anticipated that the project construction will be completed in three years in such a way

that the river and all the three canals flows will not be interrupted in the construction phase.

Gates repair work will be undertaken during annual closure period.

S-4 Environmental Baseline Condition Baseline Conditions of the project area have been established through the data collected

from the field and direct interaction with the local community and officials from the various

departments. Previous studies (secondary data) have also used in the development of the

baseline. This report covers the prevailing physical, biological and social environment of the

area. The information utilized for the IEE obtained by using GIS technology, stakeholder

consultation including Wildlife, Fishery & Forest Department, NGOs etc. Field visits carried

out by the environment team and laboratory based testing of the physical environmental

parameters was undertaken.

It was found from ambient air quality monitoring that air is reasonably clean at present as all

the monitored parameters are within the limits of NEQS level. The climate of the area is arid

characterized by long hot summer and short mild winter. Wind speed varies significantly over

the year. Peak values were recorded during May during year 2007. The typical wind

direction is south to north in most of the part of the year.

Surface water testing at the barrage indicates that the river water does not meet the WHO

standards and is not fit for human consumption. But the water does meet the NEQS level

and FAO standards for agriculture purposes and fit for irrigation and recreational purpose.


4

Groundwater samples were collected and tested from the existing hand pump at the barrage

and found unsatisfactory for drinking.

The barrage pond area provides the habitat of water fowl and many migrating birds visit the

site during winter, while the occasional seeing of hog deer, blue bull and local game birds i.e.

partridge and peacock are reported in the bela along the left guide bank. Fish ladders are

provided along both divide walls at Suleimanki Barrage. Both the fish ladders are in working

condition. However there is significant amount of vegetation and silt deposit found at the

upstream end of the fish ladders, which obstructs the fish movement and need to be

removed.

The Socio Economic Survey was conducted with the objectives to assess prevailing socio-

economic conditions of the related communities and to predict the effects of the proposed

different alternatives of rehabilitation works. Simple Random Sampling Technique was used

to draw representative sample. The average household size is 6.3 and the sex ratio (female:

male) is 100:107. There are 5 Primary, 2 Middle and 1 High School for boys and 4 Primary,

1 Middle School and 1 High School for girls in the area. The average literacy level of the

area is 47%. It was found that 77% of the household engaged in agriculture. 100% of the

respondent are Muslim and speak Punjabi language. The major castes of the area are

Maher and Watto. Rice, Wheat and Cotton are the major crops cultivated in the study area.

Females participation for the betterment of the family is more as compared with the males. In

fact, rural women in the study area work 14 hours a day. Women participate in agriculture

activities such as sowing, hoeing, harvesting, threshing, storage of crops and feeding the

livestock.

S-5 Potential Impacts, Mitigation Measures and EMP The carried out environmental and social impact assessment revealed that the project

activities will not cause any significant disturbance and inconvenience to local community

and natural environment of the area. Construction related impacts such as air pollution;

noise etc will be mitigated by the implementation of the EMP. All the solid waste and

wastewater generated from the project activities and labour camp should be disposed of

according to the waste disposal plan, which is a component of the EMP.

The available PID land in the close vicinity of the Project site would be utilized for

Contractor‟s camp facilities. Groundwater is the major source of drinking water for the local

community. It is very important to protect the water sources during the construction phase

from accidental spills of diesel or any chemical, as any spill could percolate to the

groundwater through the sandy stratum at site. It is concluded from the test results that if the


5

groundwater is to be used for the water supply in the Labour Camp then it is the

responsibility of the Contractor to abstract water from sufficient depth or provide filtration

plant and confirm that it meets the WHO standards.

During construction, the Contactor‟s work force is expected to be largely from the local

population, which will enhance the economic opportunities for the locals of working age

group. Improvements in the existing Public Park are also recommended to enhance the

biodiversity of the project area. It will also raise the aesthetic value of the area and attract

more visitors.

Socioeconomic conditions of the project area will generally be positively impacted due to the

project implementation. There are few temporary negative impacts associated with the

construction phase e.g. extra burden on the local welfare facilities i.e. water supply,

electricity, transportation services etc will be insignificant and mitigable. Local community

and all the possible stack holders were consulted and their fears and suggestions were

taken into account during EA. The objective of the consultation was also to explain the

project intervention and their potential impacts on the environment of the area and also

share the mitigation measures with the local community to promote a general good will

towards the project in the community.

The total estimated cost of the implementation of the EMP is Rs. 17.4 Million.

S-6 Conclusion

The potential adverse environmental & social impacts of the project are associated with

mainly the construction phase of the project and all of these impacts are temporary, localised

and reversible in nature. These impacts can be mitigated through the proper implementation

of the EMP. Therefore it is concluded that this project is environmentally friendly, financially

viable, economically sustainable, genderally neutral and pro-poverty alleviation.


6

CHAPTER 1: INTRODUCTION

1.1 GENERAL

The province of Punjab is only one fourth of the total area of Pakistan yet its fertile land yields

more than 50% of the total national agricultural produce. One of the reasons for such high

agricultural production is the efficient use of water resources through Punjab‟s irrigation

network. Punjab irrigation network comprises of 24 canal fed by 14 barrages/Barrage and 9

major inter-river link canals, irrigating more than 27 million acres of land. There are two

barrages on Sutlej River, Suleimanki and Islam Barrage. Suleimanki is the first barrage on Sutlej

after this river enters into Pakistan. Major part of the Left Marginal Bank virtually forms the

international boundary between Pakistan and India.

Pakpattan Canal with a design discharge of 6,594 cusecs at head, off-takes from the right flank;

and Sadiqia and Fordwah Canals with designed discharges of 6,080 cusecs and 3,366 cusecs

respectively, off-take from left bank of the river. Sadiqia and Fordwah irrigate Bahawalnagar and

Bahawalpur districts. Pakpattan Canal irrigates the land in the districts of Pakpattan, Okara,

Vehari and Lodhran. The total canal command area (CCA) of all three canals is approximately

2.5 millions acres, which is about 9% of the 27 millions acres of the total irrigated area of Punjab

Province. Thus, the barrage contributes valuable 9% of the agricultural production of Punjab.

Ferozepur Barrage on Sutlej River lies in India just before the river enters Pakistan. India diverts

almost all the river water from this barrage to its own irrigation system and the river reach at

Suleimanki in Pakistan is perpetually bone dry for about 10 months of the year. In order to feed

the three canals that off-take from Suleimanki Barrage inter river link canal Baloki-Suleimanki

Link (B.S Link) was constructed with an initial discharge capacity of 15,800 cusecs for delivery

into Sutlej River upstream of Suleimanki Barrage. The BS Link was later remodeled a few times

to the current discharge capacity of 25000 cusecs. The barrage is located about 20km (12miles)

from Haveli Lakha Town, Tahsil Depalpur, District Okara. It is situated on Sutlej River 112km

(70miles) downstream of Ferozpur Barrage and 184km (115miles) upstream of Islam Barrage.

The barrage is about 150km (94miles) from Lahore, the capital of Punjab Province and about

450km (281miles) from Islamabad, the federal capital.


7

1.2 BACKGROUND

Suleimanki Barrage was constructed during 1924-1926 on Sutlej River under the Sutlej Valley

Project (SVP). The barrage feeds Pakpattan, Fordwah and Eastern Sadiaqa Canals. The

barrage was formally commissioned on April 12, 1926. The barrage was designed for 325,000

cusecs discharge. Sadiqia and Fordwah Canals commenced water supply on 1st May 1926 and

Pakpattan Canal on 1st June 1926.

Ever since its construction, the structure of Suleimanki Barrage has suffered heavily from

flooding during the monsoon periods. The barrage is about 86 years old now and aging process

together with inadequate/deferred maintenance has also contributed towards general

deterioration of the different components of the Barrage.

In 1960, under the agreement of Indus Water Treaty, India was given the rights of three eastern

rivers water of Ravi, Sutlej and Beas. Consequently upon the construction of Bhakra/Nangal

Dam on river Sutlej and Pandoh & Pong Dam on Beas; the discharge in Sutlej was reduced

significantly. The Ferozepur Barrage built in India on Sutlej River immediately before the river

enters Pakistan, stops almost all the water and the river remains bone dry for about 10 months

of the year. This forced Pakistan to carry a significant amount of works for transporting water

from western rivers through link canals to feed the canals off taking from the eastern river. Inter-

river link canal Baloki-Suleimanki Link (B.S Link) off-taking from Ravi River at Balloki barrage

was constructed in 1958.

Historic discharge data of the Sutlej River at Suleimanki Barrage from 1922-2008 indicates that

the flood discharge in the river exceeded the designed capacity of the barrage four times; in

1947 (325,000 cfs), 1950 (332,000 cfs), 1955 (597,000 cfs) and 1988 (499,000 cfs). Number of

controlled and uncontrolled breaches occurred in 1988 in both the left and right marginal bunds.

1.3 PROJECT OBJECTIVE

Since signing of the IWT in 1960, India has construction two storage dams on Sutlej River and

almost all of the flows of the river, except the floods that cannot be stored in the dams, are being

used in India. The construction of storage dams in India has significantly reduced the flood

discharges in the river. However, the flood of 1988 has somewhat signified that the storage


8

capacity of eastern rivers barrages are not enough for significant mitigation or synchronization

of high flows of the rivers and its tributaries

Most of the 14 barrages in Punjab are now more than 80 years old and are in acute distress

owing to aging, design deficiencies, constructional defects, hydraulic and mechanical problems,

inadequate operation and maintenance, and drastic changes in river morphology as a result of

the implementation of the IWT. During the recent past several serious damages have also been

reported. Serious damage to any of these barrages resulting in an interruption of irrigation

supplies can have disastrous implications on the country‟s economy and the population of the

area. The rehabilitation and modernization of these barrages has therefore been considered by

the Government as an urgent necessity.

This project aims to modernize water resources and irrigation infrastructure at the Suleimanki

Headwork. Because of the very low negligible flows during non-monsoon period (approximately

10 months of the year) the morphology of the river channel has drastically changed and there is

general aggradation in the main stream due to sand drifting. The pond area of the barrage has

also heavily silted up especially in the right half where the high shoal has come very close to the

divide wall. The main problems which need to be addressed in this project are:

River training works especially pertaining to pitched island constructed about 4km

upstream of the barrage to keep the river approach straight is not providing the

anticipated results and the main channels strikes the right bank.

The decking of the road bridge has been deteriorated and become risky for present

traffic requirements.

Repairing / modernization of barrage machinery for the smooth operation of the barrage.

Need for improving the road communication system.

1.4 PORJECT DESCRIPTION

This Project envisages updating of feasibility and detailed design of rehabilitation works at

Sulemanki Barrage.

The scope of work includes the following components:

Repairs of cracks, contact grouting underneath the floors.


9

Installation of instrumentation and control system for uplift pressure monitoring.

Rehabilitating and upgrading the operational capability of the gates and hoisting

mechanism at the barrage.

Inspection of the stilling basin and repair or re-design if require.

Improve the existing Public Park to enhance the aesthetic value and biodiversity of the

area.

A detailed description of the project is included in chapter 3.

1.5 PROJECT LOCATION

The barrage is located at latitude of 30°-33‟ North and longitude 73°-52‟ East. It is about 12

miles East of Haveli Lakha Town. The barrage is about 70 miles below Ferozepur Barrage

(India) and 115 miles upstream of Islam Barrage. The barrage falls in Tahsil Depalpour, District

Okara. The barrage location is indicated on Figure-1.1. It is connected to other parts of the

country through roads and is about 94 miles from the provincial capital Lahore and about 281

miles from Islamabad. Other main cities near the barrage include Okara at about 31 miles,

Pakpatan at about 37.5 miles and Kasur at about 60 miles.

1.6 PROJECT AREA OF INFLUENCE

The area of project influence referred to as the area of influence (AOI) is the area likely to be

affected by the project, including all its ancillary aspects such as power transmission lines,

pipelines, canals, access roads, waste disposal areas, batching plant and Labour camp as well

as any unplanned developments induced by the project.

The major features of the area, proposed locations of the contractor‟s facilities and area under

the project use are indicated on the overall environmental study area map and Sulemanki

Barrage environment map are shown in Figure-1.2 and 1.3 respectively. All the temporary work

and clearance of water way to canals head regulators including construction of cofferdam etc

will require approximately 1% of the total area between the RMB and LMB and is well away

from the environmentally sensitive area located along the Pak-India boundary.

1.7 REVIEW OF PREVIOUS STUDIES


10

The Punjab Irrigation Department (PID) engaged National Development Consultants (NDC) in

June 1998 for a safety evaluation of Suleimanki Barrage. This study recommended that

rehabilitation of the barrage be undertaken to ensure its safe operation besides further

investigation for sub-surface flow and model study for river training works. Based on these

recommendations, PID awarded the work of carrying out Feasibility Study for Rehabilitation &

Modernization of the Suleimanki, Tanusa & Khanki Barrages to the joint venture (JV) of NDC

and NESPAK in association with ATKINS of UK called Punjab Barrages Consultants (PBC). The

Consultants submitted the Feasibility Study Report in May 2005. The study made

recommendations to repair the barrage structure including barrage floor in main weir as well as

undersluice section, road bridge deck across the barrage, regulating gates and hoists,

modernize barrage structure, install new vibrating wire piezometersetc . The study also

conclude that the barrage capacity is approximately 100,000 cusecs less than the 100 years

return flood and need to be raised by redesigning of barrage or provision of flood escape

channel.

1.8 APPROACHES ADOPTED FOR THE STUDY

The environmental and social data were collected and analyzed for the overall environmental

study area. Primary data, including sampling and testing of the physical environmental

parameters were collected during site visits conducted from September 2009 to November

2009. The test results and analysis of physical environmental parameters included in chapter 4.

Secondary data for the overall study area was reclaimed from other institutions e.g. Wildlife

department, Fishery, Irrigation & power department, SCARPS Monitoring Organization, SEMU

and Directorate Land Reclamation etc.

The base line data was developed and analyzed to identify potential environmental impacts of

the Project. A risk based methodology was adopted to identify the high risk activities and

suggest their mitigation measures. Where possible, eliminating the risk by altering the scope or

method of execution of work was preferred rather than minimizing the risk with control

measures. Public consultations were also undertaken inclusive of gender study, to take into

account the public point of view about the project.

1.9 OBJECTIVE OF THE REPORT


11

This report comprises the Environmental & Social Impact Assessment (EIA) study of the project

area. Environment Assessment (EA) takes into account of the natural environment (air, water,

land, flora & fauna); human health and safety. This study evaluates the project‟s potential

environmental risks and impacts on its areas of influence, planning, designing and

implementation to preventing, minimizing, mitigating or compensating for adverse environmental

impacts and enhancing positive impacts throughout project implementation.

The Social Assessment (SA) has been conducted to evaluate the project‟s potential positive and

adverse effects on the affected people and to examine project alternatives where adverse

effects may be significant. The breadth, depth and type of analysis in the social assessment are

proportional to the nature of the project and scale of its potential effects, positive or adverse, on

the affected people. The Socio- Economic Survey was conducted by an experienced and

qualified team of sociologists.

1.10 STRUCTURE OF THE REPORT This report is divided into following chapters. Chapter # 1 Introduction

Chapter # 2 Legal and Administrative framework policy

Chapter # 3 Project Description

Chapter # 4 Environmental and Social Baseline Conditions

Chapter # 5 Analysis of Alternatives

Chapter # 6 Impact Assessment, Mitigation and Enhancement Measures

Chapter # 7 Environmental Management Plan

Chapter # 8 Public Consultation and Information Disclosure


12

Figure 1.1 Project Location Map


13

Figure 1.2: Overall Environment Study Area Map


14

Figure 1.3: Suleimanki Barrage Environment Study Area Map


15

CHAPTER 2: LEGAL AND ADMINISTRATION FRAMEWORK POLICY

2.1 GENERAL

This chapter provides an overview of the policy framework and national legislation and

international obligations that apply to the proposed Project. The Project is expected to

comply with all national legislations and Asian Bank Safeguards Polices relating to

environmental and social issues, and to obtain all regulatory clearances required.

2.2 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS IN PAKISTAN

Pakistan Environmental Protection Act (PEPA) 1997 is the primary legislation which applies

in Environmental Assessment studies in Pakistan. Under section 12 of the Act a project falling

under any category specified in Schedule II (SRO 339(1)/2000) require the proponent to file an

EIA with the concerned Environmental Agency, which in case of Sulemanki Barrage is EPA

Punjab. The estimated cost of Sulemanki Barrage Rehabilitation & Upgrading project is higher

than 50 million Pak rupees therefore it falls in Schedule II and it is manadatory to prepare an

EIA for this project under PEPA 1997.

2.3 NATIONAL CONSERVATION STRATEGY

The Pakistan National Conservation Strategy (NCS) was approved by federal cabinet in

March 1992 and is the principle policy document on environmental issues in the country. The

NCS outlines the country‟s primary approaches towards encouraging sustainable

development, conserving natural resources and managing resources. The NCS has 68

specific programmers in 14 core areas in which policy intervention is considered crucial for

the preservation of Pakistan‟s natural and physical environment. The core areas that are

relevant in the context of the proposed Project are pollution prevention and abatement,

conserving biodiversity and preservation of cultural heritage.

2.4 NATIONAL ENVIRONMENTAL POLICY

The National Environmental Policy provides an overarching framework for addressing the

environmental issues facing-Pakistan, Particularly pollution of fresh water bodies and coastal

waters, air pollution, lack of proper waste management, deforestation, loss of biodiversity,

desertification, natural disasters and climate change. It also gives directions for addressing


16

the cross sectoral issues as well as the underlying causes of environmental degradation and

meeting international obligations. The policy provides broad guidelines to the Federal

Government, Provincial Government, Federally Administrated Territories and Local

Government for addressing environmental concerns and ensuring effective management of

their environmental resources.

2.5 GUIDE LINE FOR ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT The Pak-EPA has published a set of environmental guidelines for conducting environmental

assessments and the environmental management of different types of development projects.

The guidelines relevant to the proposed Project are listed below:

2.5.1 Guidelines for the Preparation and Review of Environmental Reports, Pakistan

Environmental Protection Agency, 1997 The guidelines, targeted at project proponents, specify:

The nature of the information to be included in environmental reports

The minimum qualification of the EIA conductors appointed

The need to incorporate suitable mitigation measures at every stage of project

implementation

The need to specify monitoring procedures

The report must contain baseline data relating to the project area, an interpretation of the

data and mitigation measures.

2.5.2 Guidelines of Public Consultation, Pakistan Environmental Protection Agency, May, 1997

These guidelines deal with possible approaches to public consultation and techniques for

designing an effective program of consultation that reaches out to all major stakeholders and

ensure their concerns are incorporated in any impact assessment study.

2.6 ENVIRONMENTAL INSTITUTIONS AND THEIR RESPONSIBILITIES

i. Provincial EPA

The IPD will be responsible for providing the complete environmental documentation

required by the provincial EPA and remain committed to the approved project design. No

deviation is permitted during project implementation without the prior and explicit permission

of the EPA.


17

ii. Provincial Departments of Forestry and Wildlife The rehabilitation works are expected to involve some clearing of vegetation that exist on

IPD‟s land where labour camp and batching plant are to be constructed. Widening and

strengthening of the embankments may also involve uprooting of trees. The contractor will

inform formally to the Punjab Forest Department and PID, even if these trees fall in the area

of PID before undertake any cutting/uprooting.

iii. Local Government and Municipalities The PID and its contractors must ensure that the project meets the criteria of district

governments as related to the establishment of construction camps and plants, and the safe

disposal of wastewater, solid waste, and toxic materials. The PID will coordinate and monitor

environment-related issues.

iv. Social & Environmental Management Unit (SEMU)

Punjab Irrigation Department (PID), Government of Punjab under Punjab Irrigation and

Drainage Authority (PIDA) established the Social and Environmental Management Unit

(SEMU) in December 2006 to enable it to address the environmental and social issues in a

timely and effective manner during operation, maintenance, rehabilitation, construction of

new canals and drains etc. SEMU could be involved as an independent environmental

monitoring organization during construction phase of this Project.

2.7 ENVIRONMENT-RELATED STATUTES This section outlines statutes apart from the Pakistan Environmental Protection Act, 1997, which are relevant to the project.

The Forest Act, 1927 (and Provincial Acts and Rules) The Act, inter alia, deals with the matters related with protection and conservation of natural

vegetation/habitats. In that regard it empowers the concerned agency to declare protected

and reserved forest areas and maintaining these. In spite of the fact that it recognizes the

right of people for access to the natural resources for their household use, it prohibits

unlawful cutting of trees and other vegetation. Cutting trees will require for provision of flood

bypass channel and strengthening the embankments work in this Project. The permission is

required prior to undertake any tree cutting from the area under the charge of Forest

Department of Punjab province. The tree belts along canal sides are protected Forest under

the Forest Act 1927 and are managed under Canal Side Plantation Rules 1960.


18

Government of Punjab, Forestry, Wildlife, Fisheries and Tourism Department (Notification No. FOFT (EXT) VIII. 17/96 Dated 1998

In Punjab, should the number of trees to be felled for a project exceed 100, or if the project

falls within the jurisdiction of more than one district, a committee comprising the

Commissioner of the division covering the districts, the Conservator of Forests, and the

Superintending Engineer from PID must accord their approval.

Provincial Wildlife (Protection, Preservation, Conservation and Management) Act, Ordinances and Rules

In addition to empowering provincial wildlife department to establish game reserves, parks,

and wildlife sanctuaries, these acts regulate the hunting and disturbance of wildlife. This law

Will help in eliminating any tresspassing into Protected Areas.

Antiquities Act, 1975 The Antiquities Act relates to the protection, preservation and conservation of

archaeological/historical sites and monuments. There are no archeological sites or cultural

heritage site inside or near the project area. Nevertheless if there is chance find during the

construction phase this law would provide due guidance.

Provincial Local Government Ordinances, 2001 These ordinances, issued following the devolution process, establish regulations for land

use, conservation of natural vegetation, air, water, and land pollution, the disposal of solid

waste and wastewater effluents, as well as matters related to public health and safety. This

law will help as and when a participatory management of irrigation system becomes the

order of the day.

Factories Act, 1934 The clauses relevant to the project are those that are related with the health, safety and

welfare of workers, disposal of solid waste and effluent, and damage to private and public

property. The Factories Act also provides regulations for handling and disposing of toxic and

hazardous materials. There are no factories / industries inside or around the Project area.

However, indirectly the factories and industries contributing pollution into Ravi and Sutlej

rivers become a matter of concern for water behind the rehabilitated Sulemanki Barrage.

Land Acquisition Act 1894 Land Acquisition Act (LAA), 1894 is the primary law governing land acquisition in Pakistan.

For the acquisition of land, the above-mentioned Act, rules and regulations are followed

whether the acquisition is for Government of Punjab or any other agency. Up to this stage no


19

permanent land acquisition has been anticipated in the design of the project. Should there

be a need for temporary acquisition, this law would be of help.

2.8 FIDIC CLAUSES

The size and nature of the work to be undertaken for rehabilitation and modernization of

Sulemanki Barrage is such that it is expected to involve international contractor therefore

following FIDIC clauses have been considered to address the environmental aspects of the

project:

Clause 8.2 Site operation and methods of construction

Clause 19.1 Safety, security of environment in general

Clause 27.1 Fossils

Clause 42.1 Possession of site and access thereto

Clause 42.2 Right of ways and facilities in the project area

2.9 ASIAN DEVELOPMENT BANK GUIDELINES

The Asian Development Bank‟s Environmental Safeguard Policy requires that environmental

considerations be incorporated in to ADB operations to ensure that the project will have

minimal environmental impact and be environmentally sound.

The following guidelines shall be adopted:

Environmental Category

According to ADB Environment Policy, projects are to be categorized in to the following

environmental categories; A, B, or C as given in the table below. At any stage the category

can be changed with the approval of the chief compliance officer if further studies and

investigations reveal that the projects potential impacts are worse, minimal or negligible.

ADB Environmental Categories

Category A:

“Projects with potential for significant adverse environmental impacts.”

This is applicable in case maga projects causing global or at least regional impacts. This

types of project require a first class EIA to be produced and implemented. This category

consider with Category A of the EPA 1997.


20

Category B:

“Projects judged to have some adverse environmental impacts, but of lesser degree and/or

significance than those for category A projects.”

Category C:

Projects unlikely to have adverse environmental impacts.

Category B is applicable in case of projects with localized and mitigable impacts. Sulemanki

Barrage is not a new mega scale project. It is a rehabilitation and repair of an already

existing structure without causing change even in storage of water behind the barrage. All

impacts shall be local, limited and mitigable. Such projects according to ADB require an IEE

but the EPA requires such class B projects to have an EIA. Since the project has to be

cleared by EPA under Pakistan Environmental Protection Act 1997, an EIA is also produced

for EPA Punjab.

2.10 NATIONAL ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY STANDARDS (NEQS) 2000 The NEQS 2000 of EPA under Environmental Protection Act 1997 specify the following

standards:

1 Maximum allowable concentration of the Pollutants, (32 parameters) in emission and

liquid industrial effluents discharge to inland water.

2. Maximum allowable concentration of pollutants (two parameters) in gaseous

emission from vehicle exhaust and noise emission from vehicles.

3. Maximum allowable noise level from vehicles

These standards apply to the gaseous emission and liquid effluents discharged by batching

plants, campsite and construction machinery. The standards for vehicles will apply during

the construction as well as operation phase of the project. Precise standards for air quality

are not available under NEQS, 2000. The National Environmental Quality Standards (NEQS)

2000 is included in Appendix 2.1.


21

2.11 INTERNATIONAL CONVENTIONS

Pakistan is signatory to a number of International Conventions, Protocols and

Understandings relating to the environment. Those relevant to the project are described in

the following paragraphs.

Convention on Biological Diversity

The Convention of Biological Diversity was the outcome of the “Earth Summit” held in Rio-

de-Janeiro in 1992. The Convention binds the signatories to respect, protect and conserve

the earth environment and bio-diversity through sustainable use of natural resources. In all

development projects in Pakistan the protocols of this convention are respected in letter and

spirit.

Ramsar Convention

The Convention on Wetland of International Importance, especially as Waterfowl Habitats

held in Iran in 1972 at village Ramsar in Iran, places an obligation on the signatories to

protect habitats of migratory waterfowl. Sulemanki Barrage is not a notified Ramsar site but

as additional measures, Ramsar spirit shall be maintained during the construction phase of

the project.

Bonn Convention The Convention on the conservation of migratory species of wild animals was held in Bonn

in 1979. The Convention broadens the scope of Ramsar to include migratory species other

than water fowl. Not being a Ramsar site, this protocol is not obligatory for Sulemanki

Barrage. But it will be respected during construction phase to the extent that no damage is

caused to habitat of any species.


22

CHAPTER 3: THE PROJECT

3.1 HISTORY Suleimanki Headworks located at about 12 miles east of Haveli Lakha Town. The barrage was constructed near the village Suleimanki during 1924-26 as a component of Sutlej Valley Project. Soon after its commissioning in 1926, the Barrage experienced substantial regression, in fact in the very first flood season, which necessitated some modifications and alternations in 1930. Over the past eighty years or so the Barrage has facilitated an efficient flow of irrigation water in three major canals; Sadiqia (design discharge: 6080 cusecs) and Fordwah (design discharge: 3366 cusecs) canals which off take from the left bank and irrigate areas in Bahawalnagar and Bahawalpur Districts while the Pakpattan Canal (design discharge 6594 cusecs) off take from the right bank meeting irrigation demands in the area in Okara, Pakpattan, Vehari and Lodhran Districts. The three canals collectively command an area of 2.5 million acres. Barrage Engineers opine that ordinarily, barrages like Suleimanki have an efficient life of about 50 years and beyond which at some point old age symptoms start showing up. 3.2 EXISTING BARRAGE STRUCTURE At the time of completion of Barrage structure in 1927 the barrage comprised of: Waterways

A main weir consisting of 24 bays of 60ft each with crest level 560ft amsl.

Right and left pocket, each consisting of 8 bays of 30ft each with crest level 8ft lower than the main weir i.e. 552ft amsl.

Stilling Basin The stilling basin for both main weir and under sluices is placed at RL 549.0 ft amsl. The corresponding length for main weir and under sluices is 35 ft and 80 ft respectively. Two rows of friction blocks of 2 ft high have been provided in the main weir. Divide Wall There are two divide walls at Suleimanki Barrage separating the central weir from the right and left undersluices. Both the divide walls are 700 ft (213.36 m) long, which are extending much beyond the Canal Regulators (Sadiqia Canal along left flank and Pakpattan Canal along right). The top of the divide wall is 572ft amsl. Fish Ladder Two fish ladders exist at Suleimanki Barrage along both divide walls. During the course of floods fish ladders function well and during low flow these remain dry.


23

Guide Bank The guide banks at Suleimanki Barrage are unique as compared to any other barrage as they are of converging type. The abutment to abutment width of the barrage is 2223 ft, while the width between guide banks at the nose is 1600 ft. Road Bridge Existing Structural Steel Bridge over the barrage is in bad condition and its deck needs immediate replacement. Structural analysis of this bridge, as carried out during feasibility design, has revealed that main steel members of the supporting system of the bridge are in good condition and quite serviceable for future use except the deck. Canal Head Regulator There are three head regulators of off-taking canals from the barrage namely Pakpattan Canal, Fordwah Canal and Sadiqia Canal. There are 8 bays in Pakpattan Canal head regulator, while Sadiqia Canal and Fordwah Canal have 7 and 5 bays respectively. All canal regulators have 20 ft clear bays separated by 4 ft wide masonry piers. Bifurcating pier between Fordwah and Sadiqia Canal is 8 ft wide. Masonry arches of the bridges are supported by these piers. Piers are supported by plain concrete floor, which is locally thicken at pier locations and serves as foundation support for the pier. The steel gates are rusted and need immediate repair or replacement. Flood Retaining Bunds Right and Left Marginal Bunds extending either side to a distance of about 10 miles upstream of the weir. LMB of the barrage virtually forms the border between Pakistan and India and controlled by the Pakistan Army and Rangers. 3.2.1 Barrage Components (a) Main Weir

Design discharge = 325,000 Cusecs

Total width between the guide wall

Water way including undersluices

=

=

2223 ft

1920 ft

Highest flood level upstream (u/s) = RL 572.00

Highest flood level downstream (d/s) = RL 569.00

No. of Bays = 24

Width of each Bay = 60

Pier thickness = 7 ft

Crest width = 13.5 ft

Crest level = RL 560.00


24

(b) Left and Right Under sluices

No of bays : 8+8 = 16

Width of each bay = 30 ft

Pier thickness = 5 ft

Crest level = RL 552

(c) Divide Wall

Top Level = RL 572

Top Width = 5 ft

(d) Guide Banks Left Right

Length U/S (ft) 3500 3500

Length D/S (ft) 1200 1200

Top level (RL) 579 579

Top Width 56 56

Free Board (ft) 7 7

Front side slope 2:1 2:1

Rear side slope 3:1 3:1

(e) Marginal Bund Left Right

Length (ft) 47,500 63,000

(f) Canal Head Regulator Item CANALS

Pakpattan Sadiqia Fordwah

Capacity (Cusecs) 6594 6200 3465

Crest level RL 559.00 559.00 561.50

Floor RL 552.00 552.00 552.00

Full supply level RL 567.30 567.50 567.50

No. of Bays 8 7 5

Width of each Bay 20 20 20

Pier thickness (ft) 4 4 4

D/S Floor level 555.30 557.50 559.50


25

3.3 THE PROBLEM Suleimanki barrage is now 86 years old and in the aging process along with inadequate or deferred maintenance has resulted in general deterioration and damages of its different components like the regulation gates and hoisting equipment. The distorted flow pattern oblique entry into the guide bank zone has provoked many problems, any further damage to this barrage can result in colossal losses in the form of total or partial disruption of irrigation supplies, agricultural crops, loss of government revenue, and rehabilitation cost of emergency repairs. The barrage has therefore been identified as a structure requiring repairs. The wind system, the wooden deck, the road bridge all are at least 85 years old. Though the brick masonry not showing any apparent sign of deterioration but it needs to be examined closely and will be appropriately repaired if required. After the Indus Water Treaty, the pond behind the headworks receives water from B.S. link canal and feed to Eastern Sadiqia, Fordwah and Pakpattan canals. The water received from B.S. link canal is too little to fully occupy the whole span of the river and therefore leads to bela formation. Plates 3.1 to 3.4 are shown the different components of the barrage. Realizing the gravity of the situation of this barrage Punjab Government has given due attention to Sulemanki Barrage and has included it in the Phase-I program of rehabilitation of barrages in Punjab. 3.4 DESCRIPTION OF THE PROJECT The project aims to repair and upgrading water resources and irrigation infrastructure at the Suleimanki Barrage. The project is designed to address the following issues:

The decking of the road bridge has been deteriorated and become risky for present traffic requirements.

Repairing / modernization of regulation machinery for the smooth operation of the barrage.

Repair Barrage structural components 3.4.1 COMPONENTS OF THE PROJECT The works include both Civil and Mechanical/Electrical works. A construction schedule is included in Appendix 3.1. The components of work are as follows: Civil Works

Grouting the Cavities and Cracks


26

Repair the Barrage floor where aggregate has been exposed and floor thickness reduced

Clearance of water way to the canal head regulator

Improvement in existing Public Park. Mechanical/Electrical Works

Repair of Barrage and canal Gates, Installing electric motors for Hoisting System

Installation of Pressure Monitoring Instruments. 3.5 LABOUR CAMP It is envisaged that the Project will attract about 1000 skilled/unskilled labour. It should be ensured that maximum labour arranged locally however the majority of the skilled labour working on site likely to be migrated from other part of the country. It is a contractor‟s contractual obligation to provide a labour camp and consultant‟s and employer offices on site. The PID‟s land is available for consultant‟s and contractor‟s offices and officer residence and no private land will be acquired for this purpose. Private land may require for labour camp and batching plant. The contractor‟s camp and labour camp will be a permanent structure which could be used by other institutions e.g. irrigation, police, forces etc at the completion of the Project. The suitable locations for the contractor‟s facilities are indicated on figure 3.1. The land for the suggested locations for labour camp and batching plant will be arranged by the PID. 3.6 WORK BASE AREA The area near the left guide wall at downstream of barrage can be use as a work base area, as indicated on figure 3.1. However the available area may not be sufficient for all the plant and machinery use in the project. Therefore the area could be used as work base for only those activities undertaken at the barrage. The other option for work base area is on the Sulemanki-Haveli Lakha road next to the proposed location for batching plant. The Work base area and all the access roads are located within the PID‟s land therefore no any private land acquisition is anticipated due to the establishing the work base area and access road. Modification and maintenance of the surface of the bunds and access roads will be undertaken to ensure the dust free environment of the area. 3.7 MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS The main type of materials require for the execution of the work are: 3.7.1 Civil Works


27

Concrete Work will include the handling of following material Cement, Crush, Sand, Plasticizer, Air Entraining Agent, Steel Reinforcement, Epoxy and Grouting Material. Earthwork will require of handling clay material (soil). The anticipated quantities of the material require are

Material Units Approximate Quantity Require

Concrete 100 cft 2,580

Stone 100 cft 10,784

Steel 100 kg 9,068

Sheet Piles 100 kg 35,85.07

Clayey Soil (Fill Material)

1000 cft 108,32.918

3.7.2 Electrical/Mechanical Works Generally following material and equipments will be used in electrical/mechanical work in this project Gates, Hoisting Systems, Cable, Electrical Cables, Motors, Gear Box, Welding Material and Sensors & Other Electronic Devices 3.8 SOURCE OF MATERIAL The common source of the material require for civil work are described in Table-3.1.

Table 3.1: Source of Raw Material

Sr. # Raw Material Availability

Source

1 Earth Material Available locally, borrowed from the lands temporarily acquired for the purpose.

2 Aggregate Available at many sources, such as: Quarries at Sakhi Sarwar (240 miles), Margalla Hills (330 miles) and Sikhanwali (220 miles), Sargodha (230 miles). The choice will however will depend upon the quality and suitability of the rock material of the construction of the hydraulic structures.

3 Rip-rap material Available from the three locations indicated above. 4 Sand Sand is available in barrage area. At times

contractor may prefer to bring superior quality sand from other sources too. Final decision will be taken


28

RE and the contractor jointly. 5 Water for preparation of

concrete Ample fresh groundwater aquifer is available along the river. The contractor will install tube well within IPD land with the agreed location with consultant‟s environmentalist and Project Management Staff.

6 Water for compaction of access roads etc

River water can be used for this purpose

7 Cement Portland cement is locally available from the two factories situated at Daud Khel (340 miles). However, the cement of other grades is available within the country for the factories at D.G.Khan (260 miles), Karachi (900 miles), Chakwal (250 miles), Islamabad (320 miles), Wah (330 mile) etc.

8 Reinforcement steel Available from re-rolling mills at Lahore (130miles). 9 Mechanical parts of the

Gates Could be manufactured at Heavy Mechanical Complex at Taxilla (340 miles), Factories at Lahore (130 miles) and Gujranwala (160 miles) and /or imported from abroad.

3.8 EQUIPMENT AND MACHINERY YARD It is envisaged that the following equipments and machineries will be required for construction activities:-

1. Concrete Batching plant 2. Transit mixer 3. Concrete Pumps 4. Motor Graders 5. Excavators 6. Dozers 7. Dumpers 8. Compaction Roller 9. Water bouzers 10. Crane 11. Transport Buses 12. Front End Loaders

The equipment will be kept in a plant & equipment yard. The suitable site for the yard is indicated on figure 3.1.


29


30

CHAPTER 4: BASE LINE CONDITION 4.1 GENERAL

The purpose of this chapter is to establish the baseline conditions for the Physical, Biological

and the Social aspects of Environment of the project area. This chapter assesses the extent

of the Area of Influence (AOI) and describes the relevant environmental conditions of the

Study Area. This will assist in impact assessment and suggesting the appropriate mitigation

measures required.

4.2 PHYSICAL ENVIRONMENT

The physical environment includes soil quality, water quality, ambient air quality and climatic

conditions.

4.2.1 Physiography and Soil The major land form units of the area include Active/Recent flood plains, sub recent flood

plains and Piedmont Plains.

Active flood plains are narrow strips along the river and its tributaries. The plains are

inundated almost every year, covered with rich alluvium and are suitable for agriculture. Sub

recent flood plains also called alluvial terraces are depositional and are separated from the

adjoining active flood plains by the river cut bluffs ranging in height from 2m to 10m. The

sediments are called old alluvium and are composed of compact calcareous silty clay.

Piedmont plains develop between the mountain and river. The Piedmont plains of River

Sutlej fall in the Indian Territory. The river rolling down the mountains become active only

when rainfall takes place. It flows down the slopes swiftly. On reaching the foothills, it looses

speed and drops part of the load within the streams, which split into a number of narrow

channels. The gravel, sand and silt thus deposited, form the alluvial fans. The Piedmont

plains, dominated by the alluvial fans, provide good soils and suitable topography for

agriculture.

4.2.1.1 Soil Types The Project area forms a part of the vast Indus plain, which is a part of the Indo-Gangetic

depression. This depression is of a synclinal nature. Synclinorium depression is a fore deep

downward of the Himalayan foreland of variable depth, converted into flat plains by simple


31

process of alleviation. The alluvial deposits consist on silty sand to silty clay are underlain by

rocks of Precambrian age i.e. Sandstone.

4.2.1.2 Surface Salinity In the event of extended canal closure the saline area will be most vulnerable area in the

canal commands. Extended canal closure will not be require in this project, however to deal

with any accidental canal closure impacts the saline area in the canal commands are

identified. A study of surface salinity of the canal command areas of Pakpattan Canal,

Fordwah Canal and Sadiqia Canal was undertaken by the SCARPS Monitoring Organisation

(SMO) and presented in their reports references: S&R Publication No. 29, No. 33 and No.

35. The main parameters tested in the field were EC and pH.

SMO arranged auger holes at suitable sites up to 180 cm depth or to the sloughing material

for the study within the canal command area. All the three canals irrigate a considerable

area of Southern Punjab. The canal command areas for Pakpatan Canal, Sadiquia Canal

and Fordwah Canal extend up to 1,058,000 acres, 1,260,000 acres and 474,000 acres

respectively. The percentages of strongly saline (EC > 15ds/m) area found within each canal

command areas are summarized in Table 4.1. Considerable area was identified as strongly

saline within the Fordwah Canal command area.

Table 4.1: Surface Salinity Statistics

Source: SMO reports publication No. 29, 33 and 35

Canal Command

Total

Acreage

Non-Saline Strongly Saline

Acreage Percentage Acreage Percentage

Pakpattan 1,058,330 947,637 90% 1,082 < 1%

Fordwah 474,000 386,537 82% 20,123 4%

Sadiqia 1,260,000 1,083,600 86% 12,600 1%


32

4.2.1.3 Seismic Data Due to the continental plate drift of Indian Plate and Asian Plate, Pakistan has been suffered

from the devastating earthquakes in past. NESPAK has been developed a Seismic Zoning

Map for Pakistan. The whole country is

divided into following 5 zones:

Where “g” is the acceleration due to gravity

Figure 4.1. Seismic Zoning Map of Pakistan

The project area falls within zone 2A as indicated in figure 4.1. Zone 2A represents area of

negligible damage from the earthquake. Design team has been considering the possible

impacts of earthquake on the barrage structure.

4.2.2 Climate No meteorological station is located within the project study area. The data and analysis

provided is based on yearly record from the monitoring station at Okara managed by

Pakistan Metrological Department (PMD). The climate of the area is arid characterized by

long hot summer and short mild winter. The summer extends from April to October. Ambient

air quality was determined by an authenticated laboratory. The concentrations of the

contaminants are sumarised below:

Sr.No Parameter Unit Duration LDL Max. Obtained Conc

1 Nitrogen Dioxide(NO2)

ppb 24 hrs 0.01 153.3

2 Sulphur Dioxide(SO2)

ppb 24 hrs 0.01 9.58

3 Carbon Monoxide(CO)

ppm 24 hrs 1.0 4.3

4 Particulate Matter(PM10)

µg/m³ 24 hrs 2 117.32

µg/m³: micrograms per cubic meter ppm: Parts per million

Seismic

Zone

Peak Horizontal

Ground Acceleration

1 0.05 to 0.08g

2A 0.08 to 0,16g

2B 0.16 to 0.24g

3 0.24 to 0.32g

4 >0.32g


33

ppb: Parts per billion LDL: Lowest detection limit

4.2.2.1 Temperature

The mean temperature ranging between 39oC to 42oC in summer. May and June are the

hottest months during which maximum temperature may rise up to 50oC. The winter lasts

from December to February with minimum temperature ranging from between 2oC to 5oC.

January is the coldest month and chill prevails during the winter when cold wave from

Himalaya, lashes the area.

Average Maximum Monthly Temperatures, Okara (2007)

Average Minimum Monthly Temperatures, Okara (2007)


34

4.2.2.2 Rainfall & Humidity

The average annual rainfall in the area is 150 to 180mm. Nearly 60% of the Precipitation is

received during July to September whereas the rest is unevenly spread over the remaining

months. On the whole the rainfall is too scant and unreliable to be of any agricultural use.

The general evapo-transpiration is very high and the irrigation requirements are met through

the well organized (weir controlled) canal irrigation system.

The average relative humidity was obtained from the Meteorological Department for Okara

during 2007. Relative Humidity varied between 45% and 85%, peaking during the month of

September.

Average Relative Humidity, Okara (2007)

Average Monthly Rainfall, Okara (2007)


35

The monthly rainfall varies significantly. The highest rainfall was recorded during the

monsoon months (June and July).

4.2.2.3 Wind

The wind speed significantly varied over the twelve month period. Peak values were

recorded during the month of May while the minimum wind speed occurred in the months of

October and January. The typical wind direction is south to north.

Average Monthly Wind speed, Okara (2007)

4.2.3 Water Quality

4.2.3.1 Surface Water Quality The natural surface water resources of the project area include Sutlej River, the canals

which off-take from the barrage, Pakpattan Canal, Fordwah Canal and Sadiqia Canal, and

the BS Link Canal that has its outfall at the Sutlej River at the RME. The river water

discharge at Ferozpour Barrage by the Indian government is negligible except during the

monsoon period. The design discharge capacity of the canals off take from Sulemanki

Barrage are as follows;

Pakpattan Canal : 6,594 Cusecs

Sadiqia Canal : 6,080 Cusecs

Fordwah Canal : 3,366 Cusecs


36

The design discharge capacity of the canal brings water from Baloki Barrage to Sulemanki

Barrage (BS Link Canal) is 22,000 Cusecs.

Sutlej River is now a non-perennial river as a result of the diversion of its water by India,

under the Indus Water Treaty of 1960. Presently, its flow constitutes of water mostly

released from the BS Link Canal and occasional releases by India from Ferozpour Barrage,

mostly occurring during high flow season. Pakpattan and Sadiqia canals are perennial

canals where as Fordwah is non-perennial at the barrage. A drain bringing wastewater from

India converges with Sutlej River at about 6 km upstream of the Barrage as shown on

Figure-1.2. The drain called Fazilaka drain in Pakistan and Gandahi drain in India.

4.2.3.2 Hydrological Characterization The average river flows upstream of the Sulemanki Barrage is shown in Table 4.2. Average

flows were determined for the year 1981, 1997, 1998, 1999 and 2000 during the months

between May and October when river flow is significant. This indicates the peak flow usually

occurs in August of due to the the monsoon season in the area.

Table 4.2: Average River Flows Upstream of the Sulemanki Barrage (MAF)

Months Average flow in each year

1981 1997 1998 1999 2000

May 12,930.42 9,756.90 20,064.58 10,869.00 11,422.77

June 13,219.67 6,800.65 18,519.47 13,277.27 11,846.83

July 15,293.45 9,851.71 32,954.42 18,307.52 17,997.13

August 15,408.45 23,083.90 20,320.06 24,385.10 15,445.97

September 12,590.53 22,025.17 29,482.47 17,038.87 13,558.60

October 9,433.23 11,254.42 36,688.97 10,486.23 4,658.94

Following are the salient features of the Sutlej River and Hydrological Regime of Suleimanki

Barrage:-


37

Beas River joins Sutlej near Harike where India has built a Barrage to take out Rajasthan

Canal. Ferozpur Barrage has been built on Sutlej near Ferozpur (India) to take out Bikaner

and Eastern Canals. After the Indus Water Treaty, only surplus water of the above two

barrages is allowed to flow down to Suleimanki Barrage.

Design Capacity of the Barrage = 325,000 Cusecs

Maximum discharge of pre-construction period a discharge of 249,482 cusecs was

computed from the flood marks existing in the vicinity of proposed weir site in 1920.

4.2.3.3 Flood Record

Under Second Flood Protection Sector Project (FPSP-II), flood risk maps for 5 year and 50

year return period were developed for Sutlej River, as indicated in Figure-4.2. This map will

be used to prepare the flood protection plan during construction and project implementation

phase. The historical records of major flood pass through the barrage are summarized in

Table-4.3.

Table 4.3: Peak Discharge of Prominent Years in River Sutlej at Suleimanki Barrage

Years Discharge through weir (Cusecs)

Through Breeches in Flood Embankment

Total (Cusecs)

1942 325,000 Nil 325,000

1943 309,000 Nil 309,000

1947 360,000 Nil 360,000

1950 332,000 Nil 332,000

1955 422,000 175,000 597,000

1988 400,000 100,000 500,000

1995 301,865 Nil 301,865

The most recent flood caused the breaching in LMB and RMB occurred in 1988. According

to the data received from irrigation department a discharge of 500,000 cusecs was received

upstream of Suleimanki Barrage out of which 100,000 cusecs escaped through the breaches

in the marginal bunds and 400,000 cusecs passed through the Barrage with a raised

upstream barrage level. As per report of the Punjab Government 28 people lost their lives,


38

10,263 cattle heads were lost, about 209 acres of cropped area were damaged during 1988

floods.

The Punjab Irrigation Department generally defines flood limits as low, medium, high, very

high, and exceptionally high at key control points. River Sutlej flood limits revised and fixed

in 1974 by the Punjab Flood Commission for Suleimanki Barrage are given below:

Normal Flood = Up to 50,000 cusecs

Low Flood = 50,000 to 80,000 cusecs

Medium Flood = 80,000 to 120,000 cusecs

High Flood = 120,000 to 175,000 cusecs

Very High Flood = 175,000 to 220,500

Exceptionally High Flood = Above 220,500 cusecs

As per Flood Fighting Plan prepared by the Executive Engineer Suleimanki Barrage (2009) a

list of villages and Abadies likely to be inundated at the event of high flood (cause breaching)

is included in the Plan and listed below:

Villages around the barrage and likely to be inundated at the event of high flood 1 Thakarka Maneki 12 Ghura Ismail Maneki

2 Stia Jhanghar 13 Ghura Mehtab Rai

3 Dharanga 14 Chak Davi Ditta

4 Alika Rohals 15 Bukkan Guddar Ka

5 Rakh Bulewal 16 Boola Chishti

6 Mehtab Garh 17 Rakh Jawaya Baluch

7 Meneka Nikki 18 Kaluwah

8 Gurwala Mehtab Garh 19 Noor Shah

9 Mathila Bhidal 20 Chak Haiderabad

10 Maneki 21 Bareet

11 Mahant Darshan


39

Figure 4.2: Flood Plan near Suleimanki Barrage

Legend


40

4.2.3.4 Surface Water Testing

To assess baseline conditions of surface water in the project area, three grab samples were

obtained on 11th November 2009. The purpose of the surface water testing is to determine

the suitability of the water for irrigation purposes as well as for drinking. The three locations

were selected are indicated on Figure 4.4. Two of the locations, on Sutlej River, were near

the barrage (left and right undersluice) and one close to the out fall of BS Link Canal. It is

important to monitor water quality at the undersluices as water is diverted from the river into

the canals at that point. The contractor is obligated to ensure that in case of an extended

canal closure, water of comparable quality must be supplied to the areas directly affected by

the closure. Determining the quality of water close to the outfall of the BS Link Canal is

imperative since it is the main source of water in the Sutlej River. The comparison of test

results also indicate the impact of the Fazlika Drain, brings the wastewater from India in the

Sutlej River. Furthermore, during project implementation comparative analysis of water

quality at the site of on-going activities near the barrage and water quality coming in from the

BS Link Canal will assist in establishing the source of any contamination if present.

The samples were collected and tested by an EPA authorized laboratory “SGS Laboratory”.

Standard sampling procedures were followed at each site to ensure the integrity of the

samples collected and validity of test results. The details of sampling procedure and test

results are included in Appendix 4.1.

Results

The test results are summarized in table 4.4. The water quality parameters were compared

against WHO and NEQS levels. The WHO standards strictly adhere to water quality for

drinking purposes and are thus very stringent. Though the canals and river water is largely

used for irrigation, it is used in some areas for drinking purposes. Therefore WHO standards

have been used. The NEQS standards have been drafted for the contamination of water

quality by heavy metals and other industrial toxins.

However, since the water that flows towards the barrage and into the canals that off-take

from it is primarily used for irrigational purposes, the parameters were compared against the

United Nation Organization‟s (UNO) Food and Agriculture Organization (FAO) guidelines for

irrigation livestock and poultry in Table 4.5. These guidelines are included in Appendix 4.2.


41

Table 4.4: Laboratory Analysis Report of Surface Water Samples

Sr. No

Parameter

Unit

Results

WHO

NEQS

Right Under Sluice

(11/11/09)

Left Under Sluice

(11/11/09)

Just after BS link fall into Sutlej River

(11/11/09) 01 Odor - Odorless Odorless Odorless - -

02 pH - 7.12 7.06 6.90 6.5 – 9.5 6 – 9

03 Turbidity NTU 21 22 41 5 -

04 BOD5 mg/l 7 9 10 - 80.00

05 COD mg/l 12 20 21 - 150.00

06 Total Coli Form MPN/100

ml 57 70 23 0 -

07 Total Suspended Solids (TSS)

mg/l 28 30 48 - 200

08 Total Dissolved

Solids (TDS) mg/l 273 280 219 1000 3500

09 Chloride (Cl) mg/l 31.98 34.88 23.26 250 1000

10 Sulphate (SO4) mg/l 34.78 44.86 29.64 250 600

11 Nitrates (NO3) mg/l 1.4 1.7 0.9 50 -

12 Fluoride (F) mg/l 0.33 0.36 0.39 1.50 10.00

13 Ammonia mg/l 0.8 0.91 0.6 1.50 40

14 Grease & Oil mg/l <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 - 10.00

15 Chromium (Cr) mg/l <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 0.05 1.00

16 Copper (Cu) mg/l <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 2.00 1.00

17 Lead (Pb) mg/l 0.02 0.02 0.04 0.01 0.50

18 Mercury (Hg) mg/l <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 0.001 0.01

19 Selenium (Se) mg/l <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 0.010 0.50

20 Nickel (Ni) mg/l <0.01 0.02 0.02 0.020 1.00

21 Silver (Ag) mg/l <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 - 1.00

22 Zinc (Zn) mg/l 0.02 0.02 0.02 3.00 5.00

23 Barium (Ba) mg/l <0.5 <0.5 <0.5 0.7 1.50

24 Iron (Fe) mg/l 0.54 0.62 0.94 0.3 8.00

25 Manganese

(Mn) mg/l 0.02 0.02 0.04 0.50 1.50

26 Chlorine mg/l <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 - 1.00


42

Table 4.5: Laboratory Analysis Report of Surface Water Samples (FAO limits)

Sr. No

Parameter

Unit

Results

FAO

Right Under Sluice (11/11/09)

Left Under Sluice (11/11/09)

Just after BS link fall into Sutlej River (11/11/09)

01 Electrical

Conductivity μS 420 438 352 0 - 3000

02 Total Dissolved

Solids (TDS) mg/l 273 280 219 0 – 2000

03 Chloride (Cl) mg/l 31.98 34.88 23.26 0 – 1060

04 Sulphate (SO4) mg/l 34.78 44.86 29.64 0 – 960

05 Nitrates (NO3) mg/l 1.4 1.7 0.9 0 – 10

06

Sodium

Absorption

Ratio (SAR)

meq/l 2.69 2.74 2.09 0 – 15

07 Magnesium mg/l 9.0 9.96 9.37 0 – 60

08 Calcium mg/l 36 36.48 34.56 0 – 400

09 Sodium mg/l 70 72.5 53.75 0 – 910

10 Potassium mg/l 4.9 4.9 4.2 0 – 2

11 Bicarbonates mg/l 150.52 150.52 143.35 0 – 610

12 Carbonates mg/l <0.5 <0.5 <0.5 0 – 3

Analysis of Results

WHO Standards:

The water quality test results indicate that four parameters exceed WHO standards;

Turbidity, Total Coli Form, Lead and Iron in all three surface water sampling points. The

water is therefore clearly unsuitable for drinking purposes. However, according to the

Pakistan Environmental Protection Agency (PAK-EPA) 2003, the maximum limit of E-coil is

126 per 100ml in freshwater for recreational use. The numbers of E-coil in the samples are

less than 126/100ml therefore the river water is fit for recreational use.


43

FAO Standards:

The water quality testing results were compared with the FAO standards for irrigation water

as shown in Table-4.5. From the salinity point of view, Sodium Absorption Ratio (SAR) in all

three samples of the surface water was detected within the marginal criteria. Laboratory

results for Electrical Conductivity also showed that it was within the usable range. Almost all

other parameters tested within the defined limits, except for Potassium which exceeded the

limits.

The water quality testing results are consistent with the analysis of River Sutlej carried out by

IPD in 2007 and tabulated in their Annual 2007 report on water quality. 8 water quality

parameters were tested for during the months of December to October 2007 with the

conclusion that water quality of Sutlej remains within the safe limits of FAO standards.

NEQS Standards:

The results have been compared with NEQS 2000 as shown in Table 4.4. All water quality

parameters tested were within the defined ranges set by NEQS.

4.2.3.5 Ground Water Tubewells and hand pumps are the two most common sources of groundwater within the

project area. The Unconfined aquifer can be found as shallow as 3 m depth from the ground

level near the barrage and is mainly used for drinking and agricultural purpose. The aquifer

constitutes of a stratum of loose sand of high permeability.

Groundwater Testing

To assess baseline conditions of ground water in the project area, one sample was obtained

from an existing hand pump at the barrage on 11th November 2009 for analysis. The hand

pump was located near the right guide bank, upstream of the barrage. It has been observed

that the local population uses this water source for drinking and domestic washing by a

nearby restaurant. The sampling point is indicated on Figure-4.1. The approximate depth of

the bore of the hand pump is 10m from ground level.

The sample collected was tested by an EPA authorized laboratory. Standard sampling

procedures used for surface water sampling were followed for the groundwater sample to

ensure the integrity of the samples collected and validity of test results.


44

Results of Groundwater Testing

The water quality parameters tested for the groundwater sample are summarized in

Table 4.6 and Table 4.7. The parameters were compared against WHO, NEQS and FAO

standards. Since groundwater in the area is used for drinking purposes as well, it is

important to determine the quality of the water in terms of the WHO Guidelines for drinking

water.


45

Table 4.6: Groundwater Test Results

Sr. No

Parameter Unit

Results

WHO GW (11/11/09)

1 pH - 7.29 6.5-8.5

2 Odour - Odorless -

3 Total Dissolved Solids (TDS) mg/l 415.0 1000.0

4 Total Suspended Solids (TSS) mg/l 34 -

5 Turbidity NTU 27 5.0

9 Ammonia mg/l 0.05 1.50

10 E-coli No./100ml 39.0 0

11 Flouride mg/l 1.2 1.5

12 Chloride mg/l 21.0 250.0

13 Chlorine* mg/l < 0.1 -

14 Oil and Grease mg/l <1.0 -

15 Arsenic mg/l <0.005 0.01

16 Barium mg/l < 0.5 0.7

17 Chromium mg/l < 0.01 0.05

18 Cyanide mg/l <0.01 0.07

19 Sulphate mg/l 35.0 250.0

20 Iron mg/l 2.50 0.3

21 Selenium mg/l < 0.01 0.01

22 Mercury mg/l < 0.001 0.001

23 Cadmium mg/l <0.01 0.003

24 Copper mg/l <0.01 1.0 – 2.0

25 Lead mg/l 0.02 0.01

26 Nickel mg/l 0.02 0.02

27 Silver mg/l <0.1 -

28 Zinc mg/l <0.01 3.0

29 Manganese mg/l 0.41 0.5

30 Color - Pale Yellow -

31 Sodium mg/l 70 200.0

32 Nitrate mg/l 5.30 50.0


46

Table 4.7 Groundwater Quality for Irrigation Purpose

Sr. No

Parameter Unit

Results FAO Standards

GW (11/11/09)

1 Electrical Conductivity (EC) µS/cm 594 0- 3x105

2 Sodium Absorption Ratio (SAR) meq/l 1.92 0 – 15 (meq/l)

3 Residual Sodium Carbonate

(RSC) mg/l ND -

4 Total Dissolved Solids (TDS) mg/l 415.0 0 – 2000

5 Calcium Hardness mg/l 183.15 -

6 Magnesium Hardness mg/l 66.80 -

7 Magnesium mg/l 16.3 0 – 60

8 Ammonia mg/l 0.05 0 – 5

10 Sulphate mg/l 35.0 0 – 960

11 Sodium mg/l 70 0 – 910

12 Chloride mg/l 21.0 0 – 1060

Analysis of Results

WHO Standards

The suite of contaminants and test results are summarized in Table-4.6. The test results

indicate that the groundwater quality is unsuitable for drinking purposes. 3 parameters,

Lead, Turbidity and Iron exceeded the defined WHO limits for drinking water. It is envisaged

that the higher concentrations of contaminants in shallow groundwater is due to the recharge

of groundwater from contaminated river water. However, groundwater from a higher depth is

likely to achieve the WHO drinking water standards.

FAO Standards

The water quality test results were also compared against FAO standards to determine the

groundwater‟s suitability to be used for irrigation as well. The analysis of the single

groundwater sample shows that all parameters necessary for irrigation water are within the

safe FAO limits.


47

NEQS Standards

The groundwater quality parameters all tested within the safer limits of NEQS standards.

Groundwater Quality in Canal Command Areas

The secondary data for groundwater quality has been collected from the Directorate of Land

Reclamation and SMO offices for canals command areas. The groundwater was classified

on the basis of laboratory analysis arranged by SMO for Electrical Conductivity (EC),

Sodium Adsorption Ratio (SAR) and Residual Sodium Carbonate (RSC) during 2005. For

ease in description, the groundwater has been expressed as usable, marginal and

hazardous for irrigation as determined by the adverse value of any of the above mentioned

three parameters. The classification criteria used is not intended to be strict in relation to the

effects of irrigation waters on soil and crop growth and can be truly adjusted according to

environmental factors such as climate, type of soil, crops grown and management practices.

SMO also carried out testing for pH and EC in the filed by using digital pH and EC meters

and sent all the water samples to the laboratory for detailed chemical analysis. The samples

were analyzed for EC, SAR and RSC. These parameters are used for the classification of

water as usable, marginal and hazardous.

The groundwater quality within the canal command areas are summarized in table 4.8.

Table 4.8: Shallow Ground Water Quality within Canal Command Areas

Command Area of

No. of Water Samples

Shallow Water Quality

Usable Marginal Hazardous

No. % No. % No. %

Pakpattan 592 393 66 158 27 41 7

Sadiqia 292 131 45 97 33 64 22

Fordwah 600 223 37 169 28 208 35

Source: SMO reports publication No. 29, 33 and 35

The overall shallow ground water quality in Fordwah Canal Command Area when compared

to a survey done in 1977-79 indicates that the usable category of present survey has

Usable Marginal Hazardous

EC x 106 µS/cm 0 – 1500 1500 – 3000 > 3000

RSC (meq/l) 0 – 2.5 2.5 – 5.0 > 5.0

SAR (mg/l) 0 – 10 10 – 18 > 18


48

decreased by 16%, whereas marginal and hazardous water quality have increased by 12%

and 4%, respectively. Likewise for Sadiqia, the usable category has decreased by 14% while

the marginal and hazardous have increased by 4% and 10 % respectively, as compared to

the 1977-79 survey. This might be due to heavy pumpage of private tubewells which were

installed and operated by the farmers in the command area to meet with the crop water

requirements of the area. The drought conditions prevailing in the country since 1960 after

the Indus Water Treaty also played role in the deterioration of shallow water quality as fresh

water recharge remained comparatively less than pumpage. No survey in 1977-79 was done

for Pakpattan Canal Command Area.

4.3 BIOLOGICAL ENVIRONMENT

The existing habitats within the project area include the agricultural land, wetland (including

the reservoir, canal system and small water impoundments) of these the agricultural land

occupied most of the area. The wetland is an important ecological feature of the site and is a

repository to a number of bird‟s species. The area is open for shooting under the shooting

permit issued by the Wildlife Department.

4.3.1 Flora The Flora can be divided into two parts:-

Riverian Tract

Adjacent Inland Area

Riverian Tract

In riverian tract, especially in pond area the succession of vegetation, first colonizes are

grasses and Typha followed by Tamarix as the soil become consolidated and is raised by

the new silt deposition in the scrub, so that the vegetation is no longer completely

submerged and erect tree growth becomes possible.

As the soil gets stabilized and drained the forest community normally progresses to Acacia

nilotica and Dalbergia sissoo. In its present state, the flora of Riverian Alluvial deposits can

be listed as follows:-

Trees

1. Lai (Tamarix dioca)

2. Pilchi (Tamarix gallica)

3. Babool (Acacia nilotica)

4. Shisham (Dalbergia sissoo)

5. Beri (Zizyphus yujuba)


49

6. Jand (Prospis spicigera)

7. Mesqette (Prosopis juliflora)

8. Mesquette (Prosopis glandulosa)

9. Bhen/Poplar (Populus euphratica)

10. Khabbal (Cynodon dactylon)

11. Kanwal (Melolotus oralifolia)

12. Munj (Erianthus munja)

13. Kia (Sacchrum spontaneum)

14. Kunder (Typha elephantine)

Whereas the trees provide a habitat for birds the solid ground below is the houses of

mammals. The margin line of Typha and grasses becomes a good habitat for reptiles while

the fish occupy the adjacent waters.

Adjacent Inland Area

Adjacent area is either on the river banks or on risen parts of the consolidated alluvial

deposits within the pond. The natural flora of inland area is as follows:-

Trees: Salvadora oleoides (Peelo), Prosopis juliflora (Jangli kiker), Tamarix aphylla

(Farash), Dalbergia sisso (Shishm), Acacia nilotica (Kiker), Albizzia lebbec (Sars)

Kiker, Shishm, Sufaida and Tarmail were the main type of trees found along the

embankments.

Shrubs: Calotropis procera (Aik), Prosopis glandulosa (Jangli kiker), Zizyphus

nummularia, Capparis aphylla (Karir),

Herbs: Boerhavia diffusa(Itsit), Fomaria indica (Pitpapra), Carthamus oxycantha

(Pohli), Peganum harmala (Hermal), Alhagi camelorue (Jawann).

Grasses: Cynodom dacylon, (Khabal), Desmostachya bipinnata (Dab), Dicanthium

annulatum (chimber), Sporobolus sp. Imperata cylindrica (Seer).

Exotics Trees in Adjacent Area Near the banks some exotic tree species have been introduced over the time. Some of these

are:-


50

1. Mulberry (Morus alba)

2. Bakain (Melia azadarach)

3. Shirin/siris (Albizzia lebeck)

4. Sufaida (Eucalyptus camaldulensis)

5. Ipal ipal (Minosifolia)

6. Burr (Ficus bengalensis)

7. Pipal (Ficus religiosa)

8. Mango (Mangifera indica)

9. Jaman (Eugenia Jambolana)

10. Toot (Moris Alba)

The tree density at the barrage is medium and high along the embankments. Shishm and

kiker are the most common trees found on site.

Economic Ecological Value of the Flora

The above listed flora consist of trees-shrubs-herbs and grasses. The flora on the whole

has following economic and ecological values:

1. Production Value:

Timber, fuel wood and non-timber produce.

2. Protection Values

Soil conservation, wind breaks and protection and habitats for fauna.

3. Environmental Values

Production of oxygen, carbon absorption, cooling of air temperature.

4. Aesthetic Values

Trees as green dimension tool of landscape the other vegetation supplements that.

5. Cultural Values

Various produce available out of the flora shape the habits and culture of the

adjacent population.

6. Strategic Value

Near the project area there is Rangers out post and the scale vegetation on the site

provides camouflage as well as obstacle value to the area.


51

7. Rehabilitation Value

Succession of vegetation on alluvial soil in the river builds up the soil at advance

stage this process can add more lands to agriculture use.

4.3.2 Terrestrial Fauna The rich Fauna of Sutlej River at Sulemanki Barrage, upstream in the barrage head pond

and downstream in the released waters, is as follows: the data collected from the Wildlife

department and from the EIA study conducted for Islam Barrage Rehabilitation & Upgrading.

Mammals

Species Scientific Name Status Mongoose Herpestes edwardsi Common Mongoose Herpestes anropunctatous Common Porcupine Hystrise indica Common Hedge Hog Hemiechinus spp. Common Fox Valpes bengalensis Less Common Jackal Canis aureus Common Wild Boar Sus scrofa Common House Rat Rattus rattus Common Yellow House Bat Scotphilus Common Hare Lepus nigricollis Common Nilgai Boselaphus tragocamelus Rare Hog Deer Axis porcinus Rare Black Buck Disambiguation Rare Reptiles & Amphibian Species Scientific Name Status Frogs Common Toads Common Marsh crocodiles Crocodylus palustris Now extinct Sand Boa or Du-muhi Erys Johnii Common Chequared keel back Snake

Natrix piscator Common

Dark-bellied marsh Snake Xenochrophis cerasogaster Common Striped river Snake Enhydris pakistanica Rare Gecko Hemidactylus Common Dhaman Ptyas mucosus Rare Striped Keel back Amphiosma estolata Rare Indian Cobra Naja naja Common Indian Monitor Lizard Veranus bengalensis Common


52

Species Scientific Name Status Variety of lizards, krait and viper

Common

Turtles – Hard shelled Species Scientific Name Status Common River Turtle Hardella Thurjii Common Brahminy River Turtle Hardella thurgi Common Flap Shells Species Scientific Name Status Indian Flapshell Turtle Lissymes punctata Common Brown River Turtle Kachuga Smithin Common True Soft Shells Species Scientific Name Status Narrow Headed soft shell turtle

Chitra indica Rare

Indian soft shelled turtle (Sunworshippens)

Trionysc gangeticus Rare

Common Tortois Common 4.3.3 Birds The barrage pond area provides the habitat of many species of migrating waterfowl and

protected species of the local birds. Partridge and Peacock are the local protected species of

the birds found in project area. Many rare species of waterfowl also visit this site during

winter. The list of birds is prepared during the consultation of wildlife department.

Species Scientific Name Status

White breasted kingfisher Halcyon smyrnensis Common

Pied kingfisher Ceryle rudis Common

Little egret Egretta garryetta Common

Cattle egret Bubulcus ibis Common

Pond heron Areleola grayii Common

Little bittern Ixobrychus minutes Common

Red-vented bulbul Pyenonotus cafer Common

Black drongo Dicrurus macrocercus Common

Rosy starling Sturnus vulgaris Common


53

Common myna Acridotheres tristis Common

Bank myna Acridotheres ginginianus Common

House crow Corvas splendens Common

Large pied wagtail Motacilla maderaspatensis Common

Ring dove Streptopelia decaocto Common

Little brown dove Streptopelia senegalensis Common

Indian roller Coracias benghalensis Common

Plain prinia Prinia inornata Common

Purple sunbird Nectarinia asiatica Common

Indian robin Saxicoloides fulicata Common

Coppersmith barbest Megalaima rubricapilla Common

Rose-ringed parakeet Psittacula krameri Common

Black-crowned night heron Nycticorax nycticorax Common

Greater coucal Centropus sinensis Common

Asian koel Eudynamys scolopacea Common

Golden-back woodpecker Dinopium javanense Common

Yellow-crowned

woodpecker Dendrocopos mahrattensis Common

Barn owl Tyto alba Common

Spotted owlet Athene brama Common

Blue-rock pigeon Columba livia Common

Yellow-throated sparrow Petronia xanthocollis Common

Sind sparrow Passer pyrrhonotus Common

River tern Sterna aurantia Common

White spoon bill Platalea leucorodia Rare

White tailed plover Vanellus leucurus Rare

Black Winged stilt Himantopus himantopus Common

Cattle egret Bubulcus ibis Common

Common coot Fulica atra Common

Common pochard Aythya ferina Common

Common sand piper Actitis hypaleucus Common

Black Headed goose Anser indicus Rare

Red crested pochard Netta rufina Rare

Tufted duck Aythy fuligula Rare

Pond heron Ardeola Grayti Common


54

River tern Sterna aurantia Common

4.3.4 Fish The most important typies of game fish found in Indus valley are Palla (Tenua losa ilisha)

and Mahasheer (Torputitora spp.) which are an exceptional species. But due to construction

of a series of barrages Palla cannot migrate from sea upwards and is almost extinct from

river waters. Upward breeding movement of Mahasheer is also restricted due to barrages.

The data included in this section is collected during the site meeting with the fishing

contractors and visit at the local office of Fisheries Department. Mainly the fish is exported to

big cities like Multan, Lahore, Karachi etc, however small quantity of fish is sold by the

vendors along the road near the barrage. Fishing is not allowed within 500m of the barrage

upstream and downstream. The contractor(s) can go up to 6 to 7 km from both side of the

barrage to catch the fish. Specially designed net (Jal) by the fishermen are the common tool

of catching fish. It has been found that more than 90% of the people live around the barrage

are connected with the fishing industry during the fishing season. The most common type of

fish found at the barrage are Mali, Gulfam, Sangari, Raho, Talapi, Mori and Soul.

Fisheries play a significant role in Pakistan economy and contribute towards full filling the

food requirement of the country. There are also handful numbers of fish shops at the

Barrage where both raw and fried fish are sold. People from the surrounding big cities and

towns i.e. Okara, Kasor, Pakpattan, Depalpour etc visit at the barrage to enjoy the fresh fried

fish during the fishing season. The fishing season commence on October and finish by mid

of February. During off season local people get involve with agricultural work or temporarily

move to the cities to avail money earning opportunities.

Fishes Commonly Found in River Sutlej Upstream and Downstream Sulemanki Barrage Local Name Scientific Name

Daula Channa marulius

Dumbra Labeo rohita

Dumbro Labeo rohita

Gulfam Cyprinus carpio

Khagga Mystus (Mystus) bleekeri (Day)

Khagga Rita rita

Mori Barilius Vagra


55

Mullee Wallago attu

Rohu Labeo rohita

Saul Channa marulius (Ham)

Channa striatus (Bloch)

Singhara Mystus (Osteobagrus) seenghala

Singhari Mystus (Osteobagrus) aor

Singhi Heteropneustes fosslis

Theil Catla Catla

Thaila Catla catla

Theili Catla catla

It can be concluded from the above data that as long as there is no drastic change in the

general river habitat there can hardly any impact on Fish habitats. In anyway, the biological

interbalance in the ecosystem is healthy that all minor changes do not cross the limits of

ecological shock absorbers.

IUCN Status of identified species Status of each species is indicated in column three of the list. No IUCN red list is available

for particular reference to Sulemanki Barrage and surrounding area, however the listed

species have been broadly categorized in IUCN list on global basis as follow;

Endangered: Narrow Headed soft shell turtle (Turtle)

Vulnerable: common River Turtle (Turtle), Gulfam (fish), Singhi (Fish)

All other species are of Least Concern or Not Evaluated in IUCN List

WWF conducted exploratory surveys of headworks of Punjab in 2007 under Pakistan

Wetlands Programme. The survey revealed that ecologically important species of wetlands

are found in this area. The site is under the control of the Pakistan Army, being near to the

line of control (LoC). Ultimately, activities of people are fairly limited.

Wetlands associated species reported at head Sulemanki include smooth-coated otter

(Lutrogale perspicillata), Hog deer (Axis porcinus porcinus), and various species of

freshwater turtles of which the most important are Ganges softshell turtle (Nilsonia

gangetica), Indian peacock softshell turtle (Nilsonia hurum), and Indian narrow-headed

softshell turtle (Chitra indica). Otters and Hog deer are threatened due to loss of suitable

habitat and illicit hunting all over the country.


56

Freshwater turtles are facing a serious threat of trade in their body parts in the country.

Duration of trade in turtle parts recorded in head Sulemanki was 6 years in 2007, which

revealed that commercial turtle trade started in 2002 in this area.

Historic records showed that Head Sulemanki also served as a suitable habitat for Marsh

crocodile (Crocodylus palustris), and Indus Blind Dolphin (Platanista gangetica minor) before

the construction of water barriers/headworks.

Important bird species that visit the waters of head Sulemanki include various species of

ducks (Mallard, Gadwall, Teal, Pochard, and Coot). Approximately 85 species of birds have

been recorded so far from this headwork. White-headed duck (Oxyura leucocephala) were

reported in 1922 at head Sulemanki. There exist suitable habitats for raptors (marsh harrier,

black shouldered-kite). In 2003, Oriental white-back vulture (Gyps benegalensis), was

recorded in head Sulemanki.

The primary data collection and stakeholder consultation with wildlife department and local

community conducted under this study do not confirm the presence of hog deer and ottar at

Sulemanki Barrage. Turtle trade has been controlled by the Wildlife Department by regular

monitoring of their traned staff. No sign of pouching of turtles was observed during technical

survey conducted by the ecologist. Also since the IWT almost all the Sutlej River water is

diverted by India and the river stay bone dray most of the part of the year i.e. about 10

months of the year. The barrages on Sutlej River in Pakistan region are mainly feeded by

diverting water from western rivers with link canals.

4.4 SOCIO-ECONOMIC CONDITIONS 4.4.1 General A survey was carried out to appraise prevailing socio-economic conditions of the related community in the project areas and to assess the impacts of envisaged rehabilitation and up-gradation of Sulemanki Barrage on local settlements to cover all the possible options of work scheme. To achieve the project objectives, it is imperative to study the prevailing socio-economic and socio cultural aspects of their livelihood. For this purpose a socioeconomic survey was conducted to assess the socio-economic condition of the people. The study was completed by December 2009. 4.4.2 Study Area Sulemanki Barrage is located in Tehsil Depalpur, District Okara. Okara derived its name from a tree known as “OKAAN” which was standing on the embankment of a water tank,


57

being maintained by a person” known as”RANA”. The Okara district is composed of three Sub Divisions/Tehsils Okara, Renala Khurd and Depalpur. The Okara district is bounded by district Faisalabad and Sheikhupura on the north-west where river Ravi forms the natural boundary for the whole length of Okara district which is about 40 kilometers. Okara has a wide variety of culture reflecting the traditions and customs of the area. Fairs, Festivals and Sports Melas (Public congregations) held here. People from different places visit these fairs. Temporarily shops put up for visitors shopping. Items of entertainment which attract the people are tent pegging, horse races, donkey race, fight between hounds with a bear, dog race, cock fighting, wrestling bouts, kabaddi, circus, Theatre, touring cinemas, volley ball and foot ball matches etc. Folk singers thrill the crowds. All these items are the sources of enjoyment for all age groups. Depalpur has a great historic past and is a very ancient town. The fortified town of Depalpur is built on an old Kashan site (40 A.D. to 172 A.D.). Depalpur fell on the way to Dehli and, as such, was considered to be a place where an invader could be engaged. Depalpur, therefore, was one of the 3 lines of defence: the other 2 being Uch Sharif/Multan and Samana/Sunam and Hansi. (Aaeen-e-Akbari. Vol 1 Part II, Page 1042, by Abul Fazal). Main castes of the area are Kharrals, Sials, Wattos, Mohars etc. Total area is 2502 sq. Kms. 4.4.3 Data Source/Methodology Findings/conclusion of the present socio-economic study of the Project Area based on sample survey, discussion and meetings with the stakeholders and published data.

4.4.3.1 Secondary Data

Secondary data was collected from various sources as given below: District Population Census Report, 1998

Provincial Population Census Report of Punjab 1998

Pakistan 2003 Mouza Statistics (Settled Areas) 4.4.3.2 Primary Data

It was difficult to interview every household from the Project Area as the time and cost involved in such data collection and analysis was enormous. Thus for the selection of respondents simple random sampling technique was adopted. According to ADB guidelines, 20 percent of the total households residing in the vicinity of Sulemanki Barrage was calculated to determine the sample. The sample size was 66 households. Another very important section of the society i.e. gender analysis was also covered in the study. The numerical reality that women constitute about half of the total population of Pakistan ideally assigns to them equal participation role


58

in the economic life of the country. Therefore 46 female respondents were interviewed by female Sociologist. Total 112 questionnaires were filled at different locations in the study area. Among the respondents 66 were males for household survey and 46 were females for gender survey. The respondents were from all walks of life having different professional backgrounds.

4.4.3.3. Questionnaire Design

Following Questionnaires were designed and administered for the study:

Questionnaire for Village Profile Questionnaire for Households

Questionnaire for Gender Analysis All the questionnaires were pre-tested in the field and required modifications were made before the initiation of actual survey. A survey team consisting of three experienced Sociologists was constituted (two males & one female). Briefing sessions were held for the survey team members to explain the objectives of the study. Questionnaires were also discussed in detail in the briefing session. 4.4.4 Culture Concept of culture can provide ways of explaining and understanding human behavior, belief systems, values and ideologies, as well as particular culturally specific personality types. Culture is the full range of learned human behavior patterns. Culture is a powerful human tool for survival, but it is a fragile phenomenon. It is constantly changing and easily lost because it exists only in our minds (Edward B Tyler 1832-1917).

4.4.4.1 Settlement Structure

The information regarding settlements is given in Table 4.9 There are two major types of settlements in rural study area.

Farm Village

It is the type where farmers are assembled in a village in the center of the farmland of the mouza/village. They cultivate outlying fields. Table 4.9 reveals that 36 percent, 45 percent and 55 percent villages have one settlement in Tehsil Depalpur, District Okara and Punjab province respectively.

Nebulous Farm

This is the type where some of the farmers live in a village and till the surrounding fields, while other are scattered beyond the village to live on the isolated farms. Data presented in


59

table 4.1 shows that 63 percent, 53 percent and 42 percent villages comprises more than one settlements in Tehsil Depalpur, District Okara and Punjab province respectively. About 1 percent, 2 percent and 3 percent mouzas / villages are unpopulated in Tehsil Depalpur District Okara and Punjab province respectively.

Table 4.9: Settlement Structure

Area

Total Rural Mouzas

Number of Settlements

One 2-3 4-5 6-9 10 & Above

Rural Unpopulated Villages

Nos. % Nos. % Nos. % Nos. % Nos. % Nos

. %

Depalpur Tehsil

545 191 36 171 31 126 23 36 7 8 2 7 1

Okara District

922 410 45 257 28 165 18 57 6 12 1 21 2

Punjab Province

25394 13879

55 5595 22 3915

15 1041 4 181 1 783 3

Source: Mouza statistics (Settled Areas) Government of Pakistan Statistics Division. Agriculture Census Organization.

4.4.4..2 Religion

Religion is instinctive to man. It is inseparable from human society. Man is only a religious being. Religion affects human behavior deeply. Religion helps to knit the social values of a society into cohesive whole. It is the ultimate source of social cohesion. The primary requirement of society is the common possession of social values by which individuals control the actions of self and others and through which society is perpetuated. These social values emanate from religious faith. Religion is the foundation upon which these values rest. It is religion that asks man to renounce unsocial activities and requires him to accept limitations upon his wants and desires. All the religions have preached love and non-violence. They have emphasized sacrifice and forbearance. Table 4.10 shows percentage distribution of the total population of the study area is 100percent Muslim. They constitute 98 percent in District Okara and 97.70 percent in Punjab Province. Percentage of Christian population is 1.80 percent in District Okara and 1.90 percent in Punjab Province.

Table 4.10: Religion (Percent)

Area Muslim Christian Hindu Qadiani/Ahmadi Schedule Caste

Others


60

Study Area

100.0 -- -- -- -- --

Okara District

98.1 1.8 * 0.1 * *

Punjab Province

97.7 1.9 0.1 0.2 * 0.1

*Very small number (not significant) Source: i) District Census Report 1998

ii) Provincial Census Report of Punjab Population Census Organization

4.4.4.3 Language

Punjabi language is spoken by 95.7 percent in Okara District. Punjabi is very important language which is very common in study area. About 3.5 percent individuals are speaking urdu in Okara District and 4.5 percent in Punjab province as given in Table 4.11.

Table 4.11: Languages (Percent)

Area Urdu Punjabi Sindhi Balochi Pushto Siraiki Others Study Area

-- 100.0 -- -- -- -- --

Okara District

2.8 96.7 * * 0.2 0.1 0.2

Punjab Province

2.0 73.6 0.2 0.9 0.9 21.4 1.0

*Very small number (not significant) Source: i) District Census Report ii) Provincial Census Report of Punjab Population Census Organization 4.4.4.4 Baradri

The baradri (brotherhood) is an important aspect of the rural society. Various branches of baradri may not be living in the same locality. Mostly baradries form on the basis of blood relation, caste and occupation. Baradri plays an important role in the farm events e.g. birth, death, marriage etc. in the study area. If a ceremony is done properly it adds prestige to the baradri and enhances the beauty of the occasion. People of the same baradri usually have sympathetic feelings for each other. Vartan Bhaji, a custom in which they exchange gifts on special occasions, is a very common affair of the baradri in the study area. Baradri is a sign of solidarity and unity. It is the evidence of an integrated and pleasant social order relationship.


61

4.4.5 Demographic Characteristics The demographic characteristics of study area comprising Depalpur Tehsil and comparison with the statistics of Okara District and Punjab Province are shown in Table 4.12. According to the 1998 census the population of the Depalpur Tehsil 1.03 million inhabitants. The annual population growth rate of Depalpur Tehsil Okara district and Punjab province is estimated as 2.58, 2.42 and 2.64 percent respectively on the basis of intercensal period of 1981-1998. Population is projected by using annual population growth rate of 1981-1998 for Depalpur Tehsil, Okara District and Punjab Province as given in Table 4.12. The table indicates that current population is 1.37 million in Depalpur Tehsil. The population density based on the projected figure for 2009 is calculated as 547 persons per sq.km in Depalpur Tehsil whereas 666 and 479 persons per sq. km in Okara district and Punjab province respectively. The population density Depalpur Tehsil and in Okara District is higher as compared to Punjab Province. Household size may also effects the economic situation of the household. Bigger household size may mean more hands to do farm work or non farm work. It can also mean more mouths to feed. Table No. 4.12 reveals that the average household size 6.8, 6.2, 6.5 and 6.9 in study area, Depalpur Tehsil, Okara District, and Punjab province respectively is almost the similar. The relative proportion of two sexes in the total population is an important demographic feature. Sex composition profoundly affects the social and economic behavior of population. It gives the proportion of males to females and is commonly expressed as the number of males per 100 females. The male female ratio in the study area (107:100) is higher as compared to the ratio in Depalpur Tehsil and Okara District. The dependency ratio of any area have negative effect on socio-economic aspects of life i.e. especially on per capita income and ultimately on the standard of living. Table 4.12 indicates that the dependency ratio (63 percent) in the study area is lower as compared rural population of Depalpur, Okara District and Punjab province.

Table 4.12: Demographic Characteristics

Area Area Annual Population Populati House Sex Rural Depende


62

Source: i) District Census Report 1998

ii) Provincial Census Report of Punjab 1998, Population Census Organization

4.4.6 Age Distribution of Respondents Age is another important demographic characteristic which has a bearing on the employment and mobility. A study of distribution of heads of households by age will throw some light on the type of strategies which may be helpful in raising their income and employment. The data about age of household head (respondent) in study area as presented in Table 4.13. Indicates that relatively more sample respondents fall in age group of 45-54 years. The average age of sample respondents in Study area is 50 years. Table.4.13: Age Distribution of Sample Respondents by household Categories

(Percent) Age Group Years Farm

Household Non Farm Household Overall

Upto 24 4 7 04 25-34 4 20 08 35-44 22 13 20 45-54 33 13 29

55-64 23 27 24

65 & above 14 20 15

Source: Sample Survey

4.4.7 Caste / Baradries The word caste comes from the Portuguese casta, meaning lineage. The male respondents belong to different castes. Majority of the sample households (44 percent) belong to Mohar, 30 percent Watoo, 9 percent Kharal, 8 percent Rajpoot family whereas 9percent belong to other castes like Arain, Dhool, Bhandara etc. as detailed in Table 4.14.

(Sq. Kms)

Growth Rate

(1998) 1998 2009

on Density (2009)

-hold Size

Ratio (1998)

Proportion

(2009)

ncy Ratio (2009)

Depalpur Tehsil 2502 2.58

1030836

1369123

547 6.2 108.5 79.7 91.0

Okara District 4377 2.42

2232992

2914046

666 6.5 109.6 77.0 90.0

Punjab Province

205344

2.64 736212

90 984288

79 479 6.9 107.0 69.0 87.0

Project Area -- -- -- -- -- 6.8 107.0 100 63.0


63

Table 4.14. Households Distribution According to Caste

Sr. No Caste/Baradri Nos. Percent

1 Mohar 29 44

2 Wattoo 20 30

3 Kharal 6 9

4 Rajpoot 5 8

5 Arain 1 1.5

6 Dhool 1 1.5

7 Bhandara 1 1.5

8 Phulerwan 1 1.5

9 Kalia 1 1.5

10 Kumhar 1 1.5

Total 66 100


4.4.8 Disputes and their Resolution About 23 percent of the households informed that they had disputes with other i.e. land, live stock, fodder stealing, house, water turn, women and children related and resolved through Biratheries, Religious Leader, MPAs and at Police Station. While 77percent respondents revealed that they don‟t have any disputes with others. 4.4.9 Education A study of educational status not only provides guidelines to policy makers but also help in understanding the demographic behavior of the population (Malik 1967). The literacy level is one of the factors which determine the quality of the human resources. The low percentage of literacy gives the indication of cultural barriers to the spread or innovations and scientific methods. The data given in Table 4.15 indicates that the proportions of literate sample respondents are 47percent in study area. Furthermore literacy rate in the large B farmers (73 percent) is more as compared with all categories of farm size. The literacy level of respondents of medium, large A and large B farm size is 49 percent, 52 percent and 73 percent respectively, whereas literacy level of non-farm household respondents is 39percent. Data reveals that an increase in size of holding was found to have positive impact on the literacy rate.The number of education institutions reflect the status of literacy and education level in particular area. There are 5 Primary School for boys, 4 Primary School for girls 2 Middle School for boys and 1 Middle School for girls at villages Nahal Mahar, Dullayke Mahar, Qasimke Mahar and Basirpur Town. There is also one High School


64

for boys and one High School for girls in the study area at the distance of 7 km to 23 Kms. There are 2 Degree Colleges one for boys and one for girls in Basirpur at the distance of 7Kms.

Table 4.15: Education Level of Sample Population (Percent) Literacy

Small Less than 5 Acres

Small B 5 to Less than 12.5 Acres

Medium 12.5 to Less than 25 Acres

Large A 25 to Less than 50 Acres

Large B 50 Acres & Above

Non Farm Households

Total

Literate 25 33 49 52 73 39 47 Illiterate 75 67 51 48 27 61 53

Total 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 Source: Sample Survey

4.4.10 Occupation It is useful to have information about occupational distribution of members of the sample households. Such information will facilitate better planning and execution of the project. The rural community in the study area consists of two groups. Farmers and those who are landless / non farm households. Farmers, who own or lease / encroach land, derive their living by cultivating the farm land. This community may also supplement the farms income by raising animals and off farm work. The members of non farm community generally do agriculture labour, business, services, operating small shops, daily wage work, milk processing and sales and other services to earn the income to fulfill their living necessities. They conduct such business in their own village and nearby villages and in urban areas. About 77 percent and 23 percent of the sample head of households of the area are engaged in agriculture and non farm activities respectively (Table- 4.16)

Table 4.16: Occupation (Percent) Occupation Major Minor I Minor II Agriculture 77 7 -- Labour 15 25 67


65

Business 2 4 -- Milk Selling -- 39 -- Service 2 21 33 Fish Farm -- 4 -- Black Smith 2 -- -- Grind Mechine (Chakki)

1 -- --

Imam Masjid 1 -- -- Total 100 100 100


4.4.11 Habitation Housing facilities of the households reflect their financial position and living standard.

Habitation is identified as a space occupied for develling purposes and is further classified

according to the type of structure into three categories i.e. “pucca”, kacha” and wood. Pucca

houses are constructed with baked bricks/ blocks / stones with cement and concrete

bounded. Kacha houses are made of unbaked bricks / earth bounded whereas wood houses

are made of wood / bamboos. As shown in Table 4.17 the average numbers of rooms per

household are 1.9 and 2.3 in the Okara District and Punjab Province area respectively. The

numbers of rooms in both cases are not sufficient.

Table 4.17: Habitation

(Percent) Wall Material Okara District Punjab Province

Overall Rural Overall Rural Baked Bricks / Blocks / Stones

51.3 43.7 68.0 58.4

Unbaked Bricks / Earth Bounded

46.9 54.4 30.4 39.7

Wood / Bamboo 0.8 0.8 0.7 0.8 Other 1.0 1.1 0.9 1.1 Rooms per house 1.9 -- 2.3 -- Persons / Rooms 3.4 -- 3.0 -- Source: i) District Census Report 1998

ii) Provincial Census Report of Punjab 1998, Population Census Organization Statistic Division, Government of Pakistan

4.4.12 Health The population settle on river training embankments have no proper access to health facilities in the area and have to travel Nehal Mohar, Basirpur and Haveli Lakha for their treatment at the distance of 1Km, 7 kms and 23 kms respectively. All population takes


66

treatment from Doctors. Health condition of the people generally very poor due to commonly prevalent health issues i.e. male nutrition, due to high rate of child birth, typhoid, cholera, malaria, and skin diseases etc. 4.4.13 Drinking Water Facilities The main cause of most of the communicable and abdominal disease is non availability of clean drinking water. Bradley (1976) has dwelt on a number of tropical diseases relating to water supply. About 20-30 different diseases may be caused by water supply for example, viral, bacterial, protozal and helminthic diseases. According to him these diseases may be water borne (infectious) water- bases (due to lack of water) and water related (from insects in water). From the above, it can be concluded that suitable safe drinking water is important factor promoting human health and productivity. During survey it was found that all families had installed hand pumps and electric motors inside and outside their houses. The proportion of hand pumps for drinking water in the rural areas of district Okara and Punjab Province households is estimated as 76 percent and 78 percent respectively which is also quite high as compared to other sources (Pipe, Well, Pond, etc) of drinking water (Table 4.18)

Table 4.18: Source of Drinking Water Sources Okara District Punjab Province All Areas Rural All Areas Rural INSIDE 87.8 85.7 86.7 83.4 Pipe (Nul) 14.6 10.0 24.3 11.0 Hand Pump 72.8 75.2 60.4 70.6 Well 0.4 0.5 2.0 1.8 OUTSIDE 12.2 14.3 13.3 16.6 Pipe (Nul) 1.5 1.5 2.2 1.7 Hand Pump 7.2 0.6 5.3 7.1 Well 0.7 0.9 2.2 3.1 Pond 0.2 0.2 1.1 1.5 Others 2.6 3.1 2.5 3.2 Source: i) District Census Report 1998

iii) Provincial Census Report of Punjab 1998, Population Census Organization Statistic Division, Government of Pakistan

4.4.14 Energy Sources Energy is vital for Socio-economic development. Unluckily, due to isolation living of the scattered population, rural electrification is missing at the Dharanga spur area i.e. 6 households resulting in the alternative use of kerosene oil for lighting. According to


67

District/Province census 1998, electricity is used by 65percent, and 63percent households in Okara District and Punjab Province rural areas respectively (Table 4.19).

Table 4.19 Source of Light

(Percent) Sources Okara District Punjab Province All Areas Rural All Areas Rural Electricity 69.4 64.5 72.5 63.3 Kerosine Oil 29.2 34.2 26.6 35.8 Others 1.4 1.3 0.9 0.9 Source: i) District Census Report 1998

iv) Provincial Census Report of Punjab 1998, Population Census Organization Statistic Division, Government of Pakistan

4.4.16 Gender Issues Gender problems are critical and are connected to a sustainable development process, which is usually perceived as women specific issues. In order to assess socio-economic impact of running project on women of the project area, 46 females‟ respondents were interviewed by female sociologist. Generally, the women carry out household work and look after the family and children. But such family labor is unpaid and is assigned no imputed value which calculated the Gross National Product (GNP) of the country. In the rural areas, women do carry out agricultural activities such as sowing, harvesting, threshing and storage of crops, collection of fodder and livestock care. In addition, women are engaged in non-farm activities such as sewing, knitting and cottage industry etc. Although, such activities provide supplementary income for their household, these are not fully captured in the computation of GNP. The numerical reality that women constitute about half of the total population of Pakistan ideally assigns to them equal participation role in the economic life of the country and through this approach; we cannot ignore their role in development sector. Therefore survey was conducted by „Gender Specialist‟. Focus group discussions were also held with the women residing along the RMB as well as Dhranaga spur. Ensure representation and presence of women from different socio-economic groups in all meetings. The study has identified a range of positive and negative impacts ofrehabilitation and upgrading of the Suleimanki barrage . Some of the positive impacts are enhanced economic growth of the surrounding of those particular areas through increasing water efficiency. It is the beacon of economic survival for those families who are often disturbed during flood season in the shape of their livelihood, houses and standing crops losses. The flood also becomes a


68

cause of livestock loss, which supplements their income. The implementation of the project will play important role to save human lives and economic resources of the area. 4.4.16.1 Socio-economic and cultural aspects

i) Marital Setup The survey results indicate that 94 percent women get married within their families. The custom of inter family marriages is very common in the project area. Such marriages are as not only a link between man and a woman but it also play role to unite their parent‟s families. ii) Women Marriage Age Women age at marriage also contributes a lot in terms of their health (particularly reproductive), education and in the role of development. It is common trend in the study area to marry the daughters at early age especially when they grow up/ reach at working age. Survey results show that overall 46 percent of the women married at the age group of 14 to 19 years, 33percent at the age group of 20 to 22 years, 15 percent at the age group of 23 to 25 years and only 7percent at the age group of 26 years and above but not more than 30 years. iii) Women Role in Decision Making It is observed in the field that women have a insignificant role in decision making. Women are actively participated in farm and non-farm activities but have little contribution in making decision in these areas. .About 59 percent women reported their participation in decision making regarding domestic affairs. However, their participation in respect of property matters or in business affairs is about only 22 percent.

4.4.16.2 Position of Women

Women role in development is not a simple one; it relates to a complete range of socio economic activities. Involuntary dislocation may disturb their livelihood. According to the field information it is found that female participation for the betterment of family is more as compared to male. In economic side women participate in agriculture activities. They also work as casual hired labor. The field data indicates that 46 percent, 71 percent and 100 percent women participate in agriculture, livestock and domestic activities respectively.

Women Participation in Household Tasks Women also play vital role in maintaining domestic function such as cooking, cleaning the house, washing the clothes & pots and looking after the family. Data indicates that almost 100% women involved in cooking, cleaning pots and in family caring activities.


69

Women Participation in Agriculture Activities Women of the study area, undertake much of the work in the fields. Results of the data

indicate that 46 percent of families involved in agricultural activities. An increase in size of

holding is found to have a negative impact on the participation of women in agricultural

activities. All 46 percent women participated in various farming operation for crops of wheat,

rice, corn, cotton and fodder. These include cotton seed preparation, irrigation, land

preparation, applying manure, sowing, weeding, hoeing, picking cotton & vegetables and

collecting chaff and hey etc fodder cutting and livestock rearing. They are also working as a

casual hired labor for agriculture. They are working for both season Rabi and Khraif also. It

is also observed that wheat, rice, cotton, corn and fodder are the major crops.

Women Participation in Livestock Related Tasks Livestock production is an important and integral component of farming systems in the study area. Livestock also contributes a large proportion of the income of farmers with small-landholdings. Results of the survey indicate that 100 percent families have livestock in their houses. Many of the livestock caring jobs are considered women‟s work. About 71 percent respondents (women) participated in livestock relating tasks such as cutting/chopping of fodder, feeding, watering, cleaning the shed, bathing etc.

Other Economic Activities The rate of women participation in economic activities is very low in Pakistan especially in rural areas. Women participation in economic activities will be increased to remove inequities and imbalances in all sectors of socio-economic development and to ensure women's equal access to all development benefits and social services. Women are working as a causal hired labor in project area but their role in other economic activities is very low due to lack of education and vocational skills. During survey, it is found that only one female is conducting classes in Government High School for girls at village Jamalkot. 4.5 BASELINE CONDITIONS OF PROPOSED CONTRACTOR’S FACILITY AREA:

The proposed sites are government land and land acquisition will not require.

No resettlement is required for the construction of batching plant and labour camp at the proposed sites.

The proposed sites are barren area and no tree cutting is required for the construction activities

The sites have easy access from the existing main road (Sulemanki Barrage to Havely Lakha Road) of the area.


70

There are some local depressions in the area which may need to be raised with borrowing material.

The proposed sites are well away (>500m) from the build up area. The sites are approximately 2.5km away from the barrage.

No houses are located at the close vicinity at downstream of the wind flow of the area.

Plate 4.1: A View of Female Participation in Household Relating Task


71

Plate 4.2: A view of females participation for livestock activities

Plate 4.3: A view of Kacha Affected House


72

Plate 4.4: Right Divide Wall and Fish Ladder Upstream of Barrage

Plate 4.5: Left Divide Wall and Fish Ladder Upstream at Barrage


73

Plate 4.6: Fazilka Drain entering Barrage Pond from India

Plate 4.7: Bela Developed in Left Pocket of Pond Area


74

Plate 4.8 : Consultation with Wildlife Staff at Wildlife Public Park

Plate 4.9 : Consultation with Fishing Department at Suleimanki Barrage


75

CHAPTER 5: STUDY OF PROJECT ALTERNATIVES

The analysis of alternatives for the project is a vital part of the EIA process as it gives the

opportunity to review and assess different ways of meeting the project objectives so that the

environmental impact of the project is minimal. The following options/alternatives were

analyzed for strengths and weaknesses of the proposed project:

No Project Option

Option 1: Provision of fuseplug weir and flood bypass channel.

Option 2: Rehabilitation of existing barrage

5.1 NO PROJECT OPTION (WORST CASE SCENARIO OPTION) Analysis: Strength and Opportunities

There will be no adverse social impacts as no land will be required from private/illegal

settlers and for immigrating new settlers.

The recurring cost of the Project will be avoided.

The irrigation systems downstream of the canals command area (CCA) of Pakpattan

Canal, Sadiqia Canal and Fordwah Canal shall not be interrupted due to project

activities.

Loss of the agriculture land which may be required for the borrowing area and

contractor‟s facilities (labour camp, batching plants, plant depot etc), will be avoided.

The efforts and investments will be saved and will be allocated to another project in

case this project is not taken up at all.

Weakness and Threats

The no project alternative is undesirable as it would mean continued economic,

social and environmental losses.

There will be loss of property and agricultural land in the event of a flood.

The local population shall be denied employment and training during project

construction phase and later through escalated economic activities.

About 100 to 150 cusecs of water will leak through the gates and less water will be

available for the canals off take from the barrage. This will adversely impact crop

intensity in canal command areas.


76

The aging process along with inadequate/deferred maintenance has contributed to a

general deterioration of different components/structures and heavy damages to the

regulating gates and hoisting equipment. Any serious damage to this barrage can

result in colossal losses in the form of total or partial disruption of irrigation supplies,

non/less-production of agricultural crops within the canals command area, loss of

government revenue, rehabilitation cost of emergency repairs, thus adversely

affecting the national economy in additional to human sufferings beside multitude of

social and environmental hazards. The minimum duration require for the construction

of similar barrage will be easily 5 years plus.

Around 13,900 Acres of land, property and infrastructure may be flooded in the event

of high flood such as the one that occurred in 1988.

5.2 OPTION 1: PROVISION OF FUSEPLUG WEIR AND FLOOD BYPASS CHANNEL

The main components in this option include

Strengthening RRE and LRE by raising heights up to 5ft above HFL.

Flood water bypass channel of capacity 100,000 cusecs. The anticipated channel dimensions are 1100ft bed width and 16ft flow depth with side slope 2H:1V,

Road Bridge over flood bypass channel.

Provision of spillway/fuse plug at RMB.

Level crossing across Pakpattan Canal.

Increase the barrage capacity by developing cunnet within the bela and flush the

bela during high flow.

Gate Repair Work

Improvement in existing Wildlife Public Park

Strength and Opportunities

Strengthening of embankments will minimize uncontrolled breaching, occur in the

event of high flood.

Main town and villages and thousands of agricultural land will be saved from flood

damages at the event of high flood by diverting the flood water with flood bypass

channel.

Employment and training opportunities for the local population which will provide

them life time benefits.

Enhance Bio-diversity with new plantation and re-modeling of the existing Public

Park.


77

Gates repair works will rectify leakage losses through the damage gates and

more water will be available for irrigation purpose in the canals.

Provision of road bridge maintain the link of the barrage with other town through

road network.

Weaknesses and Threats

Adverse environmental impacts on wildlife habitat during construction phase.

11 No. of houses falling within the work area along the embankments need to be

re-located.

309 No. of trees found within the proposed escape channel location will be uprooted.

Acres of agricultural land will be acquired for escape channel.

Temporary adverse environmental impacts from construction activities of road

bridge and spillway construction i.e. air pollution, dust pollution, noise pollution

etc.

5.3 OPTION 2: REHABILITATION OF EXISTING BARRAGE (Selected Option) The main components in this option include

Grouting the Cavities and Cracks

Repair the Barrage floor where aggregate has been exposed and floor thickness reduced

Improvement in existing Public Park.

Repair of Barrage and canal Gates, Installing electric motors for Hoisting System Installation of Pressure Monitoring Instruments.

Strength and Opportunities

There will be no adverse social impacts of the project.

Minimize the risk of accidental damage or collapse of the structural component of

the barrage and therefore damage to the main town, villages and thousands of

agricultural land from flood damages.

Employment and training opportunities for the local population which will provide

them life time benefits.

Enhance Bio-diversity with new plantation and re-modeling of the existing Public

Park.

Gates repair works will rectify leakage losses through the damage gates and


78

more water will be available for irrigation purpose in the canals.

Repair of the road bridge will improve the transportation facilities of the area.

Weaknesses and Threats

Adverse environmental impacts on wildlife habitat during construction phase.

Temporary adverse environmental impacts from construction activities of road

bridge and barrage structure repair i.e. air pollution, dust pollution, noise pollution

etc.

5.4 CONCLUSION No project option is rejected because the feasibility study conducted in 2005 concludes that the Sulemanki Barrage is an unsafe structure. The structural failure of the barrage could cause the colossal losses in the form of human life, wildlife, land, property and irrigation set up. Option 1 has been rejected on the basis of higher adverse environmental and social impacts including inundation of agricultural land and resettlement of the people and business units (shops) situated at the western end of the barrage. Also the option technically ruled out. Option 2 considered to be the best option in respect of environmental & social aspects.


79

CHAPTER 6: IMPACT ASSESSMENT, MITIGATION AND ENHANCEMENT MEASURES

This chapter discusses the potential impacts of barrage rehabilitation works which have

been identified through the use of standard checklists, and expert knowledge and

experience. The impacts identified for the selected option of work scheme were assessed for

their significance keeping in mind their consequences, reversibility, occurrence, duration,

location, timing etc. The evaluation of the environmental & social impacts has been

summarized in Table-6.1.

6.1 POTENTIAL IMPACT SOURCES

Environmental impacts and social impacts attributed to the Project can be broadly classified

into three main groups

Impacts during design phase

Impacts during construction phase

Impacts during operational/post construction phase

Some of the impacts can be anticipated and avoided at design stage with appropriate

adjustment in the Project Design some can be mitigated by good implementation technique

and others by following the operational manual.

6.2 IMPACTS AND MITIGATIION MEASURES ASSOCIATED WITH THE

IMPLEMENTATION OF THE PROJECT The following impacts are anticipated in case of the implementation of the Project

The project will not have any significant adverse impact on the existing residential

area other than as a result of increase in noise and dust levels and movement of the

additional machinery and traffic.

There will be no major loss or damage to livelihood. The temporary employment to

the local communities will be given. This will be a significant positive impact.

There is no historical monument or archeologically sensitive site hence no apparent

impact on such sensitive sites is expected.

There will be no permanent and significant adverse impacts on the aquatic ecology

of the river and wildlife habitat of the area as seasonal flow regime of the river will

remain unchanged. To facilitate the works on the barrage the cofferdams will be


80

built. The environmental impact of cofferdams will be localized and short term

(during operation), which can be mitigated with good engineering practice.

Potential adverse environmental impacts of selected work schemes on the physical,

biological and socio-economic environment during design, construction and operational

phases have been identified. Measures to mitigate these impacts and their residual impact

are discussed below.

(i) Physical Environment

Land Resources

Hydrology and Water Resources

Air Quality

Noise level

(ii) Biological Environment

Flora

Fauna

Fish

Endangered species

(iii) Culture and Heritage

(iv) Socio-economic

The relevant checklist of ADB‟s Rapid Environmental Assessment (REA) is included in

Appendix 6.1. In table 6.1 physical, biological, cultural and social impacts have been

discussed under pre-construction (design phase), construction and operational phase. Each

sub component has been assessed as slight, moderate or significant. The impacts have then

been marked as avoidable, mitigable and irreversible. The components so assessed have

been discussed and explained after the assessment Table 6.1.


81

Table 6.1 (Sheet 1 of 3): Project Evaluation of Environmental Impacts

* Avoidable through design ** Mitigation through contractor‟s obligation or by communities through social

framework agreement (SAF) *** Non-reversible, Permanent change (to be adopted)


Impact

Slight Moderate Significant

1* 2** 3*** 1* 2** 3*** 1* 2** 3***

1. Design Phase

1.1 Damage from Retrogression

1.2 Obstruction to fish migration in the river

1.3 Obstruction to gate Operations and leakage from the damaged gates

2. Construction Phase

Physical

Environment

Land

Resources

2.1 Impacts of location of Labour Camp, Batching Plant and equipment & material yard

2.2 Impacts of Waste Disposal site

2.3 Impacts of Borrowing Site

2.4 Damage to Paths, Access Roads and Cross Drains

2.5 Impacts of Crushed Stone Transportation

2.6 Impacts of oil, chemical Spill or Dumping out near Building or House

2.7 Damage the agricultural land or crop destruction


82



Impact


1* 2** 3*** 1* 2** 3*** 1* 2** 3***


Physical Environment Hydrology and Water Resources Air Quality Noise

2.8 Impacts of using groundwater as drinking Water & Wastewater disposal Impacts

2.9 Contamination of Surface water due to construction dismantling of Cofferdam

2.10 Contamination of surface water due to Electrical Mechanical Work

2.11 Impact of Extended Canal Closure

2.12 Impact of Road Bridge Repair

2.13 Impact of Source of Construction Water

2.14 Dust Smoke and other Pollutants from Plants & Equipments

2.15 Smoke from Burning of Waste material or Burning Firewood

2.16 Impact on Air Quality from Earth Work Activities

2.17 Noise Pollution from Construction Activities

2.18 Damage to Biological Resources

Biological Environment

2.19 Disturbance to Wildlife




83



IMPACT


1* 2** 3*** 1* 2** 3*** 1* 2** 3***


Socio Economic 2.20 Impacts due to Land Acquisition

2.21 HIV/AIDS and other communicable diseases

2.22 Impacts on Existing Services; education, health, electricity and water supply etc.

2.23 Impacts of finding Archaeological site, Graveyard etc

2.24 Impact on Public Health & Safety due to Construction activities

2.25 Impact on Employment

2.26 Tribal Tension and local rivalries

on canal and aquatic life

3. Post Construction Monitoring and Evaluation as per Operational Manual and Monitoring Plan

3.1 Impacts due to non -application of the prescribed O&M plan

3.2 Continuous evaluation of design efficiency




84

6.3 IMPACTS AND MITIGATION MEASURES DURING DESIGN PHASE

6.3.1 Damage from Retrogression Adverse Environmental Impact

Accompanied by pulsating Hydraulic jump, damage to friction blocks and upstream floor of

the barrage.

Mitigation Measures

Repair and grouting the damaged floor and blocks.

6.3.2 Fish Migration Obstruction Design Adequacy of the Fish Ladder

Existing fish ladder design is appropriate but obstructions were found in the form of

vegetation. There was also some structural damage to stop smooth movement of fish across

the ladder.

Adverse Environmental Impact

The minimum water discharge required to operate the fish ladder is 500 cusecs, which is not

feasibly available during the low flow season and therefore the fish ladder is out of order for

about 9 to 10 months a year. This triggers the growth of vegetation inside the ladder and

obstructs the water flow through the ladder during the couple of months of high flow.

Mitigation Measures

The structural component of the ladders will be repaired during project implementation.

Inspect the fish ladder on a regular basis to make sure that the ladder is in working condition

over the whole year and operates effectively during high flow.

6.4 IMPACT AND MITIGATION MEASURES DURING CONSTRUCTION PHASE 6.4.1 Physical Environment (a) Land Resources

6.4.1.1 Impacts of Labor Camp, Batching Plant and Material & Equipment Yard Adverse Environmental Impact:

Because of the availability of the ample PID land near the barrage, this will not cause any

serious problem. PID will arrange the land suggested on figure 1.3 for labour camp and

batching plant.


85

Mitigations Measures:

The contractor will, in consultation with residence engineer, resolve the exact location

of all these facilities.

PID will arrange the land for the contractor camp and batching plant as indicated on

Figures 3.1 and 1.3. If the contractor prefers anyother location then the contractor

will be responsible for the additional payment to the land owner(s), responsible for

the developing the social & environmental baseline condition and agreed the new

proposed location with consultant‟s environmentalist and PMO.

6.4.1.2 Impacts of Waste Disposal Site Adverse Environmental Impacts:

There is sufficient PID land available on site for the Waste Disposal Site and no private land

will be required for this purpose. Inadequate disposal of waste could contaminate the land. If

the waste is not handled properly it could be a nuisance and cause diseases in the local

community. Domestic waste contains a high percentage of readily degradable hydrocarbon

which releases a bad odor when it undergoes decomposition, especially in hot and humid

conditions. Construction waste classified as inert waste which could be a problem to dispose

off.

Mitigation Measures

Domestic waste generated at the labor camp and site offices should be collected and

temporarily stored at the designated bonded area within the camp area before being

disposed off the site by the specialize contractor.

A temporary domestic waste storage area should be prepared, maintained and

visually inspected on a regular basis by the contractor to prevent the land adjacent to

the waste disposal site from contaminating.

The location of construction waste disposal site should be such that no tree cutting,

crop destruction or private land acquisition occurs. The proposed location indicated

in figure 1.3.

Construction waste should not be mixed with domestic waste as the construction

waste could be reused as a fill material or disposed off separately.

The temporary waste storage area for domestic waste site will be rehabilitated at the

completion of the project and photographic record will be kept as an eveidance.

There should be burning pit on site where the combustible waste could be burnt. The

recommended dimensions of the burning pit are 15ft x 12ft x 4ft (length x width x

height).


86

Residual Adverse Impact:

The waste storage area will attract animals and spread a foul odor in the surrounding area.

6.4.1.3 Impacts of Borrowing Site Adverse Environmental Impact:

If the contractor desires to excavate the soil than approval must be obtained from the

Consultant‟s Environmental Specialist and PMO. Quarrying and cutting land is not required

in this project. The excavating activities could have adverse environmental impacts including

soil erosion, drainage problem and impact the health and safety of the workers and local

population.

Mitigation Measures:

If there is lot of transportation involve in using PID land and earth is required to be

lifted from private own land, then the owner(s) of the land will be duly compensated

by the contractor.

The contractor will not leave the borrow pits in an unusable condition such that it

could be filled with rain water and cause the problems for the community e.g.

breeding place for mosquitoes etc.

The contractor will ensure that the selected borrow areas are clearly demarcated,

and indicate the maximum allowable depth of the pit before the soil is excavated.

No soil will be excavated outside the demarcated area. If unexpected soil or strata is

found during excavation at the site then the excavation must be stopped immediately,

and the environmentalist and site manager must be informed as soon as possible.

The edges of the pits should be given flat slopes and area should be leveled as far

as possible when the excavation is complete.

Barren or unfertile land will be preferred for use as a borrowing area than agricultural

land.

If the agricultural land along the embankments needs to be used as a borrowing area

then the following additional measurements will be undertaken by the contractor:

Excavate at least 50m away from the toe of the embankments

Remove 6 inches of the topsoil and store on a separate site for its re-spread back

on the leveled borrow area

Excavate up to maximum of 3 feet

Level slops as far as possible

Place the topsoil back on reasonably leveled area


Uneven topography will be generated due to excavating land.


87

6.4.1.4 Damage to Paths, Access Roads and Cross Drains Adverse Environmental Impact:

Infrastructure (road, drains etc) could be damaged through carelessness of the

drivers/operators of heavy machinery. Such carelessness can cause considerable damage

to paths, road and drains if the drivers/operators are not made aware, trained and bound to

protect the infrastructure.


An effective signology can reinforce the instructions to the drivers for example

maximum load limit, type of vehicle allowed, speed limit etc.

It is a Contractor‟s contractual obligations to impose strict control over operators and

drivers of all types of vehicles.

Should any damage take place due the site traffic movement, the contractor must be

bound to carry out the repair immediately.

Enforce the maximum speed limit for site traffic to 20 km/hour.

6.4.1.5 Impacts of Oil/Chemical Spill or Dumping out any Building or House near the Project Area

Inadequate storage and mobilizing of material on site could cause accidental spills or

leakages. Dumping of waste material or spillage at the private land or outside the designated

area will contaminate the land and water resources as the unconfined aquifer consist on

sandy stratum on site.


It is a Contractor‟s Contractual obligation to design, construct and maintain material

storage areas.

All the material mobilization should be controlled and carried out by the competent

staff.

All loading and unloading of the materials should be carried out with an appropriate

plant & equipment.

The material storage area should be bounded.

Spill kits, including absorbing pad, sand bags etc, should be available at material

storage area to handle any accidental spill.

In case of damage to private land, the land owner(s) should be compensated.


88

6.4.1.6 Impacts of Crushed Stone and Fine Aggregate Transport

Adverse Environmental Impact:

Stones shall be brought from Sargodha District or Margalla hills, so no quarrying has to be

done locally. But the vehicles carrying the stones shall exert additional traffic load on the

roads leading to the project area. By keeping the road dust free and repaired even the

slightest impact shall stand mitigated.


It is a Contractor‟s contractual obligation to use the roads and paths carefully and in

case of any damage, repair the damaged roads and paths immediately.

Undertake regular spraying of water on traffic routes and places prone to cause dust

pollution.

Lorries should cover with the cloth or fine net to minimize the dust pollution and

accidental drop of stones.

6.4.1.7 Impacts of Finding Graveyard and Burials No graveyard is identified within the direct area of influence of the project activities. However

if unrecorded graveyards and/or burials are found during the courses of construction

activities, the supervising agency will contact and work with local religious authorities within

the immediate project area to allow for possible identification of the remains and where

appropriate, properly undertake relocation and burial.

6.4.1.8 Contamination from Oil & Diesel and Other Spill from Construction Machinery The dumping site for waste material or empty containers can damage the land with

associated physical, biological and social losses. The impacts can be mitigated through

effective application of the maximum spill regulations, general criteria for oil and breakage at

construction sites, as per standards set forth by Oil Spill Contingency Plan of PKP

Exploration Ltd, Guidelines for Oil Spill Waste Minimization and Management issued by

International Petroleum Industry, Environmental Conservation Association and with

mitigation measures described below.

(i) Minor Spills

Soil contaminated by minor spills/leakages (defined as leaks from vehicles, machinery,

equipment or storage containers such that the area and depth of soil contaminated is less

than one (1) sq.ft and three (3) inches respectively) is to be scraped and sent to a burn pit

(incinerator).


89

(ii) Moderate Spills

Moderate spills are defined as spills of volume less than or equal to 200 liters. These are to

be contained and controlled using shovels, sands, absorbing mat and native soil. These

equipments and materials are to be made available at camp sites during the operation (Spill

Kit). The contaminated soil will be excavated and sent to the treatment site such as

bioremediation or solidification/stabilization (S/S). The excavated area will be lined with an

impermeable base before being filled with clean soil.

(iii) Major Spills

Major spills are defined as spills of volume much greater than 200 liters. This would require

indication of Emergency Response Procedure and Oil Spill Contingency Plan to be prepared

by the Contractor in consultation with the Engineer. These spills are to be handled and

controlled by a specialize contractor to clean the site.


All the oil based material should be stored in the designated bounded area.

The Spill Kit should be available on site to handle small spills on site.

Good house keeping will minimize accidental spills.

All loading and unloading of material should be supervised and carried out with

appropriate plant.

Empty drums of the fuel should be handled with care as some material may be left

over in the drums or container.

All the liquid material or fuel should be stored well away from any control water body

i.e. river, canal, wetland etc.

(b) Hydrology and Water Resources

6.4.1.9 Water Supply System & Wastewater Treatment Impacts Adverse Environmental Impact:

Pumping groundwater from the major aquifer for water supply for the labor camp shall

neither cause any significant change in the groundwater reservoir, nor in the river or canals,

which in fact recharge the reservoir. There will be no any residual adverse impact on

groundwater. The impact can be considered as slight and mitigable. The contractor should

tap the underground reservoir and install hand pumps or tube wells with an overhead water

tank to supply drinking water to the labours and workers at appropriate pressure.

Groundwater test results indicate the shallow groundwater quality is not fit for human

consumption because of elevated concentration of E-Coli, as shown in table 4.6.


90

It is envisaged that a considerable volume of wastewater will be generated from labour

camp. There are plenty of examples of successful systems of using wastewater for

agriculture. Domestic wastewater is expected to be contaminated with pathogens. Many

factors affect the degree to which the potential risk due to the presence of pathogen in

wastewater can become actual risk of disease transmission and pose a health risk to

consumers and workers (farmers). The following situation can have an adverse impact on

human health:

1. Either an infective dose of an active pathogen reaches the field or pond or the pathogen

multiplies in the field or pond to form an infective dose.

2. The infective dose reaches a human host.

3. The host become an infected

4. The infection causes disease or further transmission.


It is the responsibility of principal contractor to test and confirm the suitability of the

groundwater before its supply for domestic use.

The depth of the extraction well should be increased until the quality of groundwater

meets the WHO standards or the Filtering Unit can be installed by the contractor to

achieve WHO standards.

Four main measures are recommended to be considered to protect health;

wastewater reuse, wastewater treatment, crop restriction, control of wastewater

application and exposure, and promotion of hygiene of those wastewater treatment.

It is the responsibility of the contractor to set up a suitable and appropriate

wastewater collection and disposal system.

Method and level of treatment of wastewater depends upon the anticipated use of the

effluent. In view of the expected use of treated water for agriculture purposes,

treatment at primary level will be cost effective. It is therefore proposed that waste

stabilization ponds or underground septic tank with bypass arrangement for rainwater

be provided in the labour camp with about three days storage capacity of waste

water.

To keep the cost to a minimum it is recommended to install a partial wastewater

treatment system, using waste stabilization ponds or underground septic tanks, as

well as crop restriction control measure for reuse of wastewater in agriculture. The

stabilization pond should not be deeper than 4m to avoid anaerobic degradation of


91

the organic compound of wastewater. Treatment by waste stabilization pond system

or underground septic tank for about 3 to 4 days retention removes most of helminth

eggs sufficiently to protect the health of agriculture workers and consumers.

If the wastewater is discharged into the control water body i.e. river or canal then it is

a contractor‟s contractual obligation to confirm that the effluent meets the NEQS

levels. Provision of underground septic tank is a preliminary treatment and reduces

the total suspended solids (TSS) concentration to the acceptable level however it may

not reduce the BOD level up to the required level. Therefore it is suggested that, if

required, an aeration treatment system should be emplaced to meet the BOD level

before discharge of the effluent into the river. Aeration of wastewater can be achieved

from number of treatment methods including mechanical aeration, providing steps in

the open channel, aerobic stabilizing pond (maximum depth up to 4 feet) etc. The

selection of treatment method depends on the availability of space and initial

concentration of the BOD.

The treated domestic sewage should be tested on regular basis before it is pumped

into the river or used for agricultural purposes.


Bacterial removal with three days retention of wastewater in the stabilization pond will

only be sufficient to reduce but not completely eliminate the risk to consumers of

vegetable crops. Crops restriction will therefore be essential.

Stabilizing pond could cause odor and nuisance problems in the surrounding area.

The pond should therefore be at an appropriate distance from the living area and the

direction of wind flow should be kept in view. Treatment of wastewater with the

underground septic tank will not cause any odor except during the occasional

cleaning of the chambers.

6.4.1.10 Contamination of Surface Water Due to Construction/Dismantling of Cofferdam

Adverse Environmental Impact:

During the construction and subsequent removal of coffer dams, the soil material can

contaminate river water and affect aquatic life, particularly downstream fisheries. Mitigation Measures:

The material used for the construction of cofferdam should not contaminate river

water in terms of suspended solids, pH, oil etc. The contractor will use good

engineering practices to minimize contamination of river water.


92

6.4.1.11 Contamination of Surface Water Due to Electrical/Mechanical Works Adverse Environmental Impacts

As most of the electrical / mechanical work is to be performed at the barrage structure, any

accidental spill of material could be devastating for the river environment. The work may also

involve the building of temporary structures like the cofferdam, scaffolding etc. Failure of the

temporary structure could cause serious injuries to the workers and pollute the river.

Mitigation Measures

All temporary structure should be designed and build by a specialized contractor.

The temporary structure should be approved by a competent person before its use.

Daily Inspection should be carried out at the work area before the start of every

working shift.

Good housekeeping should be maintained to avoid any accidental spill or falling of

objects in to the river.

Oil based material should be kept in bunded bowser or container.

Electrical equipment should be handled with extra care.

Provide proper PPE (personal protected equipment) for all the workers as a

precaution against any mishap, and interlink various parts of the construction

complex.

6.4.1.12 Impacts of Extended Canal Closure Adverse Environmental Impacts

Gate repair work and the installation of the hoisting system and electric motors will require

the closure of canals. Non availability of the canal water could adversely affect crops and

people living along the canal. The canal water is primarily used for agricultural purposes and

at a few places within the canal command area for domestic use e.g. cloth washing, kitchen

washing and for even cooking purpose especially along the Fordwah Canal.


All the activities that require canal closure will only be undertaken during the annual

routine closure of the canals.

If the extended canal closure is required then alternate water supply should be

arranged in affected canal command area.

6.4.1.13 Impact on Source of Construction Water The contractor could use river water as a source of water for sprinkling on kacha (unpaved)

path for dust control and for vehicle washing purposes.


93

Groundwater could be used as a source of water supply for the contractor‟s camp and the

batching Plant. The contractor should tap the underground reservoir and install hand pumps

or tubewells with overhead tanks to supply drinking water to the labour camp, and to the

batching plant for concrete preparation. Withdrawing water from the aquifer shall not cause

any significant change in the storage of the aquifer nor the river and canals, which eventually

recharge it. The impact can be considered as slight and mitigable.


The contractor is obligated under the contract to pay for water obtained from private

sources.

The contractor is obligated under the contract to supply running tap water, flush

latrines and stabilization ponds or underground septic tanks for the disposal of

wastewater through the sewerage system.

All the wastewater generated from vehicle washing and site set ups e.g. batching

plant, plant & equipment yard etc should be tested to meet the NEQS standards for

effluents before being disposed off.

(c) Air Quality 6.4.1.14 Dust, Smoke and other Pollutants from Plant & Equipment Adverse Environmental Impact:

From previous work experience (rehabilitation of Taunsa Barrage etc) it has been observed

that the emission or dust from the batching plant can be very harmful for the site workers

and the local population. The emission/dust could cause skin and respiratory disease e.g.

skin rashes, lungs problem etc. The possible suitable location has been proposed for the

Batching Plant. Contractor should select the suitable location provided the following control

measures are in place:


Air quality should be monitored on regular basis near the plant.

The plant should be located at least 500m away from any living area, as one of the

suggested site on Figure 1.3.

The plant should not be operated outside working hours.

Regular spraying of water should be carried out to minimize dust pollution.

All vehicles, machinery, equipment and generators used during construction activities

will be kept in good working conditions to minimize exhaust emissions.


94

Proper PPE should be issued to the site workers and measures should be adopted to

ensure that the workers will wear the PPE properly when working on site.

If contractor select any other site than the site suggested on figure 1.3 than the site

has to be agreed with the consultant‟s environmentalist and PMO. The following

additional control measures may need to be implemented for different location

The plant has to be a Zero Emission Plant. This will include using washed

aggregated and enclosed cylose with automatic injection system of the material in

to the mixing chamber. Recently a zero emission plant has been established and

is working successfully at Jinnah Barrage, and could be visited for getting details

before installation.

The plant area should be constructed and maintained on an impermeable layer to

prevent contamination of river water from surface run off.

The access roads for the delivery Lorries pass through the living area. These

roads/paths should be sprayed with water on regular basis to minimize dust

pollution.

Residual Impacts:

Deterioration of air quality.

Although the recommended plant consists of an enclosed cylose, the plant activities

will generate some dust especially in consistently dry weather.

6.4.1.15 Smoke from Burning of Waste Material or Burning Firewood Adverse Environmental Impacts

A large number of big and small fires in the labor camp can produce smoke and smog which

can cut off visibility, reduce traffic ability and cause suffocation along with causing diseases

of the respiratory tract.


It is the contractor‟s contractual obligation to use and provide clean and smoke free

fuel in the labor camp.

Cutting and burning trees or shrubs for fuel shall be prohibited.

Gas Cylinders should be used in the labor camp for cooking purposes.

6.4.1.16 Impact on Air Quality of Earth Work Activities Adverse Environmental Impacts

Excavating activities will generate dust and pollute the surrounding area. Emissions from the

plants used in earth work activities will also degrade the air quality of the site.


95

Mitigation Measures

Regular spraying of water should be undertaken to minimize the dust pollution.


will be kept in good working condition to minimize the exhaust emissions. (d) Noise 6.4.1.17 Noise Pollution from Construction Activities Adverse Environmental Impact:

Construction activities could generate noise and air pollution and disturb the natural habitat.


Suitable equipment and plant should be used in execution of the work to minimize

noise pollution.

The noise level should be monitored on a regular basis and levels should be

maintained within the NEQS level. At the start of the work activities noise levels

should be monitored on hourly basis for at-least the first 2 days of work, after which

the monitoring interval could increase to daily basis.

If required, the work area should be cordoned off with noise absorbing panels to

segregate the work area from the barrage pond area.

The contractor will regularly spray water on the site traffic routes to minimize the dust

pollution.


will be kept in good working conditions and will be properly tuned and maintained in

order to minimize noise pollution, exhaust emission and minimum land disturbance.

It is the contractor‟s obligation to stop unnecessary traffic and workers from entering

into the barrage pond area.

All working activities should be restricted within the allowed working hours.

The maximum speed limit of 20km/h should be enforced for vehicles using the

embankments and access road.

The Traffic Management Plan shall be prepared and get approved from the

authorities and implemented during construction phase by the contractor.

6.4.2 Biological Environment The anticipated biological impacts can be on the following:

Damage to Flora

Damage to Fauna

Damage to Endangered Species


96

Damage to Fish

6.4.2.1 Damage to Biological Resources and Disturbance of Wildlife Adverse Environmental Impacts

Barrage pond raea provides habitat of waterfowl and hundreds of birds visited the area

during winter. WWF survey conducted in 2007 revealed that the habitat of sensitive wetland

related species including hog deer and ottar are found in the area. However the presences

of these species are not confirmed in the survey and stakeholder consultation conducted by

the environment team of this project.

Due to the excedding demand of Freashwater turtles in South East Asia the illegal pourching

and trade of softshell turtles are triggered in Pakistan. Wildlife Department has been noticed

this issue and putting their all efforts to stop this.

About 10 acres of land may require for Labor Camp & Batching Plant. The labor camp and

batching plant location should be carefully selected to avoid disturbance of wetland and

minimize tree cutting. There is a risk of the disturbance of wildlife due to the noise and dust

generated from the movement of site traffic and work activities.

Mitigation Measures

Project activities restricted to the barrage only and well away from the

environmentally sensitive area identified along the LMB and Pak-India boundary line.

The suggested sites for Contractor facilities (indicated on fig. 1.2 & 1.3) are well away

from the environmentally sensitive area and barrage pond area.

Carefully select area for labor camp and batching plant so that minimum or no tree

cutting is required for these activities. The proposed sites for labour camp and

batching plant will not require any tree cutting.

The outside boundary of the camp should be fenced or walled to keep camp activities

inside the camp area only.

It is the contractor‟s obligation to ensure that unnecessary and out of bound

activities/movements are not done outside the area allotted to him for setting-up the

labor camp, material depots and machinery yard.

No fire arms should be carried by any of the site workers to stop illegal hunting.

All the project parties should ensure the implantation of EMP to stop illegal hunting

and pouching of wildlife particularly softshell turtles and water fowl.

All forest, wildlife and fisheries laws should be fully respected and abided by the

contractor and his work force.


97

Limits and norms of wildlife, forestry and fishery should be fully respected and

implemented.

Necessary sign boards should be displayed to remind the obligation of labour,

visitors and members of public towards Biota.

Inspections by wildlife, forest and fisheries officers are facilitated in camps to facilitate

the proper implementation of relevant laws.

24 hours security should be provided by the contractor at the Labor Camp and

Batching Plant.

Every tree cut on site for the execution of work should be replaced with the plantation

of minimum of 5 new trees.


will be kept in good working condition and be properly tuned to minimize the noise

pollution and adversely impacting the habitat of waterfowl.

Communities are given awareness and are involved in the proper protection of the

Biota inside and around the project area.

No unauthorized tree or bush cutting will be allowed. Should it be necessary, it must

not be done without the permission of the “The Engineer” and must follow the change

management process.

If possible, the nests of birds on trees that need to be uprooted should be shifted to

other nearby trees.

Minimize the reptiles or small animals killing due to project traffic movements If

necessary provide barricading fence to stop animal crossing of the diverted or access

roads.

If borrow material require then it shall not be generated from the wetland. The borrow

area shall be identified and agreed with the environmentalist of supervision

consultant and PMO.

If the turtles or other small animals trapped in the cofferdam then all the trapped

animals shall be safely collected and moved outside the cofferdam.

Residual Impacts

Nests of some of the birds shall be destroyed if the trees and bushes are cleared.

6.4.3 Socio-Economic Impacts The overall impacts of the Project on the social and economic activities in the project area

will be positive. The adverse environmental impacts and their mitigation measures are

discussed as follow:


98

6.4.3.1 Impacts of Land Acquisition Adverse Environmental Impacts

Generally land acquisition may be required for work activities such access road, Labor

Camp, Batching Plant, work base area, structural waste disposal site and Contractors Camp.

To facilitate these activities PID is already in possession of enough land where these works

can be executed. Proposed locations for labor camp and batching plant site would also be

accommodated in the Irrigation Department land.

Mitigation Measures

All the activities requiring land acquisition are to be planned by PID. Private land is to

be acquired under the 1894 Land Acquisition Act and the cost of the land is to be

paid to the owners. An appropriate framework agreement should be completed and

signed by all the concerned parties.

6.4.3.2 Social Impacts on Local Population due to Migrating Labor from other Parts

of the Country Adverse Environmental Impacts

There is a risk of adversely affecting the social life of the local population due to the arrival of

a large number of laborers from outside the area. Extra burden on the local infrastructure

and services e.g. medical facility, shops, restaurants, mosque, public transport etc. is also

anticipated.

Mitigation Measure

The outside boundary of the camp should be fenced or walled for security reasons.

Locating a labour camp at least 500m or ideally 1km away from the villages (local

settlement).

Leisure facilities including play grounds, restaurant etc should be provided inside the

labour camp.

All the unskilled labour and where possible skilled labour should be arranged locally.

Pick and drop facilities should be arranged.

6.4.3.3 HIV/AIDS and other Communicable Diseases The Labor Camp, their interaction with truck drivers and like personnel are potential places

for the spread of HIV/AIDS if the incidence exists. Majority of the people living in the

surrounding of the Project, and potential Labor are not aware of the source, mode of

communication or consequences of HIV/AIDS. Although their religious and cultural value

system, to a large extent excludes the outbreak or rapid communication of HIV/AIDS, yet its


99

occurrence in such a situation cannot be precluded. It is necessary that along with other

communicable diseases like Cholera, Typhoid and Tuberculosis, awareness and preventive

campaigns are run from time to time in the Labor campus and the field offices of the Project

on Communicable diseases.

Mitigating Measures:

The Contractor shall:

Arrange to run a proper campaign, in the labour camp, to make people aware of the

cause, mode of transmission and consequences of HIV/AIDS.

Strengthen the existing local health & medical services for the benefit of the

labourers as well as the surrounding villages.

Ensure proper cleanliness and hygienic conditions at labour camp by ensuring a

clean mess, proper drainage and suitable disposal of solid waste. Inoculation against

Cholera will be arranged at intervals recommended by Health Department.

Keep all the camps, offices, material depots, machinery yards and work site open for

the inspection of health and safety measures, and related documents.

6.4.3.4 Existing Services & Employment (Positive Social Impacts) The economic analysis shows high economic benefits compared to costs. Salient economic benefits of the project are:

Improvement of available services in the area and opportunities for employment,

transportation.

Easy marketing of agricultural products.

Availability of jobs during construction phase shall employ and train a large number

of unemployed youth. They will receive a life time of benefits through skill training,

capacity building and poverty alleviation. A large number of semi-skilled and unskilled

workers in the project area will be hired.

Greater awareness about Healthcare including HIV/AIDS and Hepatitis amongst the

labourers and the local community shall be created.

At micro level, economic activities may bring the cost of living down by making

essential commodities available in greater bulk and at cheaper rates. This combined

with better employment opportunities will bring poverty line rate lower.

Improvement in public parks will raise the aesthetic value of the area and will attract

tourism. Rehabilitation of the barrage structure will also have a positive impact on the

local tourism industry.

Boost to agriculture through ensured and enhanced irrigation water.


100

6.5 OPERATIONAL AND MANAGEMENT (O&M) PHASE

Rehabilitation & Up-gradation of Suleimanki Barrage will not make any alteration in the

Barrage operation process and therefore no adverse impact is anticipated to induce due to

the implementation of the project.

At operational phase of the proposed Project a comprehensive Operation and Management

Manual (O&M) shall be prepared by the Project Manager at the completion of the work as

per ISO Standards. An effective monitoring and evaluation has to be done as per O&M and

monitoring plan. Mistakes at operational level or handling the operations by untrained staff

can prove very risky and costly. Important points to be attended at the operational stage are

as follows:

(i) Develop comprehensive O&M Rules

(ii) Strict implementation of prescribed Environmental Management Plan (EMP).

(iii) Continuous evaluation of design efficiencies

(iv) Understanding and training of staff on Operation and Maintenance Manual

(v) Annual Environmental Audit

(vi) Regular maintenance of engineering works

(vii) Continued public consultation and feed back on it

(viii) Continued attention towards gender issues and women consultation

(ix) Irrigation system to run up to its design capacity and not beyond

(x) Refresher Training Courses for operational staff.

On the basis of the impact assessment, the project will improve environmental and social

condition of the area. No permanent adverse environmental impacts have been identified

due to the project implementation. All the adverse impacts resulting from the construction

activities are mitigable.


101

CHAPTER 7: ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN This chapter comprises a detailed Environmental Management Plan (EMP) for the project. The EMP proposes an effective plan of action that will indicate responsibilities and required measures to minimize the negative environmental & social impacts at various stages of the project. The Environmental Management Plan for the Project has been discussed under three main components:

Mitigation Plan

Monitoring Programme

Institutional Arrangements Most of the mitigation activities planed in the EMP will be executed & cover under provisions in the construction contract and with necessary agreement with the communities. 7.1 MITIGATION PLAN The mitigation plan is a key component of EMP. The mitigation plan includes measures to mitigate potential negative impacts and enhance its positive impacts during initial physical works and normal operation of Irrigation System. This section outlines the potential impact of rehabilitation works on the physical, biological and socioeconomic environment and their associated mitigation measures as already identified in IEE report of the Suleimanki Barrage Project. It also assigns the responsibilities for implementing these measures.

Lists of mitigation measures which will be directly covered by the environmentalist and contractors and not those mitigation measures which are covered under civil or mechanical work.

The person(s) responsible for ensuring the implementation of the measures.

The person(s) responsible for the monitoring.

Parameters to be monitored for the effective implementation of measures. A time scale for the implementation of measures to ensure that the objectives of

mitigation plan are fully met. The Mitigation and Monitoring Plan for the activities likely to have a direct impact on the environment is presented in EMP table.


102

7.2 MITIGATION OF ADVERSE IMPACTS AT DESIGN PHASE Majority of negative impacts can be avoided (eliminated) through the use of adequate and environmentally sound technical design. The Project has however been designed on the basis of the lessons learnt from similar projects and major design initiatives undertaken to avoid any major negative impacts are as follows:

1. Necessary measures should be taken to exclude any big deposits of soil or debris anywhere.

2. To ensure the availability of water at the tail ends of canals off take from Sulemanki Barrage.

3. As far as possible appropriate indigenous technology and knowledge should be utilized while planning and designing the project.

7.3 MITIGATION ADVERSE IMPACT AT CONSTRUCTION PHASE To reduce the potential impacts of the construction activities there will be a monitoring programme to assess contractor‟s compliance/performance with the project EMP during construction phase. The contract document will contain requirements for:

(i) Proper management of construction waste. (ii) Control measures for waste fuel disposal. (iii) Reduction of oil/lubricants, spill or leakage, noise and dust level. (iv) Rehabilitation of areas used for construction detours and sites used for temporarily

storage of construction materials. (v) Proper use and maintenance of equipment with appropriate noise and smoke

abatement. (vi) Restoration of borrow areas (whether on state land or private land). (vii) Other requirements as obligation of the contractor emanating from the EMP. (vii) Specific provisions will also be included to make it mandatory to use formal health

and safety measures including protection against Communicable diseases and Hepatitis. Group insurance measures to minimize accidents and avoiding fatalities during the construction process.

(viii) Advisory element to address a number of other issues will also be included in the contract. These will include:

Road Closure


103

For transporting construction material or conveying heavy machinery to the site, the rural roads passing near or through village(s) may have to be closed temporarily and access of public for certain period may have to be blocked. The dates, timings and duration of such period will need to be agreed with authorities and communities.

Cultural and Historical Resources Communities shall be requested to identify in the field, all known sites of cultural and historical value that may be affected by the Project, for protective actions by the contractor. Archaeological Field Support

The Government of the Punjab will make available (on demand) a qualified archaeologist to conduct field investigations when important search work and new material sites area opened. No such site is yet in view but just in case it does, the services of archaeologist will be obtained.

Graveyard and Burials If unrecorded graveyards and/or burials are found during the courses of construction activities, the supervising agency will contact and work with local religious authorities within the immediate Project area to allow for possible identification of the remains and where appropriate, properly undertake relocation and burial.

Local Employment The contractor will be advised to arrange locals as unskilled labour and skilled workers are easily available from local communities as and when required. It is desirable that maximum employment benefits are made available to local communities.

Land Acquisition and other Compensations During the community consultation, in the Project area, it was made clear by the communities that they would expect due compensation, if their buildings, trees or land were affected or destroyed during construction activities or any of its allied structures. Social Action Plan has been prepared to address the social impacts of the Project.

Resource use Agreement – Construction Materials Earth is commonly available in abundance around the Barrage area. Stones are available from District Sargodha and Margalla hills. Yet there may be a need for additional agreement with public to obtain certain materials. In that case the farmland should be given the last priority in procuring the fill material when inevitable, however, due compensation should be paid. Whenever the borrow pits are dug, considerable care should be taken in their location. The site may invariably be rehabilitated after use. Ideal situation would be that the site is


104

made good to a condition similar to that prior to the project. It will be helpful if Plategraphs of pre-project condition are used for the purpose of comparison.

Resource Use Agreements – Water Although ample quantity of groundwater is available in the Project area, yet the contractor will be required to confirm the quality and demand detail and indicate source of water prior to the start of construction. Disposal plan for wastewater without polluting the fertile soil, river water or ambient air, shall be produced by the contractor for approval of The Engineer/Project Director. 7.4 MONITORING PLAN Monitoring Plan is an essential component of the Environment Management Plan (EMP). Implementation of the EMP shall be the contractual obligation of the Contractor. For that the Contractor shall engage full time technical staff capable of carrying out the suggested measures in the EMP as contractual obligations under the contract agreement. The construction supervision consultant shall also have a full time Environmental specialist to provide an overall professional cover to the environmental monitoring process and the procedures and initiate required reports and point out any gaps in the implementation of the mitigation measures or enforcement of the measures of the EMP. Environmental unit (EU) under PMO will be responsible of the overall implementation of EMP and provide technical guidance to the construction supervision consultants and contractors. The Parameters, frequency, responsibility and mitigation measures for monitoring have been described in comprehensive Environmental Mitigation and Monitoring Plan (EMMP).


105

Environmental Mitigation & Monitoring Paln

Sr. No.

Project component

Description Measures / Actions Responsibility Parameters for Monitoring

Frequency Cost

Executor Monitor A- LAND

RESOURCES

1 Borrow materials from earth borrowing site.

Barrow Material: Soil excavation from the designated area of the site may require for the construction of coffer dams and contractor‟s facilities. Contractor has to get approval of the borrowing area from the Supervision Consultant‟s Environmental Specialist and EU of PMO before commence excavation on site Excavation and earth

1.1 Ensure that selected borrow areas are clearly demarcated with barricading fenced before starting any soil removing and no soil removal is undertaken outside the demarcated area.

CEnv CSCEnv PMO-EU

Records of clear boundary marker demarked in place

BC Once before start of excavation

BOQ

1.2 Ensure that Photographs are taken of the area before and after the restoration of the borrowing site

CEnv CSCEnv PMO-EU

Plategraphs records

BC, DC, AC BOQ

1.3 Ensure that the excavation for fill material is restricted to specified depth.

CEnv CSCEnv PMO-EU

Compliances with Specification

DC Check once a week on typical working day

SFA


106

Sr. No.

Project component


Frequency Cost

Executor Monitor movement activities may generate dust and affect the air quality of the surrounding area. Material to be used for the construction of the coffer dams will include silt for core filling, soil material for random filling.

1.5 Ensure that the surface drainage is provided to control the surface run off

CEnv CSCEnv PMO-EU

Control in place. Their effectiveness in case of rain

BC, DC Once before construction Once a week on a typical working day

BOQ

1.6 Ensure that the movement of earth moving machinery is limited to the work area.

CEnv CSCEnv PMO-EU

Compliance Site inspections

DC: Daily Once a month

BOQ

1.7 Ensure that Erosion protection measures are taken, such as retaining wall (if require), avoidance of steep cut

CEnv CSCEnv PMO-EU

Visible signs of any soil erosion

DC Monthly basis Once after rain

BOQ

1.8 If agricultural land is used as borrowing area then the land will be restored by the contractor and follow the following steps

CEnv CSCEnv PMO-EU

A detailed protocol in checklist

DC, AC Daily At completion of excavation When required

BOQ


107

Sr. No.

Project component


Frequency Cost

Executor Monitor

Remove first 15cm top soil and keep it on site to re-spread after completion of the excavation.

Excavation of the earth fill be limited to an approximate depth of 90cm.

Stabilized the slope during the excavation.

1.9 Ensure that the borrow area to be levelled as far as possible and top soil restored.

CEnv CSCEnv PMO-EU

Plategraphs record

DC, AC When required

BOQ

1.10 Ensure that complete documentation for the borrow areas is

CEnv CSCEnv PMO-EU

Records BC, DC At the start of the excavation.

BOQ


108

Sr. No.

Project component


Frequency Cost

Executor Monitor maintained i.e. volume excavated, date, levelling date after completion of excavation 1.11 Ensure that regular water sprinkling carry out during executing of excavation to mitigate the dust pollution.

CEnv CSCEnv PMO-EU


BOQ

2 Construction of new Access Road and Repairing of Existing Roads

New roads will not require providing the access to the contractor‟s facilities i.e. batching plant, material yard, labour camp etc. Access road for the approach to the boat bridge may require. However there is ample IPD land available on

2.1 Contractor will furnish the traffic management plan, according to the recommendations made in EIA and must be implemented in order to control the traffic.

CEnv CSCEnv PMO-EU


BC, DC When required

Direct Cost

2.2 Ensure that the temporary rout(s) are

CEnv CSCEnv PMO-

Compliance BC, DC Daily

BOQ


109

Sr. No.

Project component


Frequency Cost

Executor Monitor site and the suggested layout of the access roads does not require private land acquisition. General mobility of local community their livestock as well as their business activities and clientele in and around the construction area may be hindered. Unchecked speeding may cause human and livestock injuries and fatalities as a result of road accidents.

adequate for the existing traffic plus the site traffic.

EU When required

2.3 Ensure that regular water sprinkling is carried out to mitigate the dust pollution.

CEnv CSCEnv PMO-EU

System in place DC When required

BOQ

2.4 Ensure that the traffic sign board regarding revised road layout and change in speed limit or new speed breakers are placed at least one Km from the alteration.

CEnv CSCEnv PMO-EU

Compliance Plategraphs


Direct Cost

2.5 Ensure that the alternative route is designed on the basis of the traffic survey conducted by the contractor (if require).

CEnv CSCEnv PMO-EU

Compliance BC Once at start of the allied work

Direct Cost

2.6 Ensure that mobility CEnv CSCEnv Compliance DC BOQ


110

Sr. No.

Project component


Frequency Cost

Executor Monitor of the men and animal is not hindered due to the construction activity.

PMO-EU

Social Survey Daily When required

2.7 Any damage to the land, property or existing roads from the contractor‟s activities will be remediated by the contractor at the earliest possibility.

CEnv CSCEnv PMO-EU

Record Plategraphs

DC Once at the start of the work When required

SFA

3 Site for Disposal of Construction Waste Material

It has generally been observed that at completion of construction the waste material is dumped at the site without proper planning. The material from the coffer dams will be in significant quantity and will require proper disposal site.

3.1 Ensure that the selected disposal site is marked and fenced before starting the work

CEnv CSCEnv PMO-EU

Record BC BOQ

3.2 Ensure that Photographs are taken of the area before and after dumping the waste

CEnv CSCEnv PMO-EU

Plategraphs record

BC, DC Once before start When required

BOQ

3.3 Ensure that all trucks used for the

CEnv CSCEnv

System in Place BC, DC Once at the start of

BOQ


111

Sr. No.

Project component


Frequency Cost

Executor Monitor transportation of waste construction material are covers and watertight

PMO-EU

work When required

3.4 Ensure contractor‟s obligations define in contract document are followed.

CEnv CSCEnv PMO-EU

Compliance DC Daily

BOQ

3.5 Ensure that the movement of lifting machinery and vehicles is limited to the disposal site.

CEnv CSCEnv PMO-EU

System in Place DC Daily When required

BOQ

3.6 Ensure that waste properly disposed off, compacted and cover in a manner that does not affect the natural drainage.

CEnv CSCEnv PMO-EU

Compliance DC Daily After every rain fall When required

BOQ

3.7 Ensure dumping and levelling on site only as agreed per

CEnv CSCEnv PMO-

Follow Contract Documents and complete SFA


BOQ


112

Sr. No.

Project component


Frequency Cost

Executor Monitor contract agreement and SFA (in case private land used)

EU

4 Installation of Batching Plant

Land Requirement: Waste land is available near barrage to establish batching plant. Land Contamination Dumping of waste fresh concrete may contaminate the land Raw material: Raw material for the construction work mainly include cement, sand, aggregate, steel, water lubricants, fuel and additives. The

4.1 Ensure that no private land is used to establish the Batching plant. Contractor needs to get approval from CSCEnv and PMO-EU if he/she uses any private land for this purpose. Contractor will pay for the private land.

CEnv CSCEnv PMO-EU

Compliance BC Once at the time of installation of Batching Plant

SFA

4.2 Ensure that the location of the batching plant is at least 500 m from the villages (main settlement) and out of the prevailing wind. If the selected location is less than 500m from the living area than it

CEnv CSCEnv PMO-EU


BC Once before installation of Batching Plant

SFA


113

Sr. No.

Project component


Frequency Cost

Executor Monitor material will be stock pilled at the area provided by IPD near the batching plant. Wind direction While installing the batching plant the direction of the wind should be consider.

has to be zero emission plant. 4.3 Ensure that land contamination from the batching plant, during transportation and dumping of the wasted fresh concrete is controlled through careful working of the Contractor‟s crews to avoid spillage of concrete and dumping of waste concrete on private land. Carry fresh concrete in mobile concrete drums

CEnv CSCEnv PMO-EU

System in place DC Daily When required

SFA

4.4 If the selected location is next to the control water body i.e. Sutlej River or active canal then the area for

CEnv CSCEnv

Design and prepare the Batching Plant area by a competent

BC At the stage of establishing batching plant DC

BOQ


114

Sr. No.

Project component


Frequency Cost

Executor Monitor batching plant should be bunded with an impermeable layer to stop contaminating the river or canal water from the surface run off in case of rain or otherwise. The area should be maintained on regular basis.

PMO-EU

person. Plategraphs record

Weekly inspection When required

4.5 Ensure that leak / spill record is maintained for each incident of spill or damaged vehicles. Damaged/defected vehicles will not be operated unless repaired.

CEnv CSCEnv PMO-EU

Compliance DC Daily When requiredd

BOQ

4.6 Ensure that the material is stocked pilled at the designated

CEnv CSCEnv PMO-EU


BC/DC At the time of establishment of

BOQ


115

Sr. No.

Project component


Frequency Cost

Executor Monitor area provided by IPD near the construction site.

Batching Plant

4.7 Ensure that surface drainage is not blocked due to the pilling of the raw material.

CEnv CSCEnv PMO-EU

System in place DC Daily Once a month after each rain.

BOQ

4.8 Ensure that the location of the batching plant is such that the wind direction may be away from the settlement

CEnv CSCEnv PMO-EU

Compliance BC Once at the time of installation of Batching Plant.

BOQ

5 Contractor’s Camp Location and Workshop.

Land Requirement: There is ample IPD land available around the project area for the contractor‟s camp, officer hostel, work shop etc. So no private land will be acquired for the construction of

5.1 Ensure that no private land is used to construct the contractor camp and workshop.

CEnv CSCEnv PMO-EU

Compliance BC Once at the Time of camp establishment

BOQ

5.2 Ensure that the location of the labour camp will be at a distance of 500m from the major local

CEnv CSCEnv PMO-EU

Measured distance

BC Once before the establishment of the camp.

BOQ


116

Sr. No.

Project component


Frequency Cost

Executor Monitor these facilities. IPD will arrange land for the labour camp construction and batching plant. Disposal of Waste water. The unmanaged disposal of wastewater, generated from labour camp & vehicle washing area, will contaminate land. The contractor can use the existing disposal system (for offices and official residence) after making necessary renovation / expansion of the system. However the existing disposal system can not cope with the wastewater

settlement. 5.3 IPD will provide space near the barrage to establish contractor‟s camp and workshop.

CEnv CSCEnv PMO-EU

Compliance BC Once before the establishment of the camp

BOQ

5.4 Ensure that Photographs of adjacent area of camp site and other features are taken prior to any activity which will be used as a reference when restoring of site

CEnv CSCEnv PMO-EU

Plategraph records

BC: Once before construction activity

BOQ

5.5 Ensure that room size is as per standard specification.

CEnv CSCEnv PMO-EU

Compliance per specification

BC: During camp design phase

BOQ

5.6 Ensue that domestic washing areas are demarcated and water from washing areas and kitchen is released in

CEnv CSCEnv PMO-EU

System in places


BOQ


117

Sr. No.

Project component


Frequency Cost

Executor Monitor generated from labour camp. Utilities: Contractor will share with IPD for the facilities of water supply, telephone lines and electricity on payment basis. Disposal of solid waste. Unmanaged disposal of waste will contaminate land. Existing disposal arrangement can be used after making necessary renovation / expansion of the system by the contractor.

sumps 5.7 Ensure septic tank of appropriate design are used for sewage treatment and outlets released into sumps, further treatment system or used for agriculture.

CEnv CSCEnv PMO-EU

System in places

BC, DC Once before start of work When required

BOQ

5.8 Ensure that latrines, septic tanks, and sumps are built at a safe distance from water hole (tube wells or hand pump), stream, or dry streambed and the bottom of the sump is above the ground water level.

CEnv CSCEnv PMO-EU

Compliance BC During design phase of camp set up and waste treatment system

BOQ

5.9 Ensure that Sumps are:

In absorbent

CEnv CSCEnv PMO-EU

Compliance per specification

BC Once at the Time of camp

BOQ


118

Sr. No.

Project component


Frequency Cost

Executor Monitor soil

Down – slope and away from the camp

Downstream from the camp water source and above the high watermark of any nearby water body (if any)

establishment

5.10. Ensure that effective drainage system is in place at site

CEnv CSCEnv PMO-EU

System in place BC Once at the start of work

BOQ

5.11 Ensure that existing wastewater disposal system is not overstressed, if used.

CEnv CSCEnv PMO-EU

System analysis On-going consultation with local authorities

DC Monthly basis

BOQ

5.13. Contractor make assessment and carry

CEnv CSCEnv PMO-

System in place DC When requiredd

Direct Cost


119

Sr. No.

Project component


Frequency Cost

Executor Monitor out renovation / expansion works of existing facilities in consultation with IPD. IPD to assist the contractor in this regard

EU

5.14 Ensure the application of Solid Waste Management Plan, as described in IEE: - Material suitable for

recycling, collect separately in three bin system and sold

- Combustible waste burnt at burn pit only

- Non- combustible, non recyclable garbage sent to the designated landfill

CEnv CSCEnv CSCEnv PMO-EU

Implementation of Waste Disposal Plan

BC, DC Once before establishing Contractor‟s Camp Daily during Construction Phase When required

BOQ


120

Sr. No.

Project component


Frequency Cost

Executor Monitor site in an area.

- Medical waste transported to any hospital incineration plant

- Solid residue from the septic tank will be transported to municipal sewage facilities at the nearest place

- Contaminated soil sent to burn pit or landfill.

Direct Cost

6 Relocation of Camps, Material Storage area, Batching Plant and Special Approaches Routes and Roads.

Land Requirement: The recommended locations for Batching Plant, Labour Camp site and contractor‟s camp are approachable through provincial roads. Therefore no

6.1 If happened contractor obligations defined as per Contract documents and SFA agreement

CEnv CSCEnv PMO-EU

Compliance with SFA

BC When requiredd

SFA

6.2 If the contractor selects different location for the

CEnv CSCEnv PMO-EU

Compliance BC At the set up of the Batching Plant,

BOQ


121

Sr. No.

Project component


Frequency Cost

Executor Monitor private land will require for access roads.

Batching Plant, labour camp etc from the recommended locations than the contractor will develop base line data for the new location on his own cost, resources and get approval from the CSCEnv and PMO.

Labour Camp etc

7 Access Tracks Damage paths roads and linear fixtures crossed/damaged by moving machinery moving to and from the construction site: Heavy traffic may damage the existing roads or private property. Contractor will carry out necessary repair work.

7.1 No specific action is required except that the contractor has to remain vigilant that the moving machinery should remain within the boundaryof allocated area

CEnv CSCEnv PMO-EU

Compliance with map Site inspections


7.2 After completion of construction work all the damaged roads will be restored by the

CEnv CSCEnv PMO-EU

Compliance AC When requiredd

BOQ


122

Sr. No.

Project component


Frequency Cost

Executor Monitor contractor, as it is involved in contractor‟s obligations. 7.3 Ensure that gravel is dumped only on locations allowed by the Consultants and dumping of gravel does not result in blocking of traffic, damaging vegetation or causae any drainage problem.

CEnv CSCEnv PMO-EU

Compliance to civil drawing Site Inspections

DC Once at the start of work On monthly basis

BOQ

7.4 Ensure that construction corridors along the access road are marked

CEnv CSCEnv PMO-EU

Compliance DC Daily Monthly basis

BOQ

7.5 Ensure that the access roads do not block the natural drainage and culverts

CEnv CSCEnv PMO-EU

Control in place DC Once at the start of work

BOQ

7.6 Ensure that surface run-off controls are

CEnv CSCEnv PMO-

Control in place DC Once after every

BOQ


123

Sr. No.

Project component


Frequency Cost

Executor Monitor installed and maintained so as to minimize soil erosion and ponding of area with rain water

EU rain storm

7.7 Ensure adherence to the speed limit of 40 km/hr at the access roads

CEnv CSCEnv PMO-EU

Compliance DC When requiredd

BOQ

7.8 Ensure that construction corridor is monitored and repairs are undertaken at regular basis

CEnv CSCEnv PMO-EU

System in Place DC Daily When requiredd

BOQ

7.9 Ensure that vegetation clearing will be minimized and no tree will uprooted without prior permission of consultant.

CEnv CSCEnv PMO-EU

Compliance with EIA/EMMP

DC When requiredd Once a month

BOQ

7.10 Ensure that the CEnv CSCEnv Site Inspections DC BOQ


124

Sr. No.

Project component


Frequency Cost

Executor Monitor disposal of cleared vegetation is not in a manner that may affect the blockage of natural drainage

PMO-EU

Implementation of Waste Disposal Plan

Daily Once a month

8 Waste Disposal Management

This component describes the waste disposal plan that will be employed during the construction and restoration period. The main types of waste to be disposed of will be: Fuel, oils, and construction waste; Sewage; Campsite waste; Medical waste; Demolition waste; and Packing waste, Excess construction material.

8.1 Ensure that the selected construction waste disposal site is demarked before starting the work

CEnv CSCEnv PMO-EU

Compliance BC/DC When required

BOQ

8.2 Ensure that Photographs of the area of the nominated waste disposal site are collected to restore the site at the completion of the construction phase

CEnv CSCEnv PMO-EU

Plategraphs record

BC/DC Once at the start of work When required Once a month

BOQ

8.3 Ensure that all the waste generated from different locations must be disposed off

CEnv CSCEnv PMO-EU

System in Place DC As and When required

BOQ Direct Cost


125

Sr. No.

Project component


Frequency Cost

Executor Monitor according to the Waste Disposal Plan. 8.4 Ensure that all trucks used for the transportation of waste construction material must be covered and watertight

CEnv CSCEnv PMO-EU

System in Place DC When required

BOQ

8.5 It is a contractor‟s contractual obligation to complete and follow the SFA if any private land damage due to disposal of waste generated from the construction activities

CEnv CSCEnv PMO-EU

SFA Environmental Audit

DC Once a week When required

SFA

8.6 Ensure that the movement of lifting machinery and vehicles is limited to the work area.

CEnv CSCEnv PMO-EU


BOQ

8.7 Ensure that soils CEnv CSCEnv Site Inspections DC BOQ


126

Sr. No.

Project component


Frequency Cost

Executor Monitor properly disposed of in a manner that does not affect the natural drainage

PMO-EU

As and When required

9 Land contamination due to spill of lubricants, fuel, chemicals and other waste material

The construction machinery includes cranes, trucks, loaders/ dumber and batching plants will be used during the construction period. There are chances of contaminating of the land due to release of contaminated effluents, accidental spill, leaks, run of from the material storage yard etc.

9.1 Ensure that the maintenance of vehicle and other plant takes place only in designated areas underlined with concrete slabs and a system to catch surface runoff.

CEnv CSCEnv PMO-EU


DC Daily As and When required

BOQ

9.2 Ensure effluents from rig washing and other potentially contaminated effluents are released in mud pit

CEnv CSCEnv PMO-EU

System in place DC When required

BOQ

9.3 Ensure that fuels, oils, and other hazardous substances are handled and stored

CEnv CSCEnv PMO-EU

System in Place DC Once in week When required

BOQ


127

Sr. No.

Project component


Frequency Cost

Executor Monitor according to standard safety practices such as secondary containment bunded area. Fuel tanks should be labeled accordingly 9.4 Ensure that fuels, oils, and chemical are stored in areas lined by an impermeable base and containing dykes.

CEnv CSCEnv PMO-EU

System in place DC Once every 15-days Once a month

BOQ

9.5 Ensure spills are avoided during fuel and oil transfer operations. Appropriate arrangements, such as minimize carrying around site, if require carry in proper container or vehicles.

CEnv CSCEnv PMO-EU

System in place Arrangements in place


BOQ

9.6. Keep spillage kit including shovels,

CEnv CSCEnv PMO-

System in place DC Daily

BOQ


128

Sr. No.

Project component


Frequency Cost

Executor Monitor plastic bags, absorbent materials and sand bags on site near fuel and oil storage areas.

EU Once a month

9.7. Ensure that refueling of vehicles is planned on daily basis to minimize travel and chances of spill

CEnv CSCEnv PMO-EU

Work Planning DC Daily

BOQ

9.8 Ensure that operating vehicles are checked for any fuel, oil, or battery fluid leakage regularly

CEnv CSCEnv PMO-EU


BOQ

9.9 Ensure that incidents of leak / spill record is maintained for each vehicle and repairs affected vehicles at the earliest opportunity. Leaking vehicles will not be

CEnv CSCEnv PMO-EU

System in place Maintain Record


BOQ


129

Sr. No.

Project component


Frequency Cost

Executor Monitor operated unless repaired. 9.10 Soil contaminated by minor spill (covering an area up to 0.1 m² and 75 mm deep) will be collected and disposed off at burn pit.

CEnv CSCEnv PMO-EU


BOQ

9.11 Ensure that soil contaminated by moderate spills or leaks (up to 200 lifters) is contained using shovels, sand and soil. The contaminated soil will be removed from the site and send it to landfill site or burn pit as require. Major spills of volume exceeding 200liters will be handled and controlled

CEnv CSCEnv PMO-EU

Compliance DC When required Once a month

BOQ


130

Sr. No.

Project component


Frequency Cost

Executor Monitor by a specialized contractor as suggested in Waste Disposal Plan

10 Agricultural land and crop destruction.

It is envisage that no agricultural land is involved for the establishing of the contractor‟s facilities i.e. batching plant, labour camp, contractor‟s camp, material yard, workshop etc. Accidental damage to the crop or agricultural land may happen due to mistake of contractor‟s vehicle driver or labour.

10.1 Ensure that destruction of agricultural land is avoided by controlling the work activities and vehicles movement by the trained banksman.

CEnv CSCEnv PMO-EU

Implementation of Contractor‟s contractual obligation


SFA

10.2 If it is absolutely unavoidable and private land or crop damage from the contractor‟s activities then the affecties will be compensated and SFA completed by the contractor

CEnv CSCEnv PMO-EU

Compliance SFA DC When required

SFA

11 Any discharge or diversion of

No graveyard / archeological site are

11.1 If during construction such sites

CEnv CSCEnv PMO-

Site Inspections DC Daily

Direct Cost


131

Sr. No.

Project component


Frequency Cost

Executor Monitor water to a graveyard or archeological site.

found in the project area so no such situation may occur in the area.

are found and discharge or diversion of water likely to damage the site then it is a contractor‟s obligation not to let it happen.

EU When required

11.2 Solve the problem by collaboration with the communities as per SFA.

CEnv CSCEnv PMO-EU

Compliance SFA DC When required

SFA

12 Electric & Mechanical Works.

Renovation of electric and mechanical installations of the existing barrage will be carried out in situ so there will be no impact on the land resources due to this activity.

No action is required

13 Extended Canal Closure.

The construction activities require canal closure will be

13.1. Ensure that the extended canal closure is avoided by planning

CEnv CSCEnv PMO-EU

Compliance of Work Plan

DC When required Once a month

BOQ


132

Sr. No.

Project component


Frequency Cost

Executor Monitor scheduled in such a way that it must be finished within normal canal closure period and avoided extended canal closure. If require construct cofferdam or temporary structure to maintain routine discharge into the all three canals

the work activities. 13.2 In case of emergency avoid full closure of canal by setting up cofferdam.

CEnv CSCEnv PMO-EU


Direct Cost

13.3 Cofferdams or temporary diverted routes of canals will be constructed by a competent staff or sub-contractor to keep running the canals during work activities, as routine.

CEnv CSCEnv PMO-EU

Site Inspections Appointment process

DC When requiredd

BOQ

B-

WATER RESOURCES

14 Construction of Coffer Dams.

Contamination: Contamination of the river water from soil material during construction and

14.1 Ensure that soil material used for the construction/dismantling of the coffer dam should not contaminate

CEnv CSCEnv

Compliance with method statement Site Inspections

DC, AC During construction/disma-ntling of the coffer dam

BOQ


133

Sr. No.

Project component


Frequency Cost

Executor Monitor removal of the coffer dams may consequently affecting the aquatic life, particularly downstream fisheries.

the river water in terms of suspended solids, pH, oil based material to impact adversely on the aquatic life, particularly downstream fisheries by adopting good engineering practice.

PMO-EU

Once a month

14.2 Carry out water testing to ensure the setting up /dismantling and operation of the cofferdam do not adversely impacting of control water bodies (river, canals).

CEnv CSCEnv PMO-EU

Laboratory based and on site Water testing of control water

DC Monthly basis of on site testing Quarterly basis of laboratory base testing

Direct Cost

14.3 The Contractor will consult with the environmentalist from the supervising consultant to get the

CEnv CSCEnv PMO-EU

Compliance BC/DC At the set up and dismantling Cofferdam

BOQ


134

Sr. No.

Project component


Frequency Cost

Executor Monitor approval of construction/dismantling process and location of the cofferdam.

15 Batching Plant Use of water: Preparation of concrete at the batching plant would need water free from sediments and high salt concentrations, particularly sulphates. Ground water in vicinity of the river will meet this requirement. Therefore, the contractor will install tube well at the site to meet this requirement. Water may also be needed for curing the concrete. For this the

15.1 Ensure that pumping of the ground water will not affect the private or public tube well in the near vicinity

CEnv CSCEnv PMO-EU

Compliance BC Before establishing new tube well

BOQ

15.2 Ensure that contractor use the water free from sediments and high salt concentration for the preparation of concrete at the batching plant.

CEnv CSCEnv PMO-EU

Compliance DC When required Daily

BOQ

15.3 Ensure that wastewater or surface runoff generating during rain from the batching plant should not enter in to the river

CEnv CSCEnv PMO-EU

Site Inspections DC Daily When required

BOQ


135

Sr. No.

Project component


Frequency Cost

Executor Monitor contractor will use river water. Disposal of waste water: Waste water generated from the batching plant will be loaded with cement and fine aggregate. Disposal of this water into the river will affect the water quality and consequently affecting the aquatic life. The suitable site for the batching plant is indicated on figure 3.1.

without treatment. 15.4 Ensure the effluent meet the NEQS level through impounding or other type of treatment before this is disposed off in to the river.

CEnv CSCEnv PMO-EU

Compliance with contractual obligation. Effluent testing (if generated)

DC When required Monthly basis

BOQ

15.5 Ensure that Engineer to oversee that the contract clauses are complied by the contractor.

CEnv CSCEnv PMO-EU

Compliance DC Daily

BOQ

16 Drinking Water Supply & Wastewater Generated from Contractor’s Camp &

Water Consumption: The contractor will require arranging water supply at the camp for consumptive as well as for the use at work

16.1 Ensure water source for domestic use i.e. camp site tab(s) or extraction well will be monitored.

CEnv CSCEnv PMO-EU

System in place Water testing

DC Quarterly basis

Direct Cost

16.2 Ensure that CEnv CSCEnv Compliance with DC BOQ


136

Sr. No.

Project component


Frequency Cost

Executor Monitor Workshop shop for washing and

otherwise. This may be required from the existing water resource available with IPD for the use at the colony or install a new tube well. The arrangement will be made in consultation with Consultant and PMO. Disposal of Waste water and other waste effluents: The contractor‟s camp will generate wastewater from two sources, viz., residential area and workshop. Both the wastewaters will have different types of contaminants, i.e.

drinking water standard should be maintained while supplying water to the labour camp and also regular water testing and monitoring should be done.

PMO-EU

WHO drinking water standards

Quarterly testing Direct Cost

16.3 Ensure that local water supplier is compensated for the water if extracted from the existing water supply system for the community.

CEnv CSCEnv PMO-EU


BOQ

16.4 The contractor will provide wastewater treatment facilities separately for both types of wastewater (domestic wastewater & construction wastewater)

CEnv CSCEnv PMO-EU

Compliance with contractual obligation


BOQ


137

Sr. No.

Project component


Frequency Cost

Executor Monitor domestic wastewater contains human excreta while the latter will have oil and grease. Disposal of untreated wastewater in to the river may pollute river water and affect the aquatic life.

16.5 Ensure that sewage and other waste effluents are handled properly to avoid contaminating the control water bodies.

CEnv CSCEnv PMO-EU

Compliance of contractual obligation Effluents testing

BC, DC At the design stage of waste treatment system Quarterly Basis

BOQ

17 Electrical & Mechanical Work

Renovation of electrical and mechanical installations of the existing barrage will be carried out in situ. Accidental spill or leakage of chemicals or oil based material could contaminates the river water and adversely affect the aquatic life.

17.1 Ensure good house keeping to avoid any accidental spill or leakage into the river.

CEnv CSCEnv PMO-EU

Site inspection by the technical staff

DC When requiredd Daily

BOQ

17.2 The contractor will provide suitable working platform e.g. scaffolding or mobile working tower, if require to avoid accidental spill.

CEnv CSCEnv PMO-EU


DC When required Daily

BOQ

C- AIR QUALITY


138

Sr. No.

Project component


Frequency Cost

Executor Monitor AND NOISE POLLUTION

18 Dust, smoke and other potential pollutants from Plants & equipments

A vast variety of construction plant and machinery including but not limited to bulldozers, dumpers generators, Batching Plant and vehicles will be used during the construction phase. These construction activities will generate dust, smoke and other potential pollutants in the air.

18.1 Ensure that all equipment, generator and vehicles used during the project are properly tuned and maintained in good working condition, in order to minimize the exhaust emissions

CEnv CSCEnv PMO-EU

Monitoring gaseous emission rates from generator and other key equipment

DC Quarterly basis Noise level When required

BOQ

18.2 If the selected site for batching plant is closer than 500m from the build-up area than ensure that zero emission plant is installed.

CEnv CSCEnv PMO-EU

System in place BC Once at start of the work

BOQ

18.3 Ensure that dust emissions due to vehicular traffic are minimized by reducing

CEnv CSCEnv PMO-EU

Visible dust: Visible observation of size of dust

DC Daily During peak Construction

BOQ


139

Sr. No.

Project component


Frequency Cost

Executor Monitor speed, vehicular traffic minimized through good journey management and water sprinkling on non-mettle road When required.

clouds Period. Surprise visit Once a week

18.4 Ensure that periodic Ambient air quality is monitoring to assess the concentration of Carbon Monoxide ( CO), Carbon Dioxide (CO2), Nitrogen Dioxide (NO2), Sulphur Dioxide (SO2) and Particulate Matter / (PM10) in the atmosphere.

CEnv CSCEnv PMO-EU

Compliance DC Quarterly basis

Direct Cost

19 Smoke from burning of waste material

It is a Contractor‟s responsibility to provide clean source of fuel i.e.

19.1 Contractor‟s

obligations to provide gas as clean source of

CEnv CSCEnv PMO-EU

Compliance contractual obligations

BC Once at the start of work

BOQ


140

Sr. No.

Project component


Frequency Cost

Executor Monitor or burning of firewood in the labour camp

sui gas such that the site worker do not burn wood as fuel. Burning special waste (clinical waste, packing waste etc) may emit poisoness or hazardous emission.

energy at contractor‟s camp and not allow them to use wood as fuel.

DC Once a week

19.2 Ensure that all the combustible non-hazardous waste material should be burnt in the burn pit only.

CEnv CSCEnv PMO-EU


BOQ

19.3 Ensure that the quantity of waste burnt at one time is managed so as to minimize smoke emission

CEnv CSCEnv PMO-EU

Maintain record DC When required

BOQ

19.4 control fuel consumption and minimize its waste or leakage by regular monitoring

CEnv CSCEnv PMO-EU

Maintain record DC When required

BOQ

20 Noise Pollution from

The use of old/outdated machinery may raise

20.1 Contractor‟s

obligation is to use CEnv CSCEnv

Compliance with the contract

DC Daily

BOQ


141

Sr. No.

Project component


Frequency Cost

Executor Monitor Construction Activities

the noise level during the construction phase. The contractor will use the appropriate machinery to carry out the work.

appropriate and fit for purpose machinery

PMO-EU

When required

20.2 Ensure the minimum use of vehicle horns particularly during embankments strengthening work along the pond area

CEnv CSCEnv PMO-EU


BOQ

20.3 Ensure the implementation of the 20km/h speed limit on site.

CEnv CSCEnv PMO-EU


BOQ

20.4 Ensure that periodic noise monitoring is undertaken to access the noise pollution during working hours.

CEnv CSCEnv PMO-EU

Noise Monitoring DC Monthly basis When required

Direct Cost

D- BIOLOGICAL RESOURCES

21 Damage to biological

The pond area at the upstream of the

21.1 When aligning the access road ensure

CEnv CSCEnv PMO-

Compliance BC Once at the time of

BOQ


142

Sr. No.

Project component


Frequency Cost

Executor Monitor resources during construction.

barrage provide habitat of wildlife including water fowl and soft-shell turtles. All the work activities will be carried out away from the environmentally sensitive area identified along LMB and Pak-India boundary. Contractor may require to clear vegetation from the areas to be used for: - Borrowing soil

material - Establishing

Construction Camp - Erecting Batching

Plant - Haulage Tracks

that the chosen route require minimum vegetation loss and no tree cutting

EU aligning of access road

21.2 Ensure wood and shrubs are not used as fuel during construction phase

CEnv CSCEnv PMO-EU

Compliance with EIA/EMMP


BOQ

21.3 Ensure that there is no open defecating in the vicinity of camps or construction site.

CEnv CSCEnv PMO-EU

Compliance with Waste Disposal Plan


BOQ

21.4 Ensure that no fire arms are carried out by any of the employees or labour, except designated security staff if require.

CEnv CSCEnv PMO-EU



BOQ

21.5 Ensure that safe driving practices is observed so that the accidental killing of

CEnv CSCEnv PMO-EU

Compliance with EIA/EMMP Endorse speed limit


BOQ


143

Sr. No.

Project component


Frequency Cost

Executor Monitor Including Guide banks

reptiles or turtles crossing the road could be avoided 21.6 Ensure that damage to the natural topography and landscape is kept minimum as possible

CEnv CSCEnv PMO-EU

Compliance with Environmental protection Act


BOQ

21.7 Ensure that no-hunting, trapping and or harassing wildlife, particularly water fowl, softshell turtles. The wildlife protection laws will be strickly implemented.

CEnv CSCEnv PMO-EU

Compliance with wildlife protection rules & regulation


BOQ

21.8 Ensure that the illegal fishing or pouching turtles in the river or canals by the project staff is prohibited

CEnv CSCEnv PMO-EU

Compliance with Fishery roles & regulation


BOQ


144

Sr. No.

Project component


Frequency Cost

Executor Monitor 21.9 Ensure that the general awareness of the crew is enhanced regarding the wildlife, through environmental training and notice boards.

CEnv CSCEnv PMO-EU

Compliance with Environmental and Wildlife Protection laws


Direct Cost

21.10 Ensure that no project vehicle or staff is allowed to access in the restricted and environmentally sensitive areas due to security and wildlife habitat.

CEnv CSCEnv PMO-EU

Site inspections Fenced the contractor‟s facilities


BOQ

21.11 Ensure that shouting permit should not be given by the Wildlife Department for the shooting in Barrage pond area during the construction phase.

CEnv CSCEnv PMO-EU

Consultation with Wildlife Department

DC When required

BOQ


145

Sr. No.

Project component


Frequency Cost

Executor Monitor 21.12 Ensure that site workers are protected from harmful species of animals.

CEnv CSCEnv PMO-EU

Compliance with mitigation measures as explain in EIA


BOQ

21.15 Ensure that river ecology is monitored prior to the start of the project, during construction and post construction

CEnv CSCEnv PMO-EU

Include a specialize ecologist in the environmental team

BC At the preparation of EIA DC Quarterly basis

BOQ

21.16 Ensure that cofferdam installation and dismantling are carried out preferably during fish non-breading season (April to June). Monitor turbidity on regular basis during excavating activities. Fish and

CEnv CSCEnv PMO-EU

Site inspection and work planning

DC When required

BOQ


146

Sr. No.

Project component


Frequency Cost

Executor Monitor turtles trapped in the cofferdam shall be safely moved outside the cofferdam area

E- SOCIO-ECONOMIC AND CULTURAL ISSUES

22 Health & Safety Impacts on Site Work Force and Local Population

Population at Risk: The main settlement being located far from the project site, therefore it is unlikely to emplace any health & safety hazards for the local population due to the project activities. However there will be safety and health hazards for the work force, particularly for

22.1 The contractor will impart to the training to the workers on safety matter.

CEnv CSCEnv PMO-EU

As per contract BC/DC When required

Direct Cost

22.2 Ensure Compliant Management Register and Accident Record Register is maintained at Camp site office.

CEnv CSCEnv PMO-EU

Maintain Record Compliance


BOQ

22.3 Ensure no machinery is left unattended at working site

CEnv CSCEnv PMO-EU

Maintain plants log sheet Site inspections


BOQ


147

Sr. No.

Project component


Frequency Cost

Executor Monitor the people working on the repair/ renovation of gates and hoists and installing electric equipments under a condition of full impoundment of the barrage pond.

PMO-EU

Once a month

22.4 Ensure PMO representative visits monthly to gather complaints from Social/Environment Complaints Management Register and provide feedback to the community on the status of the previous complaints to the community elders.

PMO-EU CSCEnv PMO

Maintain Complain Management Register

DC Daily Monthly basis

BOQ

22.5 Ensure the use of horns is prohibited , except when necessary

CEnv CSCEnv PMO-EU

Display sign boards Compliance


BOQ

22.6 Ensure all entry points in to the construction area are to

CEnv CSCEnv PMO-

Compliance Provision of 24h security


BOQ


148

Sr. No.

Project component


Frequency Cost

Executor Monitor be staffed 24 hours a day.

EU

22.7 Ensure that safe driving practices are adopted, particularly while passing close to settlements. This includes a speed limit of 40km/h within build up (residential area) and 20km/h on site.

CEnv CSCEnv PMO-EU

Implementation of traffic management plan


BOQ

23 Existing service facilities like education, health, electricity, drinking water supply and public gathering, religious congregations

Social consultation will be done and all impacts influencing the communities will be defined and all these factors will be added and incorporated in the contract document of the contractor and SFA of the communities

23.1 Service facilities may be leagalized through SFA.

CEnv CSCEnv PMO-EU

Contractor‟s

obligation defined in contract data Compliance of SFA


SFA

23.2 Ensure that women of the area consulted and their point of view incorporated regarding

CEnv CSCEnv PMO-

Gender Analysis BC, At the preparation of EIA DC Quarterly basis

BOQ


149

Sr. No.

Project component


Frequency Cost

Executor Monitor etc the project activities

and community development projects

EU

23.3 Ensure that religious congregations must be observed carefully in order to avoid conflicts with tribal leaders and local communities.

CEnv CSCEnv PMO-EU

Public Consultation

BC At the preparation of EIA DC When required

BOQ

23.5 Contractor‟s camp should include but not limited to the following facilities Mosque, Restaurant Leisure centre, Health & Safety centre and Welfare facilities.

CEnv CSCEnv PMO-EU

Contractor‟s

Contractual Obligation.

BC At preparation of contract document

BOQ

24 Tribal tension local rivalries on running canals and use

Just one month before the start of the construction work social frame work agreement

24.1 Ensure that polices with direct bearing on project activities are culturally

CEnv CSCEnv

Public consultation Compliance of SFA

BC Once at the start of work DC

BOQ


150

Sr. No.

Project component


Frequency Cost

Executor Monitor of aquatic life will be done between

the community members and the resident engineer. In order to avoid conflicts with tribal leaders and local communities mutual consents will be discussed in SFA.

sensitive, in order to avoid conflicts with tribal leaders and local communities and to offset any impact on the local social structure.

PMO-EU

When required

24.2 Ensure women are informed through traditional means of communication of the presence of foreign men (migrated labour etc) in their area

CEnv CSCEnv PMO-EU

Compliance Gender Analysis

BC, At the preparation of EIA DC When required

BOQ

24.3 Ensure that individuals holding titles to private property used in the project (if any) are compensated in accordance with the market rates and all payment are recorded

CEnv CSCEnv PMO-EU

Compliance of SFA & Land Act

BC Once at the start of the work DC When required

SFA


151

Sr. No.

Project component


Frequency Cost

Executor Monitor 24.4 Focus on water related issues related to project implementation in regular group meeting with local community

CEnv CSCEnv PMO-EU

Group meetings, Public consultation

BC/DC When required

BOQ

25 Adverse effects on archaeological sites any grave yards and burial sites

No important cultural and archaeological site has been found or reported in the area,

25.1 If any archaeological, historical, cultural, religious or grave yard found during the project implementation then the contractor will ensure that no damage to any such sites is caused due to the project activities. However no such site is identified in the project area of influance.

CEnv CSCEnv PMO-EU

Compliance with law indicated in chapter 2 of EIA

BC At the completion of EIA DC Daily When required

Direct Cost


152

Sr. No.

Project component


Frequency Cost

Executor Monitor 25.2 Ensure that if any such sites are found during the construction stage informed to the site office immediately.

CEnv CSCEnv

Compliance DC Daily

BOQ

26 Public Health & Safety services at construction site.

Due precautions shall be taken by the contractor, and at his own cost, to ensure the safety of his staff and labour and, in collaboration with and to the requirement of the local health authority ,to ensure that medical staff headed by qualified medical doctor, first aid equipment and stores,sick bay and

26.1 Ensure that a proper Ambulance (preferably a four-wheel drive vehicle) is available on site on a 24-hour basis during construction phase.

CEnv CSCEnv PMO-EU


BOQ

26.2 Ensuring that all materials, gears and equipment (including personal protective equipment) require carrying out the work safely are provided to the staff.

CEnv CSCEnv PMO-EU

Compliance BC/DC Once at the start of work DC Daily

BOQ


153

Sr. No.

Project component


Frequency Cost

Executor Monitor suitable ambulance service are available at the campus, housing, and on the site at all times through out the period of the contract and that suitable arrangements are made for the prevention of epidemics and for all necessary well fare and hygiene requirements.

26.3 Ensure that employees must have access to running potable water at their place of work and also shaded area is provided for rest during working shift.

CEnv CSCEnv PMO-EU


BOQ

26.4 Ensure use of horns is prohibited , except when necessary

CEnv CSCEnv PMO-EU.


BOQ

26.5 Ensure that safe driving practices are adopted, particularly while passing close to settlements. This includes a speed limit of 40km/h within builtup area and 20km/h max. speed limit on site.

CEnv CSCEnv PMO-EU

Compliance Traffic Management Plan


BOQ

27 Employment The project will open 27.1 Ensure maximum CEnv CSCEnv Compliance with BC BOQ


154

Sr. No.

Project component


Frequency Cost

Executor Monitor opportunities new jobs opportunities

which the local population could avail. IPD may request the contractor to hire labour from the local community It is believed that substantial amount of unskilled work force for construction could be recruited from the local population near the project site. Therefore Barrage construction will have a positive impact on the socio-economic fabric of the local society. The Contractor will evaluate the available manpower taking into

(upto 100%) unskilled and possible semi skilled and skilled jobs are to be provided to people from local communities, provided the suitable competent person with required qualifications/experience is available.

PMO-EU

labour laws in contract documents

At the stage of employment DC When required

27.2 Ensure project staff interaction with local community is minimized

CEnv CSCEnv PMO-EU

Land selection for labour camp should be at least 500m away, physical barrier between work area and public places

BC During preparation of EIA DC When required

BOQ

27.3 Ensure that inter tribal balance is maintained when giving employment to the

CEnv CSCEnv PMO-EU

Public Consultation

BC At the stage of employment DC

BOQ


155

Sr. No.

Project component


Frequency Cost

Executor Monitor consideration the level (skilled or unskilled) and numbers of the workers who could be inducted in the labour/ work force of the Project. The Contractor will give preference to employing suitable personnel living close to the Project area on the conditions which will be in accordance with the National Law ensuring that the working conditions for the labour / work force at the site take due care of the health, safety and ambient conditions conducive to appropriate

local population. Preference to be given to the people directly affected by the project.

When required

27.4 Ensure that guidelines are prepared and implemented to sensitize non-local labour to local norms and customs in order to minimize cultural tensions

CEnv CSCEnv PMO-EU

Public Consultation

BC at the stage of employment DC Quarterly

BOQ

27.5 Ensure that field crew is medically screened before employed

CEnv CSCEnv PMO-EU

Compliance with PHS Act

BC At the stage of employment

BOQ


156

Sr. No.

Project component


Frequency Cost

Executor Monitor working/living standards applicable to a work site.

28 Communicable Diseases.

The labour camp, their interaction with truck drivers and alike personnel are potential places for spread of Communicable Diseases if the incidence exists. Almost 100% of the people of project area and the potential labour are not aware of the source, mode of communication or consequences of Hepatitis, HIV/AIDS. Although their religious and cultural value system, to a large

28.1 Ensure that periodic awareness campaign for HIV/AIDS are undertaken for the project staff

CEnv CSCEnv PMO-EU

Compliance with PHS Acts, health & safety awareness courses

DC Quarterly When required

Direct Cost

28.2 Ensure that a risk assessment of the spread of HIV/AIDS is undertaken in the project area on the basis of data from the Punjab HIV/AIDS program.

CEnv CSCEnv PMO-EU

Medical testing of site worker

BC At the employment DC Quarterly basis

BOQ

28.3 The medical staff ensure periodical checks of the cooking staff and cooking practice particularly for symptoms of hepatitis

CEnv CSCEnv PMO-EU.

Medical Testing DC When required

BOQ


157

Sr. No.

Project component


Frequency Cost

Executor Monitor extent excludes the outbreak or rapid communication of HIV/AIDS, yet its occurrence in such a situation cannot be precluded. It is necessary that along with other communicable diseases like Cholera, Typhoid and Tuberculosis, awareness and preventive campaigns are run from time to time in the labour camps and the field offices of the project on HIV/AIDS.

A.

29 Restoration/rehabilitation

It will be the requirement of the

29.1 Ensure that all barrow sites are

CEnv CSCEnv PMO-

Compliance Plategraph

After completion of excavating work

BOQ


158

Sr. No.

Project component


Frequency Cost

Executor Monitor contract that restoration of borrow areas will be done at completion of the work. All borrow areas will be levelled as far as possible, graded and brought in a level form resembling to natural condition prior extraction / borrowing. Campsite and temporary facilities will be restored in accordance with contractual obligations and requirements. All the community roads and bridge roads which were under contractor use will be restored to its original shape or better.

remediate as per contract requirements

EU record

29.2 Camp site is restored and changed to tourist resort if possible and agreed by the Irrigation Department

CEnv CSCEnv PMO-EU

Compliance After completion of work

BOQ

29.3 All extra products / material, solid and liquid will be disposed off in accordance with the requirement of the EIA / EPA and contract document.

CEnv CSCEnv PMO-EU

Compliance with Waste Disposal-Plan

After completion of work

BOQ

29.4 All fencing and access gates relevant to construction activities will be removed

CEnv CSCEnv PMO-EU

Compliance with restoration guidelines


29.5 All pits (including burn pits, sumps and

CEnv CSCEnv PMO-

Compliance At completion of work

BOQ


159

Sr. No.

Project component


Frequency Cost

Executor Monitor depression) will be backfilled unless agreed with the CSCEnv

EU

29.6 The portion of the access track likely to be of no use for other activities will be restored by removing culverts and gravel topping

CEnv CSCEnv PMO-EU

Compliance After completion of work

BOQ

29.7 While abandoning sumps the extra cap of soil will be placed over them to allow for compaction.

CEnv CSCEnv PMO-EU

Compliance with restoration guidelines


BOQ

29.8 Ensure that no potential conflicts should emerged with landowners during the restoration of the borrow areas.

CEnv CSCEnv PMO-EU

Compliance with SFA


SFA


160

BC - Before Construction; DC - During costruction; CEnv - Contractor‟s Environmentalist PMO-EU - Project Management Office- Environmental Unit; CSCEnv - Construction Supervision Consultants Environmentalis


161

7.5 INSTITUTIONAL ARRANGEMENT

7.5.1 Management Responsibilities Overall responsibility for environmental management will rest on Head PMO of the Irrigation and Power Department, Government of the Punjab.

(i) Project Management Office (PMO) The overall responsibility for the implementation of Environmental Management/Monitoring Plan rests with the Project Management Office (PMO) along with the assistance of Environmental Unit (EU) of PMO. The EU consists of Director Environment & Sociology, Deputy Director Environment and Deputy Director Sociology. PMO will assume overall responsibility for ensuring:

That while executing the contract and undertaking the construction all environmental norms, regulations and requirements promulgated by Pakistan Environmental Protection Council (PEPC), Pakistan Environmental Protection Agency (PEPA), Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) Punjab and environmental safeguard policies of Asian Development Bank , with respect to the work site and adjacent areas are fully respected and implemented.

Overall responsibility for implementation of EMP.

PMO will ensure that Contractor and Construction Supervision Consultants appoint a dedicated environmental officer and allied staff. PMO will also ensure that all environmental personnel are authorized to implement the socio- environmental policies and requirements of the EMMP.

i. The Executing Agency : PMO of Punjab Irrigation Department (PID)

ii. Supervising and Monitoring Agency

: Environmental Unit of PMO.

iii. General Assistance to all

above agencies in their respective tasks

: Head PMO/The Project Director, Irrigation Department will facilitate communications, logistics and data collection as and when required.

iv. Logistic Support : Head PMO/The Project Director, Irrigation Department shall provide the logistic support and shall be the focal point for the construction activity.


162

PMO will also coordinate with relevant government departments and stakeholders on concerned socio-environmental issues.

PMO will inspect and monitor residual impacts of the rehabilitation work and observe documentation of the impacts during the construction phase.

PMO will also inspect the significance of impact in case of unanticipated change in the project.

Construction Supervision Consultants will assist and advise PMO in implementation of EMP. (ii) Environment Unit (EU) of PMO

- The Environmental Unit (EU) within PMO will monitor Project performance. - The EU will function in coordination with the Construction Supervision Consultants

and will receive reports from them on behalf of PMO. - EU will prepare and submit periodical Progress and Monitoring Reports to all

stakeholders as per their schedules. In this task they will seek assistance/ guidance from Construction Supervision Consultants as and when required.

(iii) Head PMO/The Project Director The Project Director shall provide or arrange the logistics including communication, transport and accommodation to all visiting persons/teams experts from any of the above monitoring units and shall coordinate with the contractor(s) to facilitate the visits/inspections. For all Monitoring and Evaluation activities in the field the Engineer‟s Representative shall act as a focal point. (iv) Contractor The contractor will be responsible for the implementation of the project EMP. The contractor will ensure that EMP for the project is implemented fully and must be integrated into the Project implementation and make integral part of the contract document. For any default damages so caused will be remediated by the contractor at his own cost and expenses. In case the contractor fails to rectify the damage the employer will do the need full at risk and cost of the contractor. The amount will be determined by the Construction Supervision Consultants which will be adjusted from amount due to the contractor. The contractor will also be responsible for communicating with and training of his staff in environmental aspects and implementation of the EMP. The contractor will develop and get approved Health, Safety & Environment (HSE) Plan from Construction Supervision Consultants before the commencement of the Physical works on site.


163

(v) Construction Supervision Consultants The construction supervision consultants will be responsible to ensure quality of work and fulfilment of contractual obligations. Environmental Specialist of the construction supervision consultants will ensure that all the environmental and social provisions comply with the applicable standards. He / She will confirm that the day-to-day construction activities are carried out in environment friendly manner and organize periodic environmental training programmes and workshops for the consultant‟s and contractor‟s staff. Project Organizational Structure The organizational structure for the environment management / monitoring implementation is shown below. The role of the organization are described in exhibit 1.

Organization Chart for Environment Management / Monitoring Implementation

Secretary to Government of Punjab Irrigation and Power Department

Head Project Management Office

Contractor Construction Supervision Consultants

Environment Unit

Deputy Director Sociology


Director Social / Environment Environmental

Specialist & Sociologist

Environmental officer / Team


164

Exhibit 1 - Responsibilities of PMO Environmental Unit, Contractors, Monitoring and Environmental Specialist of the Construction Supervision Consultants Organization Designation Responsibilities Operating Documents Project Management Office (PMO)

Director Socio / Environment

Overall incharge of the environmental unit.

Oversee the works of environmental and social aspects related to the project(s) for Punjab barrages rehabilitation.

Provide environmental and social guidance to environmental staff in project preparation and approval / sanctions, constructions, implementation, to attain optimum efficiency and success in the management and operation of the project.

Assist Project Director in active inter-action with donors, consultant, contractors and other stake holders on monthly review, progress of the project or any other situation required immediate action.

Time management for successful completion of the project and its scheduling according to approved budget.

Preparation of all necessary reports required to be submitted to Govt. or donor agency.

Ensure compliance and implementation of rules

Contract with I&P Department

Relevant Asian Bank documents on environmental and other laws discussed in IEE of Sulemanki Barrage

IEE for the Sulemanki Barrage

The present EMMP of Sulemanki Barrage


Consultant‟s Environmental Reports



165

Organization Designation Responsibilities Operating Documents and regulations issued by the Federal Agencies especially regarding social and environmental aspects.

Project planning, monitoring and evaluation specifically in environmentally & social related matters in the project.

Project Management Office (PMO)



Full fill the obligation as laid out in his/her contract with I&P department.

Ensures environmental protection during the project implementation according to Environmental laws, policies guidelines and technical standards

Liaison with contractor and consultants environmental team

Conduct site visits to ensure compliance with IEE and EMMP

Coordinate with stakeholders, including general community, EPA, WWF, Asian Bank, contractor, consultants and others

Support DD Sociology in


Relevant Asian Bank documents on environmental and other laws discussed in IEE. of Sulemanki Barrage

IEE for the Sulemanki Barrage



Consultants‟ Environmental Reports



166

Organization Designation Responsibilities Operating Documents fullfillment of his/her

responsibilities Project Management Office

Deputy Director Sociologist


Carried out the responsibilities of official spokesperson of the PMO on social aspects.

Deals with social mobilization and emerging socio-economic issues.

Coordinate with stakeholders, including general community, EPA, WWF, Asian Bank, contractor, consultants and others.

Review all socio-environmental reports and ensure implementation of corrective measures, if any

Conduct site visits to ensure compliance with IEE and EMMP

Support DD Environment in fulfilment of his/her responsibilities


Relevant Asian Bank documents on social aspects and other laws discussed in IEE of Sulemanki Barrage.

Socio-economic survy as a baseline for IEE of Sulemanki Barrage


PHS Acts Social Framework

Agreement (SFA). Consultant‟s Socio-

Environmental Reports

Documentation received from the field

Comply with HSE Acts

Social Framework Agreement (SFA

Construction Supervision Consultant


Ensure the implementation of the mitigation measures suggested in the EMMP

Monitor construction activities as per the compliance monitoring

Contract with PMO IEE for Sulemanki

Barrage The EMMP of

Sulemanki Barrage Comply with HSE

Plan


167

Organization Designation Responsibilities Operating Documents program

Monitor the impacts of the project activities (effects monitoring, discussed later in this document)

Liaison with environmental officers and HSE officer

Manage and implement environmental mitigation measures, as well as I&P Department and contractor‟s health and safety Policies

Manage operation of the contractor‟s environmental management staff

Give training to the staff on environment awaereness

Contractor Environmental officer / HSE officer

Manage and implement environmental mitigation measures contractor‟s health and safety Policies

Liaison with consultant supervision consultant‟s environmental specialist.

Manage operation of the field environmental staff

Train the staff as required Implementation of EMMP Cause and effects, and

compliance monitoring.


IEE for Sulemanki Barrage

EMMP of Sulemanki Barrage

Comply with PHS Acts

Consultant‟s environmental reports.

Social Framework Agreement (SFA)

7.6 CHANGE MANAGEMENT


168

An environmental assessment of the proposed project has been made during the preparation of EIA. However it is possible that change in project design may be required when the project is implemented. This section describes the mechanism to handle Changes that might affect the project environmental impact. The changes in the project design may be: First Order Change is one that leads to a significant departure from the project described in the EIA such as change in location, project design. The change management statement (CMS) will be submitted to EPA for approval with a copy to the Asian Bank. Second Order Change is one that is not significantly different from those described in the EIA such as;

Increase in project personnel by 25% Changes in the documentation and communication, stakeholders consultation

program The change management statement (CMS) will be submitted to EPA for information with a copy to the Asian Bank. Third Order Change is one that is of little consequence to the EIA findings, such as;

Re-aligning a particular section of road to avoid cutting tree The assessment report will be compiled and recorded. 7.7 COMMUNICATION AND DOCUMENTATION Communication and documentation is an essential feature of EMMP. The key features of such mechanism are: 7.7.1 Data Recording and Maintenance All forms to be used for recording information during the environmental monitoring will follow a standard format which will correspond to the data base in to which all the gathered information will be placed. Check boxes will be used as much as possible to facilitate data entry. Tracking system will be developed for each form. 7.7.2 Storage of Information The database may include the following information

Training programs; Staff deployment; Non-compliance; Corrective actions


169

List of environmental data and List of environmental data to be maintained: Soil and land pollution Disposal of excavated silt and earth Disposal of waste Water resource Quality Quantity Fuel oil and chemical spills Vegetation record Record of wildlife Noise pollution Air and dust pollution Socio-economic data

7.7.3 Meetings The following environmental meetings during the project will take place

Primary meeting for setting out the requisite end frame sounding for the regular meetings.

Scheduled meetings between Contractor and Supervising Consultant. Progress review meeting among EU of PMO, Environmental Specialist and

Environment Officer. The purpose of the meeting will be to discuss the conduct of the operation, non – compliances noted by the consultant‟s environmental team and measures for their remedy. The meeting will be recorded in the form of a daily/monthly environmental report. 7.7.4 Reports The Environmental Specialist of the Supervision Consultant shall produce periodical reports as well as inspection notes based upon the visits to the Project site. This information shall make a basis for EU for their further reporting or visiting the site. All reports shall be location and activity specific. The reports shall especially identify areas of contractor‟s non-compliance with the EMP and provide guiding remarks on actions to be taken. The significance of the non-compliance shall also be noted. Copies of these reports shall be sent to the Resident Engineer (RE) who shall forward them to the Team Leader, Head PMO, Irrigation & Power Department and the Contractor for their action(s). The RE will include in his routine reports a summary status of activities relating to the EMP. Supplemental reports on issues should also be prepared as and when required.


170

The consultant‟ s environmental team will produce daily ,monthly, and annually reports, as well as a final report of the project based on the information collected. The list of distribution reports is given in Exhibit-2. Exhibit-2 Periodic Reports Report Prepared by Reviewed by Distribution Daily Contractor‟s

HSE officers Reviewed by contractor environmental officer and the Consultant‟s Environmental Specialists

Resident Engineer

Monthly Environmental team of the Construction Supervision Consultants

Reviewed by EU of PMO.

Resident Engineer PMO I&P Department Asian Bank EPA

Annually



Resident Engineer PMO I&P Department EPA Asian Bank

Effects Monitoring


Reviewed by EU of PMO and Punjab EPA



171

Report Prepared by Reviewed by Distribution Change Management


Reviewed by EU of PMO. EPA

Resident Engineer PMO I&P Department EPA World Bank

Final Environmental team of the Construction Supervision Consultants



7.7.5 Photographic Record of the Project Area This will include: Identifying key locations for taking Plategraphs Using digital camera to Plategraph of the project area before the construction start and Recording the following information for each shot on a form

Shot number

Name of Plategraph

Date

Time Featured Plategraph

Other observations Repeating the above after completion of all activities for selected location 7.7.6 Social Complaints Register The consultant‟s environmental team will maintain a social complaint register at camp site office to document all complaints received from the local communities. The register will also record the measures taken to mitigate these concerns. The final report will be communicated to Environmental section of PMO. The Project Monitoring team shall carry out the monitoring of the implementation of social and environmental mitigation measures as per ADB Safegaurd Policy Statement.


172

7.7.7 Record Register The environmental specialist of the construction supervision consultants will be responsible to maintain and update all environment related data, record and documents. The results from environment monitoring and sampling program should be fully documented and recorded. The results will be available for inspection by the regulator, authorities and Asain Developing Bank on site. The record should provide the following quality assured monitoring and sampling information.

Determinants monitored and sampled

Specified details of measurements/samples to support analytical and QA requirements e.g. dates, times, location, other relevant parameters

Results of measurements/sample analysis, with error limited.

Interpretation and review of results against specified trigger level. This will be maintained at a site to document any change in the project design as well. These changes will be handled through the change management mechanism if any. The final report will be communicated to EU. Environmental issues Tracking Report form will be completed and maintained by the Contractor. 7.8 WASTE DISPOSAL PLAN This component describes the waste disposal plan that will be employed during the construction and restoration period. The main types of waste to be disposed off include

Waste generated during construction Fuel, oils, and chemicals; Sewage; Campsite waste; Medical waste; Demolition waste; Packing waste and Excess construction material.

Domestic waste and construction waste will be the main type of waste generated from Labour Camp and construction activities. Domestic waste contains high percentage of readily degradable hydrocarbon which gives bad smell on decomposition, especially in hot and humid environment. Construction waste classified as inert waste which could be a problematic to dispose off. It is recommended to collect the domestic waste and construction waste separately.


173

7.8.1 Domestic Waste All the waste generated at Labour Camp should be collected and temporarily stored

at the designated bonded area within the labour camp.

The area should be prepared, maintained and visually inspected and recorded on regular basis by the Environment Officer of the contractor.

The waste storage area should be fenced to stop animal‟s direct contact with the waste. The site must be decontaminated to keep the building free from foul smells, spreading of diseases and healthy working environment on regular basis.

It is a responsibility of Contractor to arrange the waste collection from the Labour Camp with local authority or waste disposed cooperation on regular basis.

Waste Chute should be provided within the Labour Camp. Chute will enable the collection of thrown solid in the covered storage site.

Bags should be provided to the occupants and resident of the labour camp for collecting their waste.

Implement resource conservation and recover recyclable waste e.g. paper, steel cane, glass bottles etc from the collected waste and divert the filtered waste to the area landfill site.

7.8.2 Construction Waste

Construction waste could be reused as a fill material or construction material. However the detail testing should be undertaken to confirm the suitability of the waste, if is used as a construction material.

If the construction waste disposed of on site in the form of landfill then once the hole filled with the construction waste the top of the fill should be capped with clayed material and compacted to minimize water infiltration.

The waste disposal system is summarized in Exhibit-3 below Exhibit-3 Waste Disposal Plan

Types of waste


Disposal methods

Construction waste

Crushed Concrete & Excavated soil

Road Bridge and Barrage structure repair work

Dumping and levelling of waste only on site agreed with the Environmental Specialist and EU as indicated on figure 1.3. Waste will be properly disposed of in a manner that does not disturb the natural drainage. The dumped material will be strengthened by stone pitching.


174

Types of waste


Disposal methods

fuel, oils, and chemicals spills contaminated soil or wastewater

Contaminated soil or water

All phases soil contaminated by minor spills / leakages (defined as leaks from the vehicles, machinery, equipment, or storage containers such that the areas and depth of soil contaminated is less than 1sqft and 3 inches respectively) will be scraped and sent to the burn pit where it will be burned along with other combustible wastes. Moderate spills defined as spills of volume less than or equal to 200 litres will be contained and controlled using shovels, sand, and native soil. these materials and equipment will be made available at campsite and construction site during operation. The contaminated soil will be excavated and stored in a bonded area lined with impermeable base. Depending on the volume of the contaminated soil, the disposal may involve of sending to burn pit or by specialized treatment such as bioremediation or solidification/stabilization (s/s) Major spills of volume exceeding 200 litres will require the initiation of PMO emergency response procedures. These spills will be handled and controlled according to the specialized measures and special treatment as suggested by the spills removal experts. The contaminated water should be collected in separate container and sent them to the suitable treatment site after the mutual agreement with environment consultant and PMO.

Sewage and gray wastewater

Wastewater from kitchen and washing

Construction /Operation Phase

Sewage to be disposed of using septic tanks and soak pits, solid residue to be disposed of in nearby


175

Types of waste


Disposal methods

areas, sewage sewage treatment facilities. Wastewater from kitchen and washing areas to be disposed of in soak pits

Campsite waste

Animal, fruit or vegetable residue, domestic garbage


Colour coded waste collection drums will be placed at the appropriate locations to segregate different types of waste. Recyclable waste to be given away for recycling; and non combustible waste to be buried in designated landfill by the waste disposal authority of district Okara with other city waste as agreed with EU and Environmental Specialist. Green waste will be disposed off at the composting unit.

Medical waste

Syringes, glass bottles, soiled bandages, expired drugs, dressing


To be incinerated at nearby hospital incinerator, if any, or an equivalent facility

Workshop waste, and fluid waste

Used oil, ferrous /non ferrous materials, batteries, oil etc

Construction / Operation Phase

The collection of waste should be arranged with specialized certified contractor.

Demolition Waste

Concrete, bricks, other building materials


Reusable material to be given away for use. Remaining waste to be buried in designated landfill or designated construction waste disposal site.

Packing waste

Paper, plastic, textiles, cardboard, rubber, wood, glass, tin, cans, aluminum cans


recyclable waste to be handed over to recycling contractors.

Excess construction material

Sand, aggregate, cement, bricks, reinforcement steel bars,


To be sold back or given to the supplier or other users


176

Types of waste


Disposal methods

paints and other construction materials

7.9 ILLUSTRATED TRAFFIC MANAGEMENT Mechanical works at the barrage might require partial or full closure of the road bridge during construction. Therefore traffic management would be required during such time periods spanning long hours in a day. It is a contractor‟s contractual obligation to prepare a Traffic Management Plan, get its approval from traffic police, XEn Irrigation and HSE Officer and implement on site. The plan should be available for public in local library and published in news paper. The suggestions made in this section should be incorporated by the contractor in preparation of the Traffic Management Plan. The purpose of traffic management plan is to cope with traffic distribution that call for co-ordinate actions from several services responsible for road/traffic management on a given road or network. Barrage Structure Repair Work

There is a single carriage way bridge on top of the main weir at Sulemanki Barrage for public transport. If part of the road needs to be used to undertake the barrage structural repair work then the working area should be clearly marked with separating fence. No unauthorized person should be allowed to enter the working area. Following measures should be taken during the construction of the bridge

The adjacent land on both side of the road at the suggested location of the road bridge belongs to PID, therefore no private land acquisition require for bridge construction

Temporary route should be provided during the bridge construction to maintain traffic flow.

The temporary route should be adequate for the existing traffic plus the site traffic and designed and build by a specialized contractor.

The rural roads leading to or passing near the construction site could be used to convey men and materials to the construction sites.

It is a Contractor‟s contractual obligation to use the roads and paths carefully and in case of any damage, repair the damaged roads or paths.


177

Closing one Lane: When closing down the one lane of the road then the traffic light system should be set up and allow only one side traffic at a time. Sign posts about the new traffic light and/or proposed new road layout should be placed at least one km from the road closing lane . Sign boards about the expected delay in traffic and queue build up should be placed in Havali Lakha and Michna Abad (about 45 km from Sulemanki Barrage). . Complete Closure of the Road: There is an active river creek at downstream of the barrage and road bridge will be required for alternative route. A boat bridge could be assembled for temporary alternative route for the traffic during the refurbishment of the existing bridge, the suggested location of the Boat Bridge and access roads (currently are kacha path need to be strengthened for the main traffic) are indicated in figure 7.1. If the road need to be closed completely for short period then it is suggested that the closure should not be more than continuous 4 hours. Local traffic police should be informed at-least a week before the closure required. Traffic sign board regarding the closure time and suggestion for alternative routes should be placed at the exit of main city i.e. Pakpattan, Depalpour, and Bahawalnager towards the Sulemanki Barrage. Where possible the closure should be arranged outside the off peak times (consider peak time from 6am to 10am and 3pm to 7pm). The traffic should be stopped before it enters the build up area near the barrage i.e. settlements near the barrage to avoid the distraction of the local community and damage the infrastructure from the accumulated traffic. The following traffic survey conducted over a week provides the estimate of the daily average traffic flow can be used for the preparation of the traffic management plan by the contractor. Table 7.1: Traffic Survey Conducted at Sulemanki Barrage

Motor-cycle

Car/Jeep/ Taxi/Pajero

Hiace Wagon

Mini Bus/ Coaster

Bus Loader Pickups

Truck/ Trailer/ tractor

2009 1176 589 155 117 50 38 460

2014* 1405 655 161 122 52 47 487

2020 1635 722 168 126 54 56 515

*First Year after Proejct Completion ADT : Average Daily Taffice

7.10 OUTLINE OF EMERGENCY RESPONSE AND CONTINGENCY PLAN If any of the results of the environmental monitoring/sampling exceed specified trigger levels for the determinant, the appropriate actions will be undertaken to prevent hazard to human life, property and the environment outside the operating site bounding control and minimize


178

any immediate risks of pollution of the environments, ensure the immediate initiation of necessary investigation and management actions to identify, mitigate and remediate the cause of the accident. Initiate training and periodic testing/checking when necessary. The probabilities of accident such as oil spills, accidental habitat destruction, water or air pollution, breach in cofferdam and hit with unexpected high flow are very low. However, such accidents can occur and overall environmental emergency response method may be used:

Obtain an early warning of the emergency conditions so as to avoid adverse impacts on the environment

Safeguard personnel to prevent injuries or loss of life

Minimize the impact of such event on the environment and facilities by mitigating the potential for escalation and containing of the hazards

Site in charge should have permanent mode of contact (e.g. mobile phone or walki talki) with the HSE officer.

Contact name and number of HSE officer should be available in site office and displayed on site office notice board.

It is a responsibility of the contractor to provide at least one First Aider during working hours. The First Aid provider will perform the following duties.

i. Keeping all necessary first aid medicines and bandages in the first aid box at every time.

ii. Replace the medicines before their expiry dates to avoid any health hazard to the people.

iii. Provide first aid to the injured at the event of accident. iv. Report any accident / incident to the environmental manager immediately for

necessary action. v. Call ambulance in case of any serious emergency.

Emergency siren should be installed at the barrage to inform the site worker about any emergency situation. The operation of the siren will be controlled by the HSE officer or his nominated person. The designate assembly area also should be marked and informed to site worker. An outline of a contingency plan for the accidental spill is shown in Exhibit –4 Exhibit-4 Accidental Spill Contingency plan Step Diesel spill Chemical and Oil Spill


179

Alert / Mobilize (by work supervisor)

Alert emergency coordinator and team

Alert emergency coordinator and team

Initial action (by HSE Officer)

Start log of event Determine appropriate strategy Notify PMO in Lahore Notify relevant authority

Start log of event Determine appropriate strategy Notify PMO in Lahore Notify relevant authority

On-going actions (Site Incharge)

If there is a containment breach, use earth moving equipment to construct ditch or berm to contain spill. Use pump / absorbent to recover the product. Handle the recovered product according to the COSHH sheets.

If there is a containment breach, use earth moving equipment to construct ditch or berm to contain spill. If it contaminates the river use pump / absorbent pad to recover the product. Handle the recovered product according to the COSHH sheets.

Stand Down (Site Incharge / The Engineer)



Waste disposal (Contractor)

Collect all contaminated soil or absorbing pads and incinerate or treat with bioremediation at a controlled access area. In case of contaminated water the water should be treated and reuse or pump it back in to the river.

Incinerate or treat with bioremediation the collected product at a controlled – access area at the burn pit. Collect all contaminated soil and incinerate it at the burn pit.

7.11 HEALTH, SAFETY & ENVIRONMENT (HSE) PLAN It is a contractor‟s obligations to provide and implement the Health, Safety & Environment (HSE) Plan. The Plan should be divided into three main parts Health, safety and environment. Each part should include but not limited to the following elements; SAFETY


180

1 HSE Responsibilities 2 Site HSE Rules 3 Orientation, Site HSE Induction and Other Training Activities 4 Communication and HSE Meetings 5 Workforce Involvement, Motivation and HSE Incentive 6 Performance Monitoring 7 Hazard Analysis and Risk Management 8 Safe Work Practices 9 Personal Protective Equipment 10 Fire Prevention 11 Emergency Response Plan (ERP) 12 Transportation ENVIRONMENTAL MITIGATING AND MOINTORING PLAN (EMMP) 1. HSE Policy 2. Scope and Objectives 3. Mitigation Measures, Implementation Plan & Compliance Monitoring 4. Waste Management 5. Hazardous Material 6. Night Working 7. House Keeping 8. Noise HEALTH & HYGIENE 1. Purpose 2. Scope 3. Medical Personnel 4. First Aid (Medical) Facilities 5. Heat Stress 6. First Aid Training 7. Living Camp 8. Welfare of Personnel 9. Use of Narcotics And Drugs 10. Drainage, Sewerage and Septic Tank SITE SECURITY


181

1. Purpose 2. Scope 3. Method and Responsibilities ATTACHMENTS 1. HSE Policy 2. List of HSE SOP‟s, MS & Formats 3. Typical Site HSE Organization 4. Injury Statistics for the last four years 5. Honours and Awards 7.12 TREE PLANTATION If tree cutting will be required then five new trees should be planted for each tree uprooted on site. 7.13 BORROW AREAS RESTORATION If during construction contractor need to borrow material from private land then the contractor can acquire land in according to the lease agreement with the land owner. Photographs record will be kept before and after the land use as borrowing area. The contractor will not leave borrowing pit in such a condition that they are unusable and could be filled with rain water and provide breeding place for mosquitoes or cause any health and safety issues. Agriculture land should be restored such that it can be re-use for the agricultural purpose. The restoration of agricultural land includes but not limited to the following steps.

Remove of 6 inches of the topsoil and keep it separate on site for its re-spread back on the levelled borrow area

Excavate up to maximum 3 feet

Level slops as far as possible

Place the topsoil back on reasonably levelled area 7.14 LAND ACQUISITION PROCEDURE

Land Acquisition Act (LAA) 1894 is the primary law governing land acquisition in Pakistan. The rules and regulation of above law will be followed for the acquisition of private land.


182

It is envisaged that no private land acquisition will require for the project implementation and contractor‟s facilities set up. However temporary acquisition of private land may require for borrowing material. If the contractor proposed different locations of labour camp, batching plant etc and require any private land then he/she need to follow the LAA 1894 to compensate the land owner.

Land valuation will be carried out with the help of district officer and agree with the private land owner.

Cut of date will be announced at the day of compensation value agreed and signed with land owner and authorities.

The compensation will be paid to the affectee(s) prior to possession of the land being taken by the Government of Punjab.

7.15 RISK MANAGEMENT PLAN The outline of the Risk Management Plan is provided in this section. The detailed and more precise plan should be prepared and implemented by the contractor‟s Project Manager. The following Plan identify the possible hazards associated with the project activities, consequences of the occurrence, probability of the occurrence and action to reduce the risk to acceptable level i.e. low to medium. Hazards Consequences

of occurrence (Severity-L,M,H)

Probability of occurrence (L, M, H)

Risk (L, M, H)

Action to Manage the Risk

Residual Risk


183

Hazards Consequences of occurrence (Severity-L,M,H)


Risk (L, M, H)


Residual Risk

Oil, Chemical Spill

Contaminate land and control water bodies (M)

H H -Select the location of material storage yard away from the water bodies -Store material on bunded area with impermeable layer -Good housekeeping -loading and unloading of material should be manage by a competent person -spill kit should be available to deal with small spills

L


184



Risk (L, M, H)


Residual Risk

Breach in Cofferdam

Fatality or serious injury of the worker Adversely impact on aquatic life (H)

M H -The construction and maintenance of cofferdam should be mange by a competent person -Findings of daily inspection should be recorded and analysis -sand bags should be available on site to deal with small damages in the cofferdam -monitor river quality at downstream of the cofferdam on regular basis.

L

Adverse environmental impacts on Barrage pond area due to construction activities

Deteriorate natural habitat of pond area (L)

H M -Implementation of the control measures to mitigate impact on biological resources -Select appropriate plant and equipment and enforce the speed limit for site traffic to minimize the noise and dust pollution

L


185



Risk (L, M, H)


Residual Risk

Failure in plant & equipment e.g. lifting gears etc

Fatality or serious injury (H)

M H -Inspect all the equipment including lifting chains & ropes at the start of the work -A competent person should mange the work on site.

L

Extended Canal Closure

Damage the crop within the canal command area (H)

L M Pakpattan and Sadiqia Canals are perennial canals and close only for canal cleaning work. All the work requires canal closure should be arranged during available canal closure time. If require use cofferdam or construct temporary bypass arrangement to continue canal water supply as routine.

L


186



Risk (L, M, H)


Residual Risk

Batching plant

Deteriorate ambient air quality (M)

H H -Select batching plant location away from the living area or construct zero emission plant -should not operate outside working hours i.e. night time or early morning -All the workers working at the plant should wear proper PPE (breathing masks, gloves, eye protection etc)

L

Smoke from Burning

Cause suffocation and diseases respiratory tract (H)

M H -Provide smoke free fuel at labour camp -Cutting and burning of trees shall be prohibited

L

Road accidents due to construction work activities

Casualty, serious injury, damage to infrastructure (H)

M H -prepared and implement Traffic Management Plan as suggested in EIA.

L


187



Risk (L, M, H)


Residual Risk

Adverse Social impacts due to migrating labour from other part of the country

Extra burden on existing welfare facilities. Can Cause communicable diseases (H)

M H Improve and increase the capacity of available existing service to cope with the requirement of additional users. Run a campaign within the labour camp and local community to make people aware of the cause, mode of transmission and consequences of communicable diseases e.g. HIV/AIDS etc

L

L: Low; M: Medium; H: High 7.16 TRAINING MODULE The training will be given to the different professional groups separately such as manager level group, work supervisors, skilled/unskilled labour etc. The training will helps to insure the Project worker understood and followed the IEE and EMP. A Trainging plan of 10 sessions which will be finalized before the commencement of the project is given below


188

Training Plan

Trainee Trainer Contents Schedule Selected field staff of PMO and Supervision Consultatnt

EU Specialists; Environmentalist of Supervision Consultatnt

Environmental and social aspects, particularly sensitivities of the project; Key finding of the EIA Social and cultural values of the area; Leadership dynamics.

Before construction activities

All site personnel

Contractor: Managerial staff, engineers, Environment, social, health and safety staff. Consultants:

Managerial staff and engineers

Environmentalist of Supervision Consultant

Environmental and social aspects, particularly the sensitivities of the project; Wildlife and vegetation related sensitivities of the project; Key finding of the EIA; Mitigation measures; Contingency plan; Community issues; Social and cultural values of the area

Before and during construction stage

Construction crew Environmentalist of Supervision Consultant and Environmental Officer of Contractor

EMMP; Waste disposal plan; HSE plan

Before and during construction stage

Drivers Environmental Officer of Contractor

HSE plan; Road safety; Road restrictions; Vehicle restrictions; Defensive driving; Waste disposal; Social and cultural values of the area.

Before and during the construction

Camp staff Environmental Officer of Contractor

HSE plan; Camp operation Waste disposal Natural resource conservation

Before and during the construction


189

Trainee Trainer Contents Schedule Housekeeping

Restoration team Environmentalist of Supervision Consultatnt

Waste disposal; Site restoration; Leveling and restoration of borrow area

Before the start of the restoration activity

7.17 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT COST The cost provided in this section is based on the information available at up-dating feasibility level, which may be amended at detail design stage. 7.17.1 Environmental Monitoring Cost River water should be tested on quarterly basis at the barrage during barrage structure repair, motorization for gate operating system and bela excavation activities. Samples should be collected from upstream and downstream of the barrage during the construction phase. The samples should be tested for all the parameters of WHO drinking water standard, NEQS and FAO water quality standards. The approximate cost of monitoring of river water quality, assuming 3 years of construction phase is Rs. 1,650,000. Dissolve Oxygen, pH and Electric Conductivity (EC) of the river water should be monitored on monthly basis during construction phase. Groundwater should be tested at quarterly basis. Testing is also required at the start of the project before using the groundwater as a source of water supply. The samples should be collected from all the sources of groundwater use by the contractor onsite i.e. hand pumps, tubewell etc. The parameters need to be tested include WHO drinking water standard and FAO agriculture standards. The approximate cost of monitoring the groundwater over 3 years of construction phase at quarterly basis (considering one source only) is Rs. 500,000. Air quality should be monitored at quarterly basis and When required at work activities. The parameters for air quality monitoring include but not limited to carbon monoxide, NOx, SOx and particulate matter. The approximate cost of Ambient Air Monitoring over 3 years of construction phase is Rs. 800,000. Noise should be monitored 3 times on each working day at every noise producing activity. The approximate cost of the Noise monitoring is Rs. 50,000. The approximate total cost of the monitoring of the physical environmental parameters is Rs.3.0 million. The cost includes the man months of environmentalist for analyzing of the results and report writing by an environmentalist.


190

Environmentalist from the supervision consultant shall be monitored the ecological environment of the area during the construction phase of the project on continous basis. The required environmental monitoring is summarised below in table 7.2.


191

Table 7.2 Environmental Monitoring Plan for the Construction Phase



Air Quality PM10, CO, CO2 NOx, SOx

At 40m radius of Batching Plant (determine the dominate air direction and carry out monitoring at downstream of air flow), at LMB and RMB near the settlements

USEPA, WHO Quarterly basis Contractor Construction for 24 hours or one full working day

Dust Monitoring PM10

At Borrowing area At the barrage Labour camp Along

Embankments

USEPA, WHO Quarterly When required

Contractor Full working day

Noise Monitoring Noise

At the barrage At Barrage Pond

area, approximately 5m from the working site/machinery

At the borrowing site (s)

Maximum allowable level is 80dB

3 times over 24 hour (morning, afternoon and evening) at Active Construction site

Contractor -


192



Surface Water Quality

Full Suite of contaminants given in main report of EIA (in ch. 4)

At upstream and downstream of the barrage / Work area and effluent from labour camp wastewater before discharge into the river or other water body


Quarterly Basis Contractor -

DO, EC, pH and TDS

At upstream and downstream of the Barrage / work area


Monthly Basis Contractor -

Groundwater

Groundwater (Suite of Contaminants given in EIA)

All the groundwater extraction points use by the contractor

WHO drinking water standard

Quarterly Basis Contractor -


193

7.17.2 Environmental Audit Cost Environmental Audit should be carried out on annual basis and at the completion of the project by an independent consultant. The approximate cost of this item is 900,000.

7.17.3 Training Cost Training is considered to be an important part of environment awareness and all site management and work supervisors should undertake periodic training. The Contractor will arrange to run a proper campaign among the workers to make people aware of the causes, mode of transmission and consequences of HIV/AIDS. Contractor will arrange briefing given to all workers regarding the biological resources and wetland area. It should be cleared to the worker that unnecessary and out of bound activities / movements are strictly prohibited in the barrage pond area. All forest and fisheries laws should be explained to the workers. The approximate cost of training the site staff is Rs. 500,000. The cost includes 10 sessions of environment awareness course each cost Rs. 50,000.

7.17.3 Cost of Implementation of Emergency Plan The emergency plan will be prepared and presented in the final EIA report. The plan will be prepared to address any emergency conditions occur due to encounter unexpected flood, breach in cofferdam or accidental spill of oil or chemical. The approximate cost of dealing with unforeseen circumstances during construction phase is half a million rupees. 7.17.4 Special Waste Disposal Cost It is contractor‟s contractual obligation to dispose of the domestic waste generated on site during 3 years of construction phase at his own cost. This shall include collection and provision and maintainance of temparory waste storage area on site. Specialize contractor should be hired to dispose of the special waste i.e. cement bags, clinical waste, electric batteries etc. The approximate cost of the disposal of special waste is Rs. 500,000. 7.17.5 Water & Wastewater Effluent Testing Cost It will be one of Contractor‟s contractual obligations to arrange the supply of running drinking water at appropriate pressure to the site workers. The access of the drinking water should be available to every site worker. The cost of this item is included in the contractor‟s contractual obligations. Water sample should be collected and tested on quarterly basis to confirm its suitability for drinking purpose. The approximate cost of water testing is Rs. 250,000. It is proposed to treat the domestic wastewater generated from the labour camp, which should be collected with provision of underground sewer system and three chambers Septic


194

Tank connected in series. The capacity of each chamber should have minimum one day waste water discharge from the site facilities. The cost of this item is included in the contractor‟s contractual obligations. If collected wastewater from site setup i.e. Batching Plant, contractor‟s camp, effluent collected from waste storage area etc are discharge into the river then it should be tested for NEQS standard and confirmed the levels of the contaminates are within the acceptable level. The allocated cost for this testing is Rs. 250,000. 7.17.6 Site Visits by Authorities & Regulators Inspections by stakeholder and concern bodies for example WWF, Wildlife, Forest or Fishery Officers etc should be facilitated on site to ensure them the implementation of relevant laws. The approximate cost of this item is Rs. 500,000.

7.17.7 Traffic Management Cost The Traffic Management Plan will be prepared by the contractor to manage the site traffic and public traffic during construction phase of the project to minimise the interruption in the flow of traffic and its impact on the environment. The approximate cost allocated for this item is 1 million rupees. 7.17.8 Public Parks The improvement in existing Public Park, consist on approximately 104 acres is also included in the scope of work of this project. This will raise the aesthetic value and biodiversity of the area. The scope of work includes plantation of woody, fruit and flower plants, install children fun rides and Construct new canteen and restaurant area. The approximate cost of this item is 10.0 million rupees. 7.17.9 Restoration Cost The area being under the use of contractor during construction phase should be restored at the completion of the project to the original level without any additional cost by the contractor.


195

Table 7.3 Environment & Management Cost

Activity Cost (millionRs)

Environment Monitoring Cost 3.0

Training Cost 0.5

Environmental Audit Cost 0.9

Emergency Plan 0.5

Special Waste Disposal Cost 0.5

Water & Wastewater Effluent Testing Cost

0.5

Site Visits by Regulators & Authorities 0.5

Traffic Management Cost 1.0

Public Park Rehabilitation 10.0

Total 17.4

The above cost will be borne by the Contract as per the contract provision. Contractor’s Obligation The following conditions should be included in the Tender Document followed by the Contract Document as essential clauses: Clause regarding disposal of waste construction material

The Contractor shall in consultation with the supervising consultant and with the approval of Supervision Consultant of the Project, select and abide by the selection, a site for disposal of waste construction material as well as the material used for construction of coffer dam. Contravention to this clause may tantamount to contravention to contract and the Contractor will be responsible of removing the material dumped on a wrong site, at his own expense as early as possible. In case of delay, the contractor will pay a fine, suggested by the supervision consultant, for his negligence. Clause regarding adjustment with unstable locations appearing during

construction especially the foundation In case an unstable location appears during construction, especially the foundation, the contractor shall immediately inform the Supervision Consultant expressly providing full technical details about the problem. The Supervision Consultant will inspect the site; preferably the same day the report is received and will, if necessary, agree to make


196

modifications and changes in the design to stabilize the situation such as change in the depth of foundation. Contractor will not make any changes in the specification without express approval of Supervision Consultant. Contravention to this provision will mean unauthorized construction carried out for which RE will issue dismantling orders. Clause regarding Location of Labour Camps, Material Dumps / Depots,

Equipment and Machinery Yards, approach roads and routes Irrigation and Power Department land is available for location of Labour Camps, Material Depots, Equipment and Machinery Yard, link roads or other activities related to these matters and proposed sites have been shown on the environment baseline map. The Contractor will choose particular sites within the overall campus with the consultation with Supervision Consultant and PMO. If the Contractor chooses to locate his facilities on a private land, he will himself be responsible for any compensation, resettlement or rehabilitation process and costs and Supervision Consultant or Irrigation and Power Department shall not be involved in acquiring or using the land in making any payments for doing so. If the contractor selects different location for the Batching Plant, Labour Camp, borrowing area etc then the contractor will develop base line data for the new location on his own cost and resources. Clause regarding Rehabilitation of Construction and Extraction Sites

The Contractor shall carry out construction work exactly on the same site and according to the same design as provided in the Tender Documents. Also the camps site, the material depot, the machinery and equipment yard, link roads, borrow areas and coffer dam shall, after the completion of construction, be restored and rehabilitated and brought to at least the same condition, in which these were handed over to the contract. A set of Plategraphs and a video tape film shall be prepared to show the pre-construction sites and post construction rehabilitated sites. Clause Regarding Drainage, Paths, Roads, Linear Fixtures Crossed/Damaged By

Machinery Moving to and From the Construction Sites During the construction, if the Contractor‟s vehicles moving to and from the construction site(s) cause any damage or disruption of services pertaining to drainage systems, paths, roads linear fixtures e.g., transmission lines and fences, the Contractor shall get the damage repaired and services restored within the shortest possible time of the damage, failing which the Supervision Consultant will get an assessment of the damage and losses and debit that amount to Contractors account and the next payment shall be made to Contractor after deducting the debited amount. Clause Regarding Earthen Embankments or Concrete Work Vicinity Scouring on

The Protection Bunds or on the Main Sill Structure


197

All such spots where there is a possibility of scouring of earthen embankments or concrete work edge as mentioned in the Tender Document and quality included in this Construction Contract, the Contractor shall protect by protection walls and stone rip-rap work, failing which the payment of the Contractor shall be with-held. Clause regarding discharge spill or dumping on any building, House, graveyard,

archaeological site (established or newly Found), unstable slopes, un-compacted embankment or leaking into construction area

The Contractor shall be contractually bound to not to allow or cause discharge spill or dumping on any building house, graveyard, archaeological site (established or newly found), unstable slopes, un-compacted embankment or leakage of material/waste into the construction area. Any such failure shall be duly noted by Supervision Consultant during site inspections and contractor shall immediately remedy the situation failing which the payment of the contractor shall be with-held and the damage so caused shall be debited to contractor‟s account under the contractual provisions. Clause regarding Diesel and other fluids spilling over to River water from

Construction Machinery The Contractor shall ensure that his construction machinery is always in first class working order and no spilling of Diesel or any other fluids into the River, is caused by the defective machinery of the Contractor. For any such spill the Contractor shall pay the environmental compensation to be assessed by Supervision Consultant and the said amount shall be debited towards the payment of the Contractor. Clause Regarding Protection of Construction Work From Floods

The Contractor shall, throughout the construction work, manage to keep an eye on the flood position of the barrage and shall remain in touch with Flood Control Centre and remain equipped with means and equipment for taking protective measures to protect the works under construction. Irrigation and Power Department shall not be responsible for any damage caused by floods and any works washed away shall be reconstructed by the Contractor at his own cost within the tenure of the contract. Clause regarding providing proper diversion of water from downstream

The Contractor shall, in consultation with Supervision Consultant provide proper diversion to water flowing downstream and by requesting the Barrage Management opening and closing the main barrage gates and by collaboration with local communities especially the Fishermen community as per SFA and preparing them for any such diversions or closures. Losses caused to construction work due poor or mismanaged river flow diversion shall be considered as negligence on the part of contractor any damages or losses caused due to this negligence shall be borne by the contractor.


198

Clause regarding control on air quality by not allowing Machinery to cause dust, smoke or noise pollution

The Contractor shall not cause deterioration of air quality by using old or ill maintained machinery which raise excessive dust, produce excessive smoke or cause excessive noise pollution. The Contractor shall follow strict standards of maintenance of machinery, provide qualified and trained drivers and operations for the vehicles. The Contractor shall also sprinkle water on kacha roads to be used as link roads, and sites where the earth is to be dumped. The Contractor shall provide protective masks to his work force. Failure to do so shall be taken as serious contravention of the contract and shall cause the payment to be deferred till the correction of the situation. Clause regarding control of dust or other pollutants from Stored materials,

material depots or spoil heaps The Contractor shall:- (a) locate his material depots and spoil dump as far away from the villages/community

“Deras” as possible. (b) keep all such materials covered for effective control of the fugitive dust. Failing to do the Contractor will bear the cost which may have to be incurred on arranging remedy to defaults. Clause regarding use of outdated machinery

The Contractor shall obtain a certificate from Vehicle Examiner working under the Supervision Consultant but paid by the Contractor, that all the machinery employed is either new or in first class fitness condition so as not to cause smoke or oil leakages. Supervision Consultant will not allow the use of any outdated machinery. Clause to Protect the Biological Resources

The Contract will ensure that:- a) Unnecessary and out of bound activities/movements are not done outside the

campus allotted to him for setting-up the labour camp, material depots and machinery yard etc.

b) No fire arms are carried by any of the employees or labour. c) All Forest, Wildlife and Fisheries Laws are fully respected and abided by the

Contractor and his work force. d) The Biodiversity is respected and saved on its terrestrial, aquatic and aerial habitats. e) Necessary sign boards indicating boundaries of the barrage pond area are displayed

to make labour, visitors and members of public to remind them of their obligations towards Biota.

f) Inspections by Wildlife, Forest and Fisheries Officers are facilitated in camps to facilitate a proper implementation of relevant Laws.


199

g) Communities are given awareness and are involved in proper protection of the Biota inside and around the Project site.

Clause regarding respect for Socio-economic and Cultural Values and heritage

The Contractor shall be bound to:- (a) Ensure that no damage or disruption is caused to the social infrastructure or public

services being provided to the people e.g., education, health, electricity supply, drinking water supply facilities for public gathering or religious congregations.

(b) Ensure the Contractor or his employees remain above the local Tribal tensions especially the disputes over distribution of canal water and use of aquatic life.

(c) Ensure that existing ownership of land around the Project is respected. (d) Ensure that if some construction material has to be procured from or through a

member of local community, it must be by a proper Social Framework Agreement signed by all the parties.

e) Ensure that no damage or adverse effect is caused to archaeological sites (in case find on site) graveyards and burial places.

Clause regarding Public Safety, Health and Safety at Construct Site, including

measures against HIV/AID and Life insurance. The Contractor shall:-

a. Put up temporary but prominent sign boards in all of the project activity area warning people against likely hazards which can be caused due to certain activities. (Also to be reflected in SFA).

b. Arrange to run a proper campaign in the labour camp, to make people aware of the causes, mode of transmission and consequences of HIV/AIDS.

c. Strengthen the existing Basic Health Unit (BHU) for the benefit of the labour as well as the surrounding villages.

d. Ensure proper cleanliness and hygienic conditions at labour camps by ensuring a clean mess, proper drainage and suitable disposal of solid waste. Inoculation against Cholera will be arranged at intervals as recommended by Health Department.

e. Keep all the camps, offices, material depots, machinery yards and work site open for the inspection of health and safety measures, and related documents and include in the contract document the text regarding accessibility to the camps etc.

f. Provide proper overall, helmet and field boots and earplugs to work as a precaution against any mishap, and interlink various parts of the construction complex with local wireless telephones also fitted the vehicles.

g. Provide a group insurance cover to the workers and labour on study on site or in the camp, against accidents, mishaps or loss of life on duty.

Clause regarding employment of Locals in the construction work


200

The Contractor as an obligation of the Contract will employ, subject to availability and work ability, maximum number of local labour for construction work. Clause regarding impact due to material and waste left behind when construction

or dismantling Cofferdam(s) A careful planning of construction and dismantling is the Contractor‟s contractual obligation. It is his further obligation to remove all left over material and construction waste. The contractor shall ensure that turbidity / dissolved oxygen will not exceed from the acceptable levels during construction or dismantling of cofferdam(s). Contractor will consult with the environmentalist from the supervising consultant to get approval of the process of constructing / dismantling of cofferdam(s). It is also obligation of the contractor to remove at least 70% of the cofferdam construction. Furthermore, all removable sheet piles, if any, will be completely removed or at least underwater cut at river bed level after completing the construction activities. Failure to complete the task will liable the contractor to deduct total cost of the sheet pile left, as well as the cost of the construction of cofferdam left behind lesser than 70%. Disposal site(s) for the dismantled cofferdam(s) will be finalized by RE and EU. 7.18 CONCLUSION The potential impacts of the project are associated with only the construction phase of the

project and all of these impacts are temporary and reversible in nature. These impacts can

be mitigated through the proper implementation of the EMP. Therefore it is concluded that

the project is environmentally friendly, financially viable, economically sustainable,

genderally neutral and pro-poverty alleviation.


Figure 7.1 Proposed Traffic Management Map


202

CHAPTER 8: PUBLIC CONSULTATION 8.1 GENERAL Timely and broad-based stakeholder involvement is an essential element for an effective environmental assessment, as it is linked with Project Planning, appraisal and development in general. Public involvement during Initial Environmental Examination (IEE) have a tendency to improve project design environmental soundness and social acceptability. Contrary, IEEs that fail to be inclusive lean to have less influence over planning and implementation and resulted in high environmental and social cost. Considering more stakeholder involvement in IEE process resulted in improving the quality of the environmental assessment (EA). This is due to the prediction of the impacts using IEE often requires many years information and good quality base line data. Environmental Assessment that involves broad-base stakeholder consultation have greater potential to assess wider information resource-base and generation of accumulating knowledge of the local environment. 8.2 LEGAL REQUIREMENT FOR PUBLIC CONSULTATION According to the IEE and EIA Review Regulations 2000, public consultation is mandatory for IEE study. It is also mandatory for the projects classified as category B project and AOI include environmental sensitive area under the ADB Environment Policy. 8.3 CONSULTATION METHODOLOGY

8.3.1 Stakeholder Identification They are grouped into the following main categories

i. Local Communities ii. Government & Local Government Bodies iii. Civil Societies iv. Private Sector Bodies

The groups or institutions identified as stakeholder under each category are listed below I. Local Communities

a) Local labour (landless) b) Farmers of all land holding categories c) Fishing communities d) Female-head household e) Small business owner


203

II. Government There can be many departments who can be indirectly related to the project but those who have high relevance include;

a) Punjab Irrigation Department (including both top and low ranked officers and staff)

b) Punjab Forest Department, Wildlife, Fisheries Department c) EPA

III. Civil Society Institution that may have relevance to the Project includes various NGO‟s working in the construction and social development

IV. Private sector bodies can be commercial e.g. plantation manager, fishing contractors etc

8.3.2 Consultation Process and Technology Public Consultation has been conducted in two phase once during the early stage, reconnaissance survey and once during the preparation of IEE. Consultation with stakeholder will also be carried out throughout the Project cycle and by different member of the team at different stages of the study. Consultation process includes focus group discussion, village meetings and semi-structured interviews and one to one meeting or interviewed in the case of government, private and civil society institutions. During the consultation process, the stakeholders was briefed about the project objectives and scope. Their fears and suggestions was recorded. Women consultations was undertaken, under Gender analysis and explained about the benefits of the project. All meetings and discussion were held during day time on working days to ensure the availability and participation of the group/individual being consultant. The consultation is sensitive to the local language and cultural needs and wherever expatriate staff is involved local interpreters will be used, as the staff observed local norms. Local community and Wildlife and Fishry department has been consulted under phase I public consultation and their point of view and information provided are included in this study. The details of the consultations are summarized in Table-8.2. 8.4 OBJECTIVES ACHIEVED WITH THE PUBLIC CONSULTATION

1 Eliminate the scare that the canals will remain closed outside the routine closure period during the construction period. It was clarified that due measures will be taken that canals would run as per usual program and canal closure will take place only under the notified canal closure program as follow.


204

Name of Canal Status of Canal Periods when canal would

close Pakpattan Canal Perennial 31-Dec to 16-Jan

Fordwah Canal Non-Perennial 15 Oct to 15 April

Sadiqia Canal Perennial 31-Dec to 16-Jan

2 No change would ordinarily be made in existing capacity of canals during construction

phase, so no impact is anticipated on the canal command area. It was explained that project aimed at rehabilitating the Sulemanki Barrage and increase the capacity of the barrage by strengthening embankments, Barrage structure and dredging the silt within the pond area of the barrage. The local community was informed about the surface water quality and the water quality of the existing hand pump is not fit for drinking purpose without any treatment as identified in the baseline study.

3 Eliminate the fears that the large number of workers and labour will be brought by the contractor from outside the project area and ensure them that an opportunity of employment generated by the project shall be availed by the people of the area.

4 It was clarified that no access roads or public paths damage or alter for the contractor(s) activities i.e. labour camp, material depot, machinery yard etc.

It has been ensured to the local community that maximum employment will be offered to the local labour/workers.

i. Fishermen of the community believe that the construction activities would not put adverse effects on fishing industry as most of the Project activities schedule within half kilometer of upstream and downstream of the barrage structure which is a prohibited area for fishing. However the strengthening of the embankments work will raise the noise level of the surrounding area and could effect the fishing activities next to the embankments.

ii. Question was passed by the community that presence of some 1000 male members of labour from general locality of project will not only restrict the chances of women employment, but also cause moral and social problems for the free movement of local women folk in the area. It was clarified that strict discipline would be exercised on the labour force by providing stringent clauses in the contract document. To cut out the possibility of any moral issues or Communicable diseases spread, a well organized campaign shall be run.

iii. Road and kacha paths within the project areas would expose to the heavy traffic due to Project activities. This could raise the road accident and deterioration rate of the roads. It was clarified that due sinology and traffic management plan would be put into operation to minimize the impacts.


205

iv. With arrival of about 1000 additional persons, the price of accommodation in project area and Sulemanki Barrage markets would go up, and price index would go unfriendly for the local villagers. It was clarified that a Labour Camp will be constructed to accommodate for workers. It was also explained to the local community by some trade oriented people that instead of rise in price those would fall because larger market activities reduce the profit margin and price. More economical activities and better employment opportunities will be available for local community due to the rehabilitation of the barrage. This will help in lowering the poverty line in the area.

The following points came up in open acceptance of the project.

a) Greater employment opportunity was most welcome. b) Greater economic activity will alleviate poverty. c) Sulemanki barrage will be saved and given longer base of life and thus the

dependent agriculture. d) Present level of services i.e. electricity, communication, schooling, water

supply etc. is likely to improve. e) Wildlife Public Parks will attract visitors and tourism in the area and put

positive effects on the local economy. 8.5 CONSULTATION AND DISCUSSION DURING IMPLEMENTATION 8.5.1 Public Hearing This public hearing paragraph is a dummy to indicate the type of text required in the report. This will be replaced by actual text when EPA Punjab holds hearing. The public hearings will provide a forum for the post submission consultation on the EIA. The Punjab EPA within 10 days of the submission of the EIA will publish a public notice in any English or Urdu national newspaper and in a local news paper for general circulation of the area affected by the project.

The EPA will fix the date (not be earlier than 30 days from the date of publication of the public notice) and venue for the public hearing.

The circulation of the EIA report, gathering of comments on the EIA and ensuring public participation during public hearing will be the responsibilities of the Punjab EPA. The public hearing will preferably be held at the town/city nearest to the project area with representative from the government agencies, academic and prominent NGOs attending.

During the project implementation the consultation of the local community will occur at many forum by different members of the project. These consultations will be done during


206

construction & operational phase of the project, for capacity building and implementing agricultural extension. These consultations will be provided the forum continuously gathering concerns of the local communities during project implementation.

A Social Frame Work Agreement (SFA) will be signed through mutual open consent between the local village leaders and designated official of PID. An outline of SFA is given below.

8.5.2 Epa Approval The EIA report duly reconciled with PMO has been submitted to EPA Punjab for obtaining No Objection Certificate (NOC). A cheque of Rs. 30,000.00 has been also deposited along with the report by the consultant to EPA through PMO for conducting a Public Hearing. The approval from EPA (NOC-No Objection Certificate) for the Project is mandatory requirement before its commencement.

Social Framework Agreement

1. This is a Draft Social Framework Agreement between an official representing the Irrigation and Power Department (I&P Department), Government of Punjab and the villagers‟ Committee, whose names have been inscribed below in their presence and full consent.

Sr. No. of Village

Village Name (Two from each Village)

Father’s Name

1. 1.

2.

2. 1.

2.

3. 1.

2.

4. 1.

2.

5. 1.


207

2. We the committee of village leader/elders have agreed unanimously to nominate _______________________ S/O ______________________ as our Chairman and authorize him to enter into an SFA with PID on our behalf. We understand and pledge that this SFA will be a binding on us and PID throughout the currency of the construction work as well as the operational phase.

Signatures or Thumb Impression (TI) of the Chairman and the Members of the Villagers Committee.

Sr. No.

Name Signatures/TI

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

2.

6. 1.

2.

7. 1.

2.

8. 1.

2.

9. 1.

2.


208

8

9

10

3. By mutual consent it is agreed that PID

i) Shall not occupy any agriculture land or acquire any other land during the construction of the project.

ii) Shall not cause any damage or reduction in the water supply in the canals during the construction period of the project, except in case of force majeure e.g. high floods, strong storms or any other act of God

iii) Shall not cause any disturbance to the wildlife, wetland, archeological heritage or a place of worship

iv) Shall not interfere in the social political or tribal balance of the area.

v) Shall wherever possible, facilitate better services and supplies to the area e.g. schooling, health, awareness on epidemic and communicable diseases, electricity and road/rail communication.

4. Also, by mutual consent it is agreed that all the villagers residing in the area influencing project (name of the villages listed in para 1 above), collectively and severally:

i) Shall not interfere in the location of labour camps, material depots, equipment yards and all the approach roads to be used during project construction phase, all of which will be located on the lands of I&P department

ii) Shall not interfere if the I&P department decides to shift the construction of works elsewhere on a more suitable site as long as the activity remains on I&P department‟s own land

iii) Shall not receive any discharge of water slurry or oil spills to any graveyard or archaeological site

iv) Shall not cause any damage to wildlife or forest resources of any wildlife reserve and no villagers will be involved in killing, poaching or illegal hunting


209

v) Shall not allow reduction or official interference in our existing services and facilities e.g. education, health, electricity, water supply, religious and social congregations

vi) Agree that in case the contractor wishes to obtain some material from the private lands or wishes to make use of any piece of land outside the PID land that would invoke a new agreement between the villagers and the contractor and I&P department or Govt. of the Punjab shall not be involved in that in any way

vii) Agree to respect and observe the cautions on the sign boards displayed by project authorities and shall not remove or cause to be removed any signboards or installations put up by I&P or their representatives

(Add more conditions if required as per the prevailing circumstances).

This SFA has been signed this ________________ day of ______________, at __________

Signatures

Resident Engineer

(Full name and address)

Signatures

Chairman Villagers‟ Committee

(Name and Address)

Counter signed

Signature

Designated Official of PID

(full name and address)


210

8.6 Grievance Redress Mechanism This section describes mechanism to receive and facilitate the resolution of local community concerns and grievances. This explains the procedures and process of entering the complaints of affected people and accordingly their redressal mechanism. The local community will be fully informed of their rights and of the procedures for addressing complaints whether verbally or in writing during a continuous consultations process during the project implementation. It is preferred that local community will need to enter their complaints / concerns on a Grievance Redress Register (GRR) consisting the minimum information of “name and address of complainer(s), description of complaint(s), action taken, status of resolution of complaints and other necessary information / record and also record the reasons if issue(s) remain un-settled. All relevant efforts will be made to avoid or minimize the extent of grievances prior to treat under the redress process. This can be obtained through the regular consultations and implementation of the EMP, ensuring full participation of the community and coordination between the community, the PMO and other concerned Departments. The GRC will include the following members: GRC Composition

i). Concerned Executive Engineer/ DD (PID) - Convener ii). DD (Environment) - Member iii). Environmentalist from the Supervision Consultant - Member iv). Representative of the community - Member

To minimize the discomfort of the people, the GRC will be available at grass-root level to the local community. The PIU will be responsible to inform the DPs/ local community about the process and procedures of GR mechanism by pasting the information at prominent places. The complaints will be registered by maintaining a Grievance Redress Register (GRR), where the name & address of complainer, date, description of complaint and action taken will be entered. Similarly, the issues/ community concerns relating to the land will be addressed through the Revenue Department and or can also be referred to GRC, while issues other than land will be directly redressed by the PIU at field level (District) and can also be placed with GRC. If issues are still unsettled, will be forwarded to the PD (PMO) and finally consult an appropriate court of law.


211

8.6.1 Grievance Redress Process The process of grievance redress is discussed through as below:

i). First, complaint resolution will be attempted at site (field level) by the PIU or informal committee;

ii). If the issue still unsettled, a grievance can then be lodged to the GRC who will have 14 days to decide the case/ issue.

iii). If no solution reached, the grievance can be forwarded to the Project Director (PMO). Affected person must lodge the complaint within one month of lodging the original complaint with the GRC, and must produce documents supporting his/ her claim. The PD (PMO) will provide the decision within 3 weeks after registering a complaint.

iv). In case, the grievance redress system does not satisfy the affected people or community, then they can pursue further by submitting their case to the appropriate court of law in accordance with the Section 18 to 22 of the LAA 1894.


212

Table 8.2: Public Consultation Sr. No Meeting Place Date Participants Main Concern Replies

1 At the Barrage (in the restaurant area)

11/7/09 Local residence of about 10 persons

The benefits from the project to the local community Arriving of possibly 1000 labour from other part of the country may adversely impact the social life and the local women movement in the area

Protection from flood, Leakage of water through the gates will be minimize and so there will be more water in canals Job opportunities to the local community It was clarified that strict discipline would be exercised on the labour force to restrict the possibility of any moral issues or spread of communicable diseases.

2 Local Fishing Department office

11/7/09

Staff from Fishing department and fishing contractors about 8 persons attended

Wildlife habitat adversely impacted due to the construction activities and illegally fishing by the outside labour

It has been ensured to the local community that maximum employment will be offered to the local community All fishing, wildlife and forest laws are fully respected and abide by the contractor and his work force


213

3

Wildlife Department Office at Suleimanki Barrage

11/7/09

District Officer Wildlife Okara and his office staff Ahsan Bela - PIAIP Consultant

Wildlife habitat adversely impacted due to the construction activities

It was explained that all the wildlife, forestry & fishry laws will be implemented on site to avoid adversely affecting the wildlife and flora of the area

4 Chak Abdalka Union Council Jhindhka

16/11/09 Local villagers and farmers about 10 persons

Extra burden on existing services e.g. health facility, education, electricity etc Worries were expressed by the local community regarding the extended canal closure during construction phase. Project‟s heavy traffic may damage the roads and kacha paths of the area Possible impact of water logging due to alteration in water level in result of project activities

It was explained that due sinology and traffic management plan would be put into operation to minimise the disruption of traffic. Regular spraying of water would be undertaken to minimize the dust pollution. It was clarified that due measures will be taken that canal will run as per usual programme with no effect on the discharge volume and will close only during routine annual closure It was explained that there will be no change in pond water level, therefore inundation or water logging will not be the issue due to


214

implementation of the project

5

Head Office Wildlife Departmen at Lahore

19/02/10

Dypty Director Naim Bahti Enviornment Team - PIAIP Consultant

Construction activities may deteriorate the wildlife habitat. Vegetation clearing or tree uprooting may cause adverse impact on the wildlife.

No tree uprooting is anticipated for the implementation of the project, however if it requires five new plants will be planted near the work area for every one tree uprooted for the execution of the project. The existing Public Park will be improved by planting different species of plant. This will enhance the bio-diversity of the area. It was ensured that the wildlife, Forestry & fishery rules & laws will be implemented during construction and operational phase of the project to minimize the adverse impacts on the ecology of the area.

6 IUCN Office Islamabad

27/2/12

Muhammad Akhtar Cheema – IUCN (Manager Islamabad Office) Asim Mahmood – ADB Dr. Ashraf Bodla and

It was informed that IUCN is not doing great deal of work in Punjab Province. However the importance of wetland in the socity was emphasized by IUCN.

Project was briefed to the attendees A request for the information or studies has been submitted through an e-mail by Mr. Ahsan Bela on


215

Ahsan Bela – PIAIP Consultant

It was requested to submit a formal request in writing for the access to any study conducted by IUCN in this part of the area.

3/3/2012.

7 WWF Office Islamabad

27/2/12

Dr. Ghulam Akbar – WWF (Senior Director / National Program Manager) Dr. Ejaz Ahmad – WWF (Deputy Director General) Asim Mahmood – ADB Dr. Ashraf Bodla and Ahsan Bela – PIAIP Consultant

WWF is running a wetland research program. It was informed that the barrage pond area has been studied by WWF. The importance of the wetland and its protection was emphasized. it was requested to submit a formal request in writing to obtain the study conducted by WWF. Further meetings with the relevant staff of WWF based in Lahore office were suggested. mit a formal request in writing for the access to any study conducted by WWF in this part of the area.

Project was briefed to the attendees A request for the information or studies has been submitted through an e-mail by Mr. Ahsan Bela on 3/3/2012.


216

8 WWF Office Lahore

8/3/12

Najam Ul Huda Khan – WWF (Coordinator Wetland Survey Program) Dr. Ashraf Bodla and Ahsan Bela – PIAIP Consultant

The importance of strengthening the Environmental Monitoring Plan EMP was highlighted. Mr. Najam Ul Huda agreed to provide the environmental studies conducted in the area by WWF through e-mail to other parties of the project.

It was Suggested that project‟s impacts on ecological environment of the area should be monitored by third party preferable WWF during construction phase of the project.

Project was briefed to the attendees EMP revised in the light of Mr. Najam‟s suggestions It was ensured that the wildlife, Forestry & Fishery rules and laws will be implemented in all stages of the project to minimize the adverse impacts on the ecology of the area.

9 WWF Office Lahore

13/3/12

Ali Hassan Habib – WWF (Director General) Dr. Ejaz Ahmed – WWF (Deputy Director General) Uzma Khan – WWF (Director Biodiversity) Asim Mahmood – ADB Ahsan Bela – PIAIP Consultant

WWF contribution in protecting Pakistan‟s Wetlands was highlighted. The project components and there likely impacts were discussed. Concern about the impacts of the project with the new scope of work. WWF shows there interest to get involve in the project to carryout further work in this region. It was recogniozed that the environment of the area can be improved in order to

Project with the reduced scope of work was briefed to the attendees It was ensured that the project with reduced scope of work would not have any significant adverse environmental impact on the area. There will be no adverse social impact. Infact project will provide job opportunity for the locals and improve the socio-economic


217

attract tourist and provide picnic spot for the local population. WWF proposed to construct an information center at the barrage which could help to raise the awareness of local and its protection among the visitors and local community. WWF was agreed to provide the studies for incorporating in the EIA report as secondary data. It was requested to provide the EIA report on completion by WWF.

conditions of the area. PIAIP consultant will provide the EIA report to WWF once is finalized.

SuleimankiBarrage IEE Report

Appendices


APPENDIX-2.1

NATIONAL ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY STANDARDS


NESPAK-ABB-DMC 213

Appendix 2.1

National Environemntal Quality Standards

Determinant Limit

Temperature 40 deg Centigrade pH 6 and <10 pH BOD 80 mg/l Chemcial Oxygen Demand (COD) 150 mg/l Total Suspended Solid (TSS) 200 mg/l Total Dissolved solids 3500 mg/l Grease and Oil 10 mg/l An-ionic detergents (as MBAS) 20 mg/l Ammonia 40 mg/l Chlorine 1.00 mg/l Chloride 1000 mg/l Sulphate 600 mg/l Manganese (Mn) 1.50 mg/l Chromium (Cr) 1.00 mg/l Copper (Cu) 1.00 mg/l Lead (Pb) 0.50 mg/l Mercury (Hg) 0.01 mg/l Selenium (Se) 0.50 mg/l Nickel (Ni) 1.00 mg/l Silver (Ag) 1.00 mg/l Zinc (Zn) 5.00 mg/l Barium (Ba) 1.50 mg/l Iron (Fe) 8.00 mg/l Chlorine 1.00 mg/l Phenol Compounds 0.1mg/l Cyanide (Cn) 1.0mg/l Cadmium (Cd) 0.1mg/l Arsenic (As) 1.0mg/l Total Toxic Metal 2.0mg/l Boron 6.00mg/l


APPENDIX-3.1

CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE


214


APPENDIX-4.1

SAMPLING PROCEDURE AND TEST RESULTS


Monitoring Report

Environmental Assessment at Sulemanki Barrage


215

List of Contents

1. Introduction 1.1. Sampling Location

1.2. Study Objectives

1.3. Scope of Services

1.3.1. Ambient Air Quality Monitoring

1.3.2. Noise Level Monitoring

1.3.3. Water Sampling

1.3 .3 .1 Ana lys is Parameters :

1.4. Work Plan

2. Methodology 2.1. Ambient Air Quality

2.1.1. Sampling and Analysis of Particulate Matter

2.2. Meteorological Conditions

2.3. Noise Level Monitoring

2.4. Sampling of Ground and Surface Water

2.4.1. Sample Preservation

2.4.2 Sample Identification and Chain of Custody

2.4.3 Analysis Methods

3. Results and Discussion


216

List of Tables:

Table 1: Ground Water

Table 2: Surface Water

Table 3: Work Plan

Table 4: Methodology of Ambient Air Quality Monitoring

Table 5: Summary of Special Handling Requirements for Ground / Surface Water Samples

Table 6: Methods Used for Analysis

Table 7: Average Obtained Concentrations of Priority Pollutants


217

List of Figures:

Figure 1: Project Location

Figure 2: Sampling Location

Figure 3: Ambient Air Quality Monitoring

Figure 4: Noise Level Monitoring at Irrigation

Figure 5: Noise Level Monitoring at Sulamanki Barrage

Figure 6: Ground Water Sampling from Haveli Lakha

Figure 7: Surface Water Sampling from Right Under Sluice


218

List of Annexes: Annexure – I Meteorological Data

Annexure – II Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Data

Annexure – III Noise Level Monitoring Data

Annexure – IV Ground Water Analysis Report

Annexure – V Surface Water Analsyis Report

Annexure – VI Standards


219

1. Introduction

National Engineering Services Pakistan (Pvt) Limited (NESPAK) is one of the leading

engineering consultancies of the Pakistan. NESPAK is conducting project for

rehabilitation and up gradation of Sulemanki barrage funded by Asian Development Bank.

Services of SGS Pakistan (Pvt) Ltd were engaged to develop baseline of the project site

and surroundings. This report is prepared on the basis of field survey carried out from

November 10 to 11, 2009 for ambient air quality, weather conditions, noise level

monitoring, ground and surface water sampling from advised locations.

1.1. Sampling Locat ion

The project location for Sulemanki barrage rehabilitation and up gradation is given as

Figure 1. The site selected for ambient air quality and noise level monitoring was at

Sulemanki Barrage. The monitoring was carried out at the selected sites for the duration of

24 hrs. Water samples were collected from advised sampling locations in order to

determine the water quality of the area. Three surface water samples were collected from

right under sluice, left under sluice and BS link fall into the Sutlj River respectively.

Ground water sample was collected from the village located in the vicinity of the project

site. The photographs of the sampling is given in Figure 6 and 7.


220

F igure : 1 P ro jec t Locat ion


221

F i g u r e : 2 S am p l i n g L o c a t i o n


222

1.2. Study Objectives

The main objective of the study was to monitor ambient air quality, recording sound level

and analyze the ground and surface water samples to examine the environmental

conditions and water quality of the project site and its surroundings. The obtained data is

compared with standards attached as Annexure- VI of the report.

1.3. Scope of Services

Scope of services covered following main components:

Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Weather Conditions Noise Level Monitoring Ground Water Sampling and Analysis Surface Water Sampling and Analysis

1.3.1. Ambient Air Quality Monitoring

In accordance to USEPA National Ambient Air Quality standards the following priority

pollutants would be monitored in the ambient air of the study area:

Carbon Monoxide (CO) Nitrogen Dioxide (NO2) Sulfur Dioxide (SO2) Particulate Matter (PM1 0 )

In addition to above mentioned parameters, the weather conditions were also monitored in

order to interpret ambient air quality. For the purpose following parameters would be

monitored:

Ambient Temperature

Relative Humidity

Barometric Pressure

Wind Direction

Wind Velocity


223

1.3.2. Noise Level Monitoring

Noise level using portable digital sound meter was monitored at following advised sites:

At Barrage

Irrigation Colony

1.3.3 Water Sampling

Water samples were collected from advised sampling points and were submitted to SGS

chemical and microbiological labs for analysis according to parameters as per contract.

1.3.3.1 Analysis Parameters:

The collected water samples were analyzed for following list of parameters according to US

EPA and APHA approved methods.

T a b l e 1 : G r o u n d W a t e r

Test Type Physical Chemical Biological

Parameter Odor Color Taste

Total Dissolved Solids (TDS) Total Suspended Solids (TSS) Ca Hardness Mg Hardness Nitrate Electrical Conductivity (EC) Chloride (Cl) Sulphate Turbidity Fluoride Nickel Manganese Zinc Copper Chromium Mercury Lead Silver Selenium Barium Magnesium Iron Sodium Absorption Ratio (SAR) Residual Sodium Carbonate (RSC)

Total Colonial Count Total Coliforms Fecal E. Coli Fecal Enterococci


224

Table 2 : Surface Water

Test Type Physical Chemical Biological

Parameter Odor Color Taste

Electrical Conductivity (EC) Total Dissolved Solids (TDS) Total Suspended Solids (TSS) Nitrate Grease & Oil Chloride (Cl) Sulphate Turbidity Fluoride Magnesium Iron Nickel Manganese Zinc Copper Chromium Mercury Lead Silver Selenium Barium BODs COD Sodium Absorption Ratio (SAR) Residual Sodium Carbonate (RSC)

Total Colonial Count Total Coliforms Fecal E. Coli Fecal Enterococci


225

1.4. Work Plan

In order to cover the above scope of work, following schedule was planned and followed:

T a b l e 3 : W o r k P l a n

Sr.# Intervention Date Activity

Sulemanki Barrage

Irrigation Colony

Monitoring Haveli Lakha

and S am pl ing Locat ion

Right Under Sluice

Left Under Sluice

Just After the BS Link Fall

into Sutlj River

Environmental Assessment at Sulemanki Barrage

1 Nov.10 to Nov.11,2009 Ambient Air Quality Monitoring

2 Nov.10 to Nov.11,2009 Weather Conditions

3 Nov.10 to Nov.11,2009 Noise Level Monitoring

4 Nov.11 ,2009 Ground Water Sampling

5 Nov.11,2009 Surface Water


226

2. Methodology

Following is the brief description of methodology adapted for this environmental

assessment:

2.1. Ambient Air Qual ity

Ambient air quality was monitored with the help of Mobile Air Quality Station equipped with the state of the art ambient air analyzers.

Figure 3: Ambient Air Quality Monitoring at Suleimanki Barrage

Selection of sampling points was made considering the wind direction at the advised

sampling sites. The methodology adopted for ambient air quality monitoring is as follows:


227

Table 4: Methodology of Ambient Air Quality Monitoring

Air Pollutant

Monitoring Technique Method

Measurement Range

Lowest Detection

Limit

Carbon Monoxide

(CO)

Gas Filter Correlation CO Analyzer

USEPA Designated

Method RFCA- 0981-054

0 – 100 0.01 ppm

Sulfur Dioxide (SO2)

Pulsed Fluorescent Analyzer

USEPA Designated

Method EQSA- 0486-060

0 – 50 ppb 0 – 1000 ppm

1 ppb

Nitrogen Dioxide (NO2) Chemiluminescent

Analyzer

USEPA Designated

Method RFNA- 1289-074

0 – 50 ppb 0 – 1000 ppm

1 ppb

Particulate Matter (PM1 0)

High Volume Sampler 40 CFR 50,

App. B (US-EPA)

2 – 750 g/m3 2 g/m3

2.1.1. Sampling and Analysis of Particulate Matter

Particulate matter concentration in terms of PM10 was monitored in the ambient air with

the help of high Volume PM10 Sampler. Reference method used for PM10

determination in ambient air is 40 CFR 50, Appendix J (USEPA).

Air sample for detection of PM10 concentration was drawn on fiberglass filter paper and

then the collected sample was preserved in protective holder which was transported to

SGS lab for further analysis under standard environmental conditions.

2.2. Meteorological Conditions

In addition to the advised parameters for ambient air quality, weather conditions were

also monitored continuously for 24 hours with the help of mobile weather station.

Selection of sampling points was made considering the wind direction at the advised

sampling site.


228

2.3. Noise Level Monitoring

Noise level was monitored at the advised sampling points for 24 hours with interval of 1

second and hourly average data is reported. The sound level was monitored with the help

of potable Digital sound meter (RION, Model NL – 31, IEC60051 TYPE 1 IE60804 TYPE 1

JIS C 1505).

Figure4: Noise Level Monitoring at Irrigation Figure5: Noise Level Monitoring at Colony Sulemanki Barrage

Noise level measurement was performed according to standard operating procedures.

2.4. Sampling of Ground and Surface Water

One ground and three surface water samples were collected from advised sampling

points in the surroundings of the project site. Water samples were collected according to

the SOP based on the recognized methods of United State Environmental Protection

Agency (USEPA) and American Public Health Administration (APHA) for water sampling

and analysis.


229

2.4.1. Sample Preservation

The collected water samples were preserved in appropriate containers as per APHA

guidelines. A shipping container (Ice box with eutectic cold packs instead of ice) with

maintained temperature of 4° C ±5 °C was used for transporting the samples from the

collection site to the analytical laboratory.


230

Table 5: Summary of Special Handling Requirements for Ground / Surface Water Samples

Determination Container Minimum

Sample

Size (ml)

Preservation Maximum Storage

Recommended /

Regulatory

BOD5 P, G 1000 REFRIGERATE @ 4 oC 06 HRS / 48 DAYS

COD P, G 100 REFRIGERATE @ 4 oC ANALYZE

ASAP OR ADD H2SO4 TO pH <2 07 DAYS / 28 DAYS

CHLORINE, Residual P, G 500 ANALYZE IMMEDIATELY 0.5 HR / 02 HRS

COLOR P, G 500 REFRIGERATE 48 HRS / 48 HRS

CONDUCTIVITY P, G 500 REFRIGERATE 28 DAYS / 28 DAYS

FLUORIDE P 300 NONE REQUIRED 28 DAYS / 28 DAYS

GREASE & OIL G, wide mouth

calibrated 1000

ADD H2SO4 TO pH < 2,

REFRIGERATE 28 DAYS / 28 DAYS

HARDNESS P, G 100 ADD HNO3 TO pH < 2 06 MON / 06 MON

METALS, General P (A), G (A) - FOR DISSOLVED METALS

FILTER IMMEDIATELY 06 MON / 06 MON

Mercury P (A), G (A) 500 ADD HNO3 TO pH < 2.4 C 28 DAYS / 28 DAYS

Nitrogen

Ammonia P, G 500

ANALYZE ASAP OR ADD H2SO4

TO pH < 2, REFRIGERATE 07 DAYS / 28 DAYS

Nitrate P, G 100

ANALYZE ASAP OR

REFRIGERATE, OR FREEZE AT

–20 C

48 HRS / 48 HRS

Nitrate + Nitrite P, G 200 ADD H2SO4 TO pH < 2,

REFRIGERATE NONE / 28 DAYS

Nitrite P, G 100

ANALYZE ASAP OR

REFRIGERATE, OR FREEZE AT

–20 C

NONE / 48 HRS


231

Determination Container Minimum

Sample

Size (ml)

Preservation Maximum Storage

Recommended /

Regulatory Odor G 500 ANALYZE ASAP, REFRIGERATE 06 HRS

pH P, G - ANALYZE IMMEDIATELY 02 HRS / 02 HRS

Solids P, G - REFRIGERATE 07 DAYS / 07-14 DAYS

Sulfate P, G - REFRIGERATE 28 DAYS / 28 DAYS

Sulfide P, G 100 REFRIGERATE, ADD 4 DROPS 2N

ZINC ACETATE 28 DAYS / 28 DAYS

Temperature P, G - ANALYZE IMMEDIATELY - / -

Turbidity P, G - ANALYZE SAME DAY, STORE IN

DARK UP TO 24 HRS 48 HRS / 48 HRS

P : Plastic Container G : Glass Bottle

2.4.2 Sample Identification and Chain of Custody

The collected water samples were labeled and assigned a unique sample identification

number, sampling date and time of collection to collected samples. All the relevant

information (sampling location, time of collection, sample identification, temperature, pH,

collected by, preservation techniques etc) was recorded immediately on the Chain of

Custody form signed by SGS field Analyst.


232

2.4.3 Analysis Methods

The collected ground and surface water samples were analyzed according to following

methods:

Table 6: Methods Used for Analysis

Sr.# Parameter Method / Technique Reference Method

1 Temperature Thermometer -

2 pH pH meter with 2 point calibration USEPA, APHA 3 Chemical Oxygen Demand (COD) Wet chemistry APHA 4 Biological Oxygen Demand (BOD5) Wet chemistry / Incubation ASTM 5 Total Suspended Solids (TSS) Wet chemistry/Air oven ASTM 6 Total Dissolved Solids (TDS) Wet chemistry/Digital determinator USEPA, APHA 7 Grease & Oil Solvent extraction ASTM 8 Phenolic Compounds (as phenol) Colourimetry USEPA, APHA 9 Chloride Wet chemistry USEPA, APHA

10 Fluoride Ion selective/colourimetry USEPA, APHA 11 Cyanide Ion selective / colourimetry USEPA, APHA 12 Anionic detergents Colourimetry USEPA, APHA 13 Sulphate Wet chemistry APHA 14 Sulphide Wet chemistry ASTM 15 Ammonia Wet chemistry / Ion Selective ASTM 16 Cadmium AAS USEPA, APHA 17 Chromium AAS USEPA, APHA 18 Copper AAS USEPA, APHA 19 Lead AAS USEPA, APHA 20 Mercury AAS USEPA, APHA 21 Nickel AAS USEPA, APHA 22 Silver AAS USEPA, APHA 23 Zinc AAS APHA 24 Arsenic AAS (Hydride generation) ASTM 25 Iron AAS ASTM 26 Manganese AAS USEPA, APHA 27 Nitrates Ion Selective USEPA, APHA 28 Turbidity Spectrophotometer USEPA, APHA 29 Dissolved Oxygen Titrimitery USEPA, APHA 30 Chlorine Wet chemistry APHA

APHA= American Public Health Association

ASTM=American Society for Testing and Materials

USEPA=United State Environmental Protection Agency


233

3. Results and Discussion

Monitoring of ambient air quality, weather, noise level and water quality was carried out at

advised sampling points. The monitoring results are given in Annexure I to V. The results

of ambient air quality monitored for 24 hrs are given in Annexure II of the report. USEPA

(United State Environmental Protection Agency) and Draft National Environmental Quality

Standards (NEQS) of Pak EPA for ambient air quality were used for comparison. The

copy of USEPA and Pak-EPA ambient air quality standards is attached as Annexure – VI of the report. The average concentration of carbon monoxide (CO) for 8 hrs according to

the USEPA standard should not exceed from 9ppm while for Pak EPA 5 mg/m3. The

levels obtained at monitoring site for 24 hrs averages were 3.19 ppm and 3.98 mg/m3

which lie well within the limits specified in both the standards for CO. Similarly average

concentrations of nitrogen dioxide and sulphur dioxide was found at 8.48 ppb (29.18

µg/m3) and 5.15ppb (14.72 µg/m3) respectively which are well within the limits defined in

USEPA and Pak-EPA standards. The 24 hrs average particulate matter PM10 was

found to be 117.32 µg/m3 against standards value of 150 µg/m3 for USEPA and 250

µg/m3 for Pak-EPA standard.

Table 7: Average Obtained Concentrations of Priority Pollutants

Parameter Unit

Average

Obtained

Concentration

Unit

Average

Obtained

Concentration

Duration

Nitrogen Dioxide (NO2 ) ppb 8.48 µg/m3 29.18 24Hours

Sulfur Dioxide (SO2 ) ppb 5.15 µg/m3 14.72 24 Hours

Carbon Monoxide (CO) ppm 3.19 mg/m3 3.98 24 Hours

Particulate Matter (PM1 0 ) µg/m3 117.32 µg/m3 117.32 24 Hours

Noise level monitoring was conducted at sulamanki barrage and irrigation colony. Results

were attached as Annexure III of the report. The noise level was found in range of 43.4 –

62.7 dB (Le q . ) .


234

One ground water and three surface water samples were collected from advised sampling

points. The water samples were analyzed for chemical and microbiological parameters.

The WHO drinking water guidelines are given in Annexure VI of the report. Microbiological

analysis results of both ground and surface water samples show rich microbial

contamination which makes them unfit for human consumption. The results of ground

water analysis were attached as Annexure-IV while that of surface water are attached

Annexure V. All the parameters of ground water sample lie within the limits specified in

WHO guidelines except turbidity, lead and iron content which shows higher concentrations

than the values defined in WHO limits for drinking water. However, it is anticipated that the

concentration of turbidity and iron are high due to assimilation of soil in ground water.

Surface water samples were analyzed according to NEQS parameters. All the parameters

lie within the limits specified in NEQS for surface water. Results were attached as

Annexure-V of the report.


Annexure – I

Meteorological Data


235

Meteorological Data

Client : NESPAK (Pvt) Ltd. Sampling Point : Sulemanki Barrage Date of Intervention : November 10 – 11, 2009

Time Temp Wind Dir Wind Speed Hum Pressure OC m/s %

13:00 26 E 2.2 42 756.7 14:00 25 SW 2.0 44 756.5 15:00 23 N 1.7 45 756.5 16:00 23 NW 0.9 45 756.1 17:00 19 S 3.7 49 755.9 18:00 17 SW 1.9 52 755.7 19:00 15 SW 1.7 57 755.5 20:00 14 SW 1.1 60 755.1 21:00 14 SW 0.5 60 755.2 22:00 14 SW 0.8 62 755.1 23:00 13 SW 0.4 68 754.8 24:00 13 SW 0.9 68 754.6 01:00 13 SW 0.9 69 754.3 02:00 13 SW 0.9 69 754.2 03:00 11 SW 0.4 75 754.0 04:00 10 SW 0.4 74 754.1 05:00 9 SW 0.9 78 754.2 06:00 9 SW 0.4 79 754.4 07:00 8 E 2.7 80 754.9 08:00 12 SE 0.4 74 754.9 09:00 16 SE 0.8 56 755.2 10:00 22 SW 2.2 44 755.1 11:00 23 SW 2.5 36 754.8 12:00 25 SW 2.4 48 754.6


Annexure – II

Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Data


236

Ambient Air Quality


S r. # T ime CO (ppm) NO

(ppb) NO2

(ppb) NOX (ppb)

SO2 (ppb)

1 13:00 2.6 10.12 8.09 18.21 3.21

2 14:00 2.2 12.72 4.58 17.30 3.17

3 15:00 3.1 10.32 9.77 20.09 4.20

4 16:00 2.7 12.40 13.61 26.01 5.17

5 17:00 4.2 19.21 5.15 24.36 9.48

6 18:00 4.3 12.27 17.26 29.53 9.58

7 19:00 4.0 13.57 6.97 20.54 8.17

8 20:00 3.8 8.01 4.92 12.93 7.12

9 21:00 3.6 6.49 4.81 11.30 5.82

10 22:00 3.4 4.80 14.8 19.60 5.30

11 23:00 4.0 10.07 153.31 25.38 4.91

12 24:00 3.3 11.40 5.03 16.43 4.96

13 01:00 3.1 6.08 9.89 15.97 4.62

14 02:00 3.0 6.57 11.64 18.21 4.57

15 03:00 3.0 6.92 5.08 12.00 5.04

16 04:00 2.9 3.75 5.18 8.93 4.30

17 05:00 2.9 2.80 3.52 6.32 3.83

18 06:00 2.8 2.23 7.85 10.08 3.04

19 07:00 2.7 3.83 4.33 8.16 3.52

20 08:00 2.7 2.65 9.66 12.31 2.85

21 09:00 4.3 4.81 12.87 17.68 4.49

22 10:00 2.9 7.70 9.91 17.61 5.51

23 11:00 2.6 7.10 5.34 12.44 5.96

24 12:00 2.5 5.18 8.03 13.21 4.74


237

Ambient Air Quality Client : NESPAK (Pvt) Ltd. Sampling Point : Sulemanki Barrage Date of Intervention : November 10 – 11, 2009

Parameter Unit Duration LDL Average Obtained

Concentration

Nitrogen Dioxide (NO2) ppb 24Hours 0.01 8.48

Sulfur Dioxide (SO2) ppb 24 Hours 0.01 5.15

Carbon Monoxide (CO) ppm 24 Hours 1.0 3.19

Particulate Matter (PM10) µg/m3 24 Hours 2 117.32

µg/m3: micrograms per cubic meter

ppm: parts per million

ppb: parts Per billion

LDL: Lowest Detection Limit


238


Sr. # Time CO

(mg/m3) NO

(µg/m3) NO2 (µg/m3)

NOx (µg/m3)

SO2 (µg/m3)

1 13:00 3.25 13.56 16.58 30.14 9.18

2 14:00 2.75 17.045 9.39 26.44 9.07

3 15:00 3.87 13.83 20.03 33.86 12.01

4 16:00 3.37 16.6 27.90 44.50 14.79

5 17:00 5.25 25.74 10.56 36.30 27.11

6 18:00 5.37 16.44 35.38 51.82 27.40

7 19:00 5.00 18.18 14.29 32.47 23.37

8 20:00 4.75 10.73 10.09 20.82 20.36

9 21:00 4.50 8.70 9.86 18.56 16.64

10 22:00 4.25 6.43 30.34 36.77 15.16

11 23:00 5.00 13.50 314.29 327.79 14.04

12 24:00 4.12 15.28 10.31 25.59 14.19

13 01:00 3.87 8.15 20.27 28.42 13.21

14 02:00 3.75 8.80 23.86 32.66 13.07

15 03:00 3.75 9.27 10.41 19.68 14.41

16 04:00 3.625 5.02 10.62 15.64 12.30

17 05:00 3.62 3.75 7.22 10.97 10.95

18 06:00 3.50 2.99 16.09 19.08 8.69

19 07:00 3.37 5.13 8.88 14.01 10.07

20 08:00 3.37 3.55 19.80 23.35 8.15

21 09:00 5.37 6.44 26.38 32.82 12.84

22 10:00 3.62 10.32 20.31 30.63 15.76

23 11:00 3.25 9.51 10.95 20.46 17.05

24 12:00 3.12 6.94 16.46 23.40 13.56


239


Parameter Unit Duration Average

Concentration

Nitrogen Dioxide (NO2) µg/m3 24 Hours 29.18

Sulphur Dioxide (SO2) µg/m3 24 Hours 14.72

Carbon Monoxide (CO) mg/m3 24 Hours 3.98

PM10 µg/m3 24 Hours 117.32

µg/m3: micrograms per cubic meter mg/m3: milligrams per cubic meter LDL: Lowest Detection Limit


Annexure – III

Noise Level Monitoring Data


240

Noise Level Monitoring


Sr. # Time Leq(dB) Lmax(dB) Lmin(dB)

1 13:00 60.2 65.1 54.1

2 14:00 62.7 67.4 56.2

3 15:00 58.1 64.0 52.1

4 16:00 60.2 68.2 56.0

5 17:00 55.5 62.3 50.3

6 18:00 56.0 60.1 53.1

7 19:00 53.1 59.2 50.0

8 20:00 54.7 59.0 51.1

9 21:00 53.4 58.2 49.2

10 22:00 54.0 62.1 50.0

11 23:00 49.1 57.2 43.7

12 24:00 52.1 58.0 49.1

13 01:00 51.0 59.3 47.3

14 02:00 55.2 63.7 52.4

15 03:00 53.7 60.2 49.7

16 04:00 50.0 58.0 46.0

17 05:00 50.2 57.4 45.1

18 06:00 53.0 62.2 49.2

19 07:00 56.1 64.0 53.4

20 08:00 60.4 67.1 55.1

21 09:00 59.2 68.7 56.7

22 10:00 57.0 65.3 54.2

23 11:00 57.3 64.0 55.3

24 12:00 55.1 63.2 54.0


241


Client : NESPAK (Pvt) Ltd.

G r a p h 1 : - V a r i a t i o n o f N o i s e w i t h T i m e


242


Client : NESPAK (Pvt) Ltd. Sampling Point : Irrigation Colony Date of Intervention : November 10 – 11, 2009

Sr. # Time Leq(dB) Lmax(dB) Lmin(dB)

1 13:00 60.0 65.0 53.0

2 14:00 62.1 67.1 55.2

3 15:00 55.7 62.0 57.0

4 16:00 52.3 60.7 48.3

5 17:00 59.4 63.9 53.0

6 18:00 57.0 64.5 52.5

7 19:00 55.3 59.2 47.2

8 20:00 49.2 55.1 46.0

9 21:00 57.2 60.3 57.3

10 22:00 46.1 52.2 44.4

11 23:00 44.0 50.5 42.0

12 24:00 44.7 51.3 40.1

13 01:00 43.4 50.2 39.7

14 02:00 47.5 52.7 41.0

15 03:00 45.4 53.1 40.5

16 04:00 52.2 57.0 45.0

17 05:00 54.0 59.1 49.7

18 06:00 58.1 63.0 50.0

19 07:00 60.3 64.3 52.1

20 08:00 62.2 65.7 53.3

21 09:00 59.1 63.0 50.0

22 10:00 57.3 60.1 49.2

23 11:00 59.2 62.1 53.7

24 12:00 61.1 64.0 56.2


NESPAK-ABB-DMC 243

G r a p h 2 : - V a r i a t i o n o f N o i s e w i t h T i m e


NESPAK-ABB-DMC

Annexure – IV

Ground Water Analysis Report


244

MICROBIOLOGICAL ANALYSIS REPORT

Job No : Client Name & Account : Description Of Sample :

Env – Lhr – 435 / 2009 NESPAK (Pvt) Ltd. Ground Water

Marking (If Any) : Hand Pump near Mosque

No. of sample : 01

Sample Condition Upon Receipt: Satisfactory Sample Collection Date : 11-11-09 Environmental Conditions: Temperature : NA Humidity: NA

Sr. # Parameters Procedure Permissible

Limits

Results

01 Total Colony Count APHA:9215 < 500 cfu / ml T N T C

02 Total Coli Forms APHA:9222 B 0 / 1 00ml 6 7

03 Faecal

Coli Forms (E.Coli) APHA:9222 B 0 / 1 00ml 3 9

04 Faecal

Streptococci/ Enterococci APHA: 9230 C 0 / 1 00ml 1 8

cfu : colony forming unit

NOTE:

WHO/USEPA Guidelines for Drinking Water states that T o t a l or Faeca l Coli forms must be absent a n d are not to lerated in Potable water.


245

C H E M I C A L L A B O R A T O R Y

T E ST R E P O R T

Job No : Client Name & Account : Description Of Sample :

Env – Lhr – 435 / 2009 NESPAK (Pvt) Ltd. Ground Water

Marking (If Any) : Hand Pump near Mosque

No. of sample : 01

Sample Condition Upon Receipt: Satisfactory Sample Collection Date : 11-11-09 Environmental Conditions: Temperature : NA Humidity: NA

Sr. # Parameters Method Unit LDL Test

Results WHO

Guidelines

01 Color Visual - - Pale Yellow -

02 Odor Organoleptic - - Odorless -

03 Turbidity APHA-2130 B NTU 0.2 27 5 NTU

04 Conductivity APHA-2150 B µS 0.1 594 -

05 Total Dissolved Solids (TDS)

APHA-2540 C mg/L 5.0 415 1000


APHA-2540 D mg/L 5.0 34 -

07 Calcium Hardness APHA-2340 B & C mg/L 0.5 183.15 -

08 Magnesium Hardness APHA-2340 B & C mg/L 0.5 66.80 -

09 Magnesium APHA-3500Mg B mg/L 0.5 16.3 -

10 Chloride (Cl) APHA-4500Cl- B mg/L 0.5 21 250

11 Sulfate (SO4) APHA-4500SO4 C mg/L 5.0 35 250

12 Nitrates (NO3) APHA-4500NO3 B mg/L 0.003 5.3 50

13 Fluoride (F) APHA - F- C mg/L 0.01 1.2 1.5

14 Sodium Absorption Ratio (SAR)

In-House - - 10.46 -

15 Residual Sodium Carbonate (RSC)

In-House mg/L

- ND -


246

Sr. # Parameters Method Unit LDL Test

Results

WHO

Guidelines

16 Chromium (Cr) APHA-3500Cr B mg/L 0.01 <0.01 0.05

17 Copper (Cu) APHA-3500Cu B mg/L 0.01 <0.01 1.0 – 2.0

18 Lead (Pb) APHA-3500Pb B mg/L 0.01 0.02 0.01

19 Mercury (Hg) APHA-3500-Hg B mg/L 0.001 <0.001 0.001

20 Selenium ( Se ) APHA-3500Se C mg/L 0.01 <0.01 -

21 Nickel (Ni) APHA-3500-Ni B mg/L 0.01 0.02 0.02

22 Silver (Ag) APHA-3500Ag B mg/L 0.1 <0.1 -

23 Zinc (Zn) APHA-3500Zn B mg/L 0.01 <0.01 3.0

24 Iron (Fe) APHA-3500Fe B mg/L 0.01 2.50 0.3

25 Barium ( Ba) APHA-3500Ba B mg/L 0.5 <0.5 -

26 Manganese (Mn) APHA-3500Mn B mg/L 0.01 0.41 0.1 – 0.5

27 Chlorine APHA-4500Cl G mg/L 0.1 <0.1 -

LDL: Lowest Detection Limit Not Defined

<: Less Than.

This r e port is not valid f o r any negotiation.

The remaining portion of the sampl e (s) will be disposed off after one week unless otherwise instruct.

The sample(s) to which the findings recorded herein ( the “Findings”) relate was (were) drawn and / o r provided by the Client or by a third party acting at the Client‟s direction. The Findings constitute no waranty of the sample‟s re presentativeness of any goods and strictly relate to the sample(s). The Company accepts no liablity with regard to the origin o r source from which the sample(s) is/are said to be extracted.


Annexure – V

Surface Water Analysis Report


247

M I C R O B I O L O G I C A L A N A L Y S I S R E P O R T

J o b No :

Cl ient Name & Account :

Descr iption Of Sample :

Env – Lhr – 435 / 2009

N E S P A K (Pvt) Ltd.

Surface Water

Marking (If Any) : Right Under Sluice

Sample Condit ion Upon Receipt: Satisfactory

Environmental Condit ions: Temperature : NA

Sr. # Par ameters Procedur e Perm iss ib le

L imits

Resu lts

0 1 Total Colony Count APHA:9215 < 500 cfu / ml 1985

02 Total Coli Forms APHA:9222 B 0 / 100ml 57

03 Faecal

Coli Forms (E.Coli) APHA:9222 B 0 / 100ml 30

04 Faecal

Streptococci/ Enterococci APHA: 9230 C 0 / 100ml 10

c f u : c o l o n y f o r m i n g u n i t


248


J o b No :



Env – Lhr – 435 / 2009


Surface Water

Marking (If Any) : Right Under Sluice

Sample Condit ion Upon Receipt: Satisfactory

Environmental Condit ions: Temperature : NA


L imits

Resu lts



03 Faecal


04 Faecal




249


J o b No :



Env – Lhr – 435 / 2009


Surface Water

Marking (If Any) : Right Under Sluice No. of sample : 01

Sample Condit ion Upon Receipt: Satisfactory Sample Collection Date : 11-11-09

Environmental Condit ions: Temperature : NA Humidity: NA


L imits

Resu lts



03 Faecal


04 Faecal




250


T E S T R E P O R T

J o b No :



Env – Lhr – 435 / 2009


Surface Water

Marking (If Any) : Right Under Sluice No. of sample : 01



Sr . # Par am eter s Method Unit L D L

Test

Resu lt s

L im its a s

per NEQ S


02 Turbidity APHA-2130 B NTU 0.2 21 -


04 Biochemical Oxygen Demand ( BOD5 )

ASTM 5210 mg/L

5.0 7 80.00

05 Chemical Oxygen Demand (COD)

APHA-5220 D mg/L 5.0 12 150.00


APHA-2540 D mg/L 5.0 28 200.00


APHA-2540 C mg/L 5.0 273 3500.00

08 Chloride ( Cl ) APHA-4500Cl- B mg/L 0.5 31.98 1000.00

09 Sulphate ( SO4 ) APHA-4500 SO4 C mg/L 5.0 34.78 600.00

10 Nitrates (NO3) APHA-4500NO3 B mg/L 0.003 1.4 -

11 Fluoride ( F) APHA - F- C mg/L 0.01 0.33 10.00


In-House mg/L - 14.77 -


In-House mg/L - ND -


15 Grease & Oil USEPA-1664 mg/L 1.0 <1.0 10.00


251


T E S T R E P O R T


Test

Resu lt s

L im its a s

per NEQ S


17 Copper (Cu) APHA-3500Cu B mg/L 0.01 <0.01 01.00

18 Lead ( Pb ) APHA-3500Pb B mg/L 0.01 0.02 00.50

19 Mercury ( Hg) APHA-3500Hg B mg/L 0.001 <0.001 00.01

20 Selenium ( Se ) APHA-3500Se C mg/L 0.01 <0.01 00.50

21 Nickel ( Ni ) APHA 3500 Ni B mg/L 0.01 <0.01 01.00

22 Silver ( Ag ) APHA-3500Ag B mg/L 0.1 <0.1 01.00

23 Zinc ( Zn ) APHA-3500Zn B mg/L 0.01 0.02 05.00

24 Barium ( Ba) APHA-3500Ba B mg/L 0.5 <0.5 01.50

25 Iron ( Fe ) APHA-3500Fe B mg/L 0.01 0.54 8.00

26 Manganese ( Mn ) APHA-3500Mn B mg/L 0.01 0.02 01.50

27 Chlorine APHA-4500Cl G mg/L 0.1 <0.1 1.00


-: Not Defined

< : Less Than.


252


T E S T R E P O R T

J o b No :



Env – Lhr – 435 / 2009


Surface Water

Marking (If Any) : Left Under Sluice No. of sample : 01




Test

Resu lt s

L im its a s

per NEQ S





ASTM 5210 mg/L 5.0 9 80.00


APHA-5220 D mg/L 5.0 20 150.00


APHA-2540 D mg/L 5.0 30 200.00


APHA-2540 C mg/L 5.0 280 3500.00












253


T E S T R E P O R T


Test

Resu lt s

L im its a s

per NEQ S






21 Nickel ( Ni ) APHA 3500 Ni B mg/L 0.01 0.02 01.00







LDL: Lowest Detection Limit Not Defined ND: Not Detected

< : Less Than.


254


T E S T R E P O R T

J o b N o :

C l i e n t N a m e & A c c o u n t :

D e s c r ipt i o n O f S a m

pl e :

Env – Lhr – 435 / 2009

N E S P A K ( P v t ) L t d .

S u r f a c e W a t e r

M a r k i n g ( I f A n y ) : J u s t a f t e r t h e B S l i n k

f a l i n t o S u t l i j R i v e r

N o . o f s a mpl e : 0 1

S a mpl e C o n d i t i o n U

po n R e c e i

pt : S a t i s f a c t o r y S a m

pl e C o l e c t i o n D a t e : 11-11-09

E n v i r o n m e n t a l C o n d i t i o n s : T e mpe r a t u r e : N A H u m i d i t y : N A


Test

Resu lt s

L im its a s

per NEQ S





ASTM 5210 mg/L 5.0 10 80.00


APHA-5220 D mg/L 5.0 21 150.00


APHA-2540 D mg/L 5.0 48 200.00


APHA-2540 C mg/L 5.0 219 3500.00












255

Sr . # Par am eter s Method Unit L D L Test

Resu lt s

L im its a s

per NEQ S






21 Nickel ( Ni ) APHA 3500 Ni B mg/L 0.01 0.02 01.00








-: Not Defined

< : Less Than.


A n n e x u r e – V I

Standards


256

USEPA Na t iona l Amb ien t A i r Qua l i t y S tanda rd

Following are the limits specified in NAAQS for primary as well as secondary pollutants.

POLLUTANT STANDARD

VALUE *

STANDARD

TYPE

Carbon Monoxide (CO)

8-hour Average 9 ppm (10 mg/m3) Primary

1-hour Average 35 ppm (40 mg/m3) Primary

Nitrogen Dioxide (NO2)

Annual Arithmetic Mean 0.053 ppm (100 µg/m3) Primary & Secondary

Ozone (O3)

1-hour Average 0.12 ppm (235 µg/m3) Primary & Secondary

8-hour Average

Lead (Pb)

0.08 ppm (157 µg/m3) Primary & Secondary

Quarterly Average 1.5 µg/m3 Primary & Secondary

Particulate (PM 10)

Particles with diameters of 10 micrometers or less

Annual Arithmetic Mean

24-hour Average

50 µg/m3

150 µg/m3

Primary & Secondary

Primary & Secondary

Particulate (PM 2.5) Particles with diameters of 2.5 micrometers or less

Annual Arithmetic Mean 15 µg/m3 Primary & Secondary

24-hour Average 65 µg/m3 Primary & Secondary

Sulfur Dioxide (SO2)

Annual Arithmetic Mean 0.030 ppm (80 µg/m3) Primary

24-hour Average 0.14 ppm (365 µg/m3) Primary

3-hour Average 0.50 ppm (1300 µg/m3) Secondary


257

Draft National Environmental Quality Standards (NEQS) for Ambient Air

Concentration in Ambient Air

Pollutants Time-weighted average

Effective from 1st January 2009

Effective from 1st January

2012

Method of measurement

Sulphur Annual Average* 80 µg/m3 80 µg/m3 Ultraviolet Fluorescence

Dioxide (SO2 ) 24 hours** method 120 µg/m3 120 µg/m3

Oxides of Annual Average* 40 µg/m3 40 µg/m3

Nitrogen as Gas Phase Chemiluminescence (NO) 24 hours**

40 µg/m3 40 µg/m3

Oxides of Annual Average* 40 µg/m3 40 µg/m3

Nitrogen as Gas Phase Chmiluminescence (NO2 ) 24 hours**

80 µg/m3 80 µg/m3

O3 1 hour 180 µg/m3 130 µg/m3 Non Dispersive UV absorption method

Suspended Annual Average* 400 µg/m3 360 µg/m3 High Volume Sampling,

Particulate (Average flow rate not less than Matter (SPM) 24 hours** 1.1 m3/minute).

550 µg/m3 500 µg/m3

Respirable Annual Average* 200 µg/m3 120 µg/m3

Particulate Ray absorption method Matter PM

1 0 24 hours**

250 µg/m3 150 µg/m3

Respirable Annual Average* 25 µg/m3 15 µg/m3

Particulate Ray absorption method 24 hours** 40 µg/m3 35 µg/m3

Matter. PM 2 . 5

1 hour 25 µg/m3 15 µg/m3

Annual Average* 1.5 µg/m3 1 µg/m3 ASS Method after sampling

Lead (Pb) using EPM 2000 or equivalent 24 hours** Filter paper 2 µg/m3 1.5 µg/m3

Carbon 8 hours ** 5 mg/m3 5 mg/m3 Non Dispersive Infra Red Monoxide (NDIR) method

(CO) 1 hour 10 mg/m3 10 mg/m3

*Annual arithmetic mean of minimum 104 measurements in a year taken twice a week 24 hourly at uniform interval.

** 24 hourly /8 hourly values should be met 98% of the in a year. 2% of the time, it may exceed but not on two consecutive days.


258

D r i n k i n g W a t e r G u i d e l i n e s Maximum permissible limits as defined by Various Countries

S/No Parametric Tests * EEC Canada USEPA WHO 1 Aluminum 0.2 NS 0.05 - 0.20 0.2 2 Ammonium 0.5 NS NS 1.5 3 Antimony 0.01 NS 0.006 0.005 4 Arsenic 0.05 0.025 0.05 0.01 5 Barium NS 1 .0 2.0 0.7 6 Boron NS 5.0 NS 0.3 7 Cadmium 0.005 0.005 0.005 0.003 8 Chloride 25 250 250 250 9 Chromium 0.05 0.05 0.1 0.05

10 Coliforms, total /1 00ml 0 0 0 0 11 Coliforms,E.Coli/1 00ml 0 0 0 0 12 Color 20 Pt-Co 15cu 15cu 15cu 13 Copper NS 1. 0 1. 0 1 - 2 14 Cyanide 0.05 0.2 0.2 0.07 15 Fluoride 0.7 - 1 .5 1 .5 2.0-4.0 1.5 16 Hardness 50 NS NS NS 17 Iron 0.2 0.3 0.3 0.3 18 Lead 0.05 0.01 0.015 0.01 19 Manganese 0.2 0.05 0.05 0.1- 0.5 20 Mercury 0.001 0.001 0.002 0.001 21 Molybdenum NS NS NS 0.07 22 Nickel 0.05 NS 0.1 0.02 23 Nitrate/Nitrite, total NS NS 10.0 as N NS 24 Nitrates(NO3)- 50 10 as N 10.0 as N 50 25 Nitrites(NO2) - 0.1 3.2 1 .0 as N 3 26 Odor NS NS 3 TON NS 27 pH 6.2 - 8.5 6.5 - 8.5 6.5 - 8.5 6.5 - 8.5 28 Phosphorous 5.0 NS NS NS 29 Phenols 0.0005 0.002 NS NS 30 Potassium 12 NS NS NS 31 Selenium 0.01 0.01 0.05 0.01 32 Silica Dioxide(SiO2) 10 NS NS NS 33 Silver 0.01 0.05 0.1 NS 34 Solids, Total dissolved NS 500 500 1000 35 Sodium 75 -150 NS 20 200 36 Sulfate NS 500 250 250 37 Turbidity(Non-microbial) 4 JTU 1 NTU 0.5 - 5.0 NTU 5 NTU

38 Zinc NS 5.0 5.0 3.0 Abbreviations/Explanations:

NS=No Standards | JTU=Jackson Turbidity Units | NTU=Nephelometric Turbidity Units cu=Color Units | MPN Coliforms, Total or E.Coli/100ml | Pt-Co = Platinium Cobalt Standards | EEC=European Economic Community for Environmental Legislation USEPA= United States Environmental Protection Agency | TON=Threshold Odor Number

*mg/l (milligrams per litre) except where notified


259

Annex I (amended)

NATIONAL ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY STANDARDS FOR MUNICIPAL

AND LIQUID INDUSTRIAL EFFLUENTS (mg/l, UNLESS OTHERWISE DEFINED)

S.No. Parameter

Existing Standards

Revised Standards Into Sea(6) Into Inland

Waters Into Sewage Treatment(5)

1 .Temperature or Temperature Increase*

40oC =<30C =<30C =<30C 2.pH value 6-10 6-9 6-9 6-9 3.Biochemical Oxygen Demand (BOD)5 80 80 250 80**

at 200C(1) 4.Chemical Oxygen Demand (COD) (1) 150 150 400 400 5.Total suspended solids (TSS) 150 200 400 200 6.Total dissolved solids (TDS) 3500 3500 3500 3500 7.Grease and oil 10 10 10 10 8.Phenolic compounds (as phenol) 0.1 0.1 0.3 0.3 9.Chloride (as Cl¢) 1000 1000 1000 SC***

10.Fluoride (as F¢) 20 10 10 10 11 .Cyanide (as CN¢) total 2 1.0 1.0 1.0 12.An-ionic detergents (as MBAs) (2) 20 20 20 20 13.Sulphate (SO¢¢)4 600 600 1000 SC***

14.Sulphide (S¢) 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 15.Ammonia (NH3) 40 40 40 40 16.Pesticides (3) 0.15 0.15 0.15 0.15 17.Cadmium (4) 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 1 8.Chromium (trivalent and hexavalent) (4) 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 19.Copper (4) 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 20.Lead (4) 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 21.Mercury (4) 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 22.Selenium (4) 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 23.Nickel (4) 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 24.Silver (4) 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 25.Total Toxic metals 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 26.Zinc 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 27.Arsenic (4) 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 28.Barium (4) 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 29.Iron 2.0 8.0 8.0 8.0 30.Manganese 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 31 .Boron (4) 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 32.Chlorine 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0

Explanations:

1. Assuming minimum dilution 1:10 on discharge, lower ratio would attract progressively stringent standards to be determined by the Federal Environmental Protection Agency. By 1:10 dilution means, for example that for each one cubic meter of treated effluent, the recipient water body should have 10 cubic meter of water for dilution of this effluent.

2. Modified Benzene Alkyl Sulphate; assuming surfactant as biodegradable. 3. Pesticides include herbicides, fungicides, and insecticides. 4. Subject to total toxic metals discharge should not exceed level given at S.No.25. 5. Applicable only when and where sewage treatment is operational and BOD5=80 mg/l is achieved by the sewage treatment

system. Provided discharge is not at shore and not within 10 miles of mangrove or other important estuaries.


APPENDIX-4.2

WATER QUALITY GUIDELINES AND STANDARDS


260


261


262


263


264


265

APPENDIX-6.1

RAPID ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT (REA)


266

Appendix 6.1 of ADB’s Environment Policy

Rapid Environmental Assessment (REA) Checklist IRRIGATION Country/Project Title: Pakistan / Sulemanki Barrage Rehabilitation and Upgrading Prepared by: Water Resources Division NESPAK (Project Consultant)

SCREENING QUESTIONS YES No REMARKS A. Project Siting

Is the Project area adjacent to or within any of the following environmentally sensitive areas?

Protected Area Barrage pond area provides habitat of migrating birds mainly water fowl. Wildlife Department prohibited shooting or pouching of animals without permit in the barrage pond area.

Wetland Barrage pond area is a wetland but not a registered wetland. Also scope of work includes working at barrage only

Mangrove No Mangroves found on site

Estuarine Not Applicable (NA)

Buffer zone of protected area No buffer zone marked for protected area

Special area for protecting biodiversity The area is not a special area for protecting biodiversity

No permanent adverse environmental impact is anticipated from the Project Siting. All the impacts will be of temporary nature and mitigable.

B. Potential Environmental Impacts

Will the Project cause...


267

SCREENING QUESTIONS YES No REMARKS

Loss of precious ecological values (e.g. result of encroachment into forests/swamp lands or historical/cultural buildings/areas, disruption of hydrology of natural waterways, regional flooding, and drainage hazards)?

Loss any ecological values is not anticipated. In fact the proposed improvement in the existing Public Parks and new plantation along the proposed escaped channel will increase the aesthetic value and biodiversity of the area.

Conflicts in water supply rights and related social conflicts? No conflicts in water supply rights are anticipated as there will be

no change in water courses.

Impediments to movements of people and animals?

Temporary impediments of people and livestock during construction will be control through careful selection of contractor‟s camp locations and provision of alternative routines and access paths (implementation of traffic management plan).

Potential ecological problems due to increased soil erosion and siltation, leading to decreased stream capacity?

Bela excavation will improve river approach and increase the barrage capacity

Insufficient drainage leading to salinity intrusion? Project‟s activities will not cause and salinity provided the control measure suggested in the EIA report are strictly followed.

Over pumping of groundwater, leading to salinization and ground subsidence?

Over pumping of groundwater is not anticipated. Groundwater pumping for the water supply and filling of wetting channels is negligible compare to the available ample source of groundwater.

Impairment of downstream water quality and therefore, impairment of downstream beneficial uses of water?

Deterioration of water quality is not anticipated however accidental spill or inadequate wastewater disposal could damage the water quality of the area. This will be controlled by practicing good housekeeping and following appropriate wastewater disposal system as recommended in EIA report.

Dislocation or involuntary resettlement of people? There is no resettlement of people required for this project.

Potential social conflicts arising from land tenure and land use issues?

Cutoff date will be announced and the local community will be informed at suitable forum well before acquiring government land for project implementation to stop leasing out the required land for cultivation.

Soil erosion before compaction and lining of canals? Soil erosion is not anticipated as the project is only a rehabilitation of existing canal system.

Noise from construction equipment? It will be further ensured that suitable Plant & Equipment use will minimize noise.

dust? Temporary dust pollution in the area may arise by heavy vehicles movement and earth work activities. Mitigation through sprinkling water when required. 24 hours monitoring of dust is proposed in


268

SCREENING QUESTIONS YES No REMARKS Environment Management Plan

Labour-related social problems especially if workers from different areas are hired?

Sufficient local source of labour is available locally. Outside labour will be employed only for those fields for which local skilled labour is not available. Regular public consultation and awareness courses will be arranged on communicable diseases during construction phase.

Waterlogging and soil salinization due to inadequate drainage and farm management? No waterlogging and salinization impact is anticipated from the

project implementation

Leaching of soil nutrients and changes in soil characteristics due to excessive application of irrigation water?

NA

Reduction of downstream water supply during peak seasons?

Work will be managed during routine canal closure and design provides cofferdam or temporary structure (diverting channels) to maintain the routine canal flow.

Soil pollution, polluted farm runoff and groundwater, and public health risks due to excessive application of fertilizers and pesticides?

NA

Soil erosion (furrow, surface)? NA

Scouring of canals? NA

Logging of canals by sediments? NA

Clogging of canals by weeds? NA Seawater intrusion into downstream freshwater

systems? NA

Introduction of increase in incidence of waterborne or water related diseases?

Inappropriate disposal of wastewater and solid waste form contractor‟s camp could trigger the water based diseases in the area. Provision of suitable sanitation system and wastewater collection and disposal arrangements will be ensured. The waste disposal site will be away from the water courses and the disposal site will be designed appropriately to avoid leachate contaminating the water bodies.

Initial Environmental Examination · Initial Environmental Examination. August 2012 . PAK: Punjab...

Documents

Transcript of Initial Environmental Examination · Initial Environmental Examination. August 2012 . PAK: Punjab...